universidad politcnica de madridoa.upm.es/1690/1/jesus_rodriguez_calcerrada.pdf · 3.1.1. material...
TRANSCRIPT
UNIVERSIDAD POLITÉCNICA DE MADRID
ESCUELA TÉCNICA SUPERIOR DE INGENIEROS DE MONTES
INFLUENCIA DE LA LUZ Y LA SEQUÍA ESTIVAL EN LA
RESPUESTA FUNCIONAL DE BRINZALES DE Quercus petraea
(MATT.) LIEBL. Y Quercus pyrenaica WILLD.: IMPLICACIONES
PARA LA REGENERACIÓN
TESIS DOCTORAL
JESÚS RODRÍGUEZ CALCERRADA
Licenciado en Biología
2007
DEPARTAMENTO DE SILVOPASCICULTURA
ESCUELA TÉCNICA SUPERIOR DE INGENIEROS DE MONTES
UNIVERSIDAD POLITÉCNICA DE MADRID
INFLUENCIA DE LA LUZ Y LA SEQUÍA ESTIVAL EN LA
RESPUESTA FUNCIONAL DE BRINZALES DE Quercus petraea
(MATT.) LIEBL. Y Quercus pyrenaica WILLD.: IMPLICACIONES
PARA LA REGENERACIÓN
JESÚS RODRÍGUEZ CALCERRADA
Licenciado en Biología
DIRECTORES:
JOSÉ ALBERTO PARDOS CARRIÓN ISMAEL ARANDA GARCÍA
Dr. Ingeniero de Montes Dr. en Ciencias Biológicas
2007
UNIVERSIDAD POLITÉCNICA DE MADRID
Tribunal nombrado por el Magfco. y Excmo. Sr. Rector de la Universidad
Politécnica de Madrid, el día .........de ..................de 200...
Presidente: .................................................................................................
Vocal: .................................................................................................
Vocal: .................................................................................................
Vocal: .................................................................................................
Secretario: .................................................................................................
Suplente: .................................................................................................
Suplente: .................................................................................................
Realizado el acto de defensa y lectura de la Tesis el día .........de ..................de
200... en la E.T.S.I. Montes
EL PRESIDENTE LOS VOCALES
EL SECRETARIO
Agradecimientos
Han sido muchas las personas que me han ayudado a lo largo de estos años. En primer
lugar quiero expresar mi agradecimiento a José Alberto Pardos, sobre todo por su
indestructible confianza en mi trabajo en todo momento. A Ismael Aranda, que
igualmente confió en mí desde el principio, y además, me ha enseñado a manejar tantos
equipos y me ha ayudado con el trabajo experimental. Y a Luis Gil, por sus comentarios
de ánimo y el inestimable sustento logístico.
Quiero agradecer la ayuda de mis “asesores matemáticos y estadísticos”: Sven
Mutke, Rosa Ana López y Nikos Nanos; y la ayuda todoterreno de Javier Cano y Jesús
Alonso, dos buenos compañeros de fatigas. Peter B. Reich, Rebecca A. Montgomery,
Lee Freelich, Eva Rosenqvist y Carl-Otto Ottossen me acogieron con una tremenda
amabilidad en sus departamentos. Ruben Milla y Melody Machala me hicieron sentir
como en casa cuando estuve en Minneapolis.
También han contribuido a sacar esto adelante: María del Carmen del Rey, Pablo
Fuentes, Antonio López, Matt Robson, Margarita Burón, Álvaro Soto, Martin Venturas,
Unai López de Heredia, María Valbuena, María Dolores Jiménez, Zaida Lorenzo, Javier
Navarro, José Climent, Jaime Puértolas, Miguel Pérez, Fernando Pardo, María del
Carmen García, Pilar Pita, Antonio Gascó, Francisco Masedo, y muchos de los guías del
Hayedo de Montejo.
Gracias a toda mi familia. En especial a mi padre y a mi madre por su obstinación
en que nunca me faltase nada y su apoyo en todas las cosas que he hecho; y a mi mujer,
que ha guiado esta tesis con su cariño en los momentos de mayor desilusión. Gracias.
ÍNDICE
Principales abreviaturas v
RESUMEN vii
ABSTRACT viii
1. INTRODUCCIÓN 1
1.1. Distribución del roble albar y el melojo 1
1.2. Ecología del roble albar y el melojo. Sus nichos de regeneración
en la Península Ibérica 4
1.3. La ecofisiología de brinzales como herramienta para evaluar las
posibilidades de regeneración de las especies 5
1.4. El comportamiento de las especies frente a la disponibilidad
de recursos: adaptación, aclimatación y plasticidad 6
1.5. Compromisos en los patrones de aclimatación a ambientes
sombreados y secos 9
1.6. La interacción entre la luz y el agua en los procesos de regeneración 11
1.7. El papel de los pinares en la expansión de los robles en el entorno
del Hayedo de Montejo de la Sierra 11
2. OBJETIVOS 15
3. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS 17
3.1. Experimento en invernadero (anexos I y II) 17
3.1.1. Material vegetal y diseño experimental 17
3.1.2. Intercambio gaseoso foliar 18
3.1.3. Fluorescencia de la clorofila a 20
3.1.4. Parámetros bioquímicos de la hoja 22
3.1.5. Parámetros anatómicos y morfológicos de la hoja 24
3.1.6. Arquitectura de la planta 24
3.1.7. Crecimiento y distribución de la biomasa 24
3.1.8. Análisis estadístico 25
3.2. Experimentos en campo 26
3.2.1. Plantaciones en La Maleza 27
- Primera plantación (anexo III) 28
- Segunda plantación (anexos IV a VI) 29
- Tercera plantación (anexo V) 36
3.2.2. Plantación en Sierra Escalva (anexo VI) 37
4. RESULTADOS Y DISCUSIÓN 39
4.1. Experimento en invernadero: comparación interespecífica de las
respuestas de aclimatación a la luz en ausencia de estrés hídrico 39
4.2. Experimentos en el campo 45
4.2.1. Comparación de las respuestas de aclimatación a la luz con las
observadas en invernadero 45
4.2.2. Variación del “microclima” según la densidad del arbolado 47
4.2.3. Variación de la resistencia a la sequía estival según la
densidad del arbolado 49
4.2.4. Importancia del lugar de plantación en la supervivencia inicial 56
5. RECAPITULACIÓN 59
6. CONCLUSIONES 63
7. BIBLIOGRAFÍA 65
Anexos I. Leaf physiological versus morphological acclimation after high light exposure at
different foliage developmental stages.
II. Light response in seedlings of a temperate (Quercus petraea) and a sub-
Mediterranean species (Quercus pyrenaica): contrasting ecological strategies as
potential keys to regeneration performance in mixed marginal populations.
III. Summer field performance of Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl. and Quercus
pyrenaica Willd. seedlings planted in three sites with contrasting canopy cover.
IV. Acclimation to light in seedlings of Quercus petraea (Mattuschka) Liebl. and
Quercus pyrenaica Willd. planted along a forest-edge gradient.
V. Ability to avoid water stress in seedlings of two oak species is lower in a dense
forest understory than in a medium canopy gap.
VI. Effects of Scots pine overstory density on pressure-volume curves and survival of
two underplanted oak species in a Mediterranean mountain.
PRINCIPALES ABREVIATURAS Tratamientos HL Alta irradiancia (70 % de plena luz)
SH Baja irradiancia (5,3 % de plena luz)T1 Plantas transferidas antes de brotarT2 Plantas transferidas después de brotar
VariablesIntercambio gaseoso foliar Asat Tasa de fotosíntesis neta a saturación por luz
gsat Tasa de conductancia estomática a saturación por luzAa
max Tasa de fotosíntesis neta a saturación por luz y CO2
Vacmax Tasa máxima de carboxilación
Jamax Tasa máxima de transporte electrónico
Ammax Tasa de fotosíntesis neta a saturación por luz y CO2, por unidad de masa
Vmcmax Tasa máxima de carboxilación, por unidad de masa
Jmmax Tasa máxima de transporte electrónico, por unidad de masa
Relaciones hídricas Ψpd Potencial hídrico foliar al amanecerΨmd Potencial hídrico foliar a mediodía
Fluorescencia de la clorofila ETRmax Tasa máxima de transporte electrónico, estimada con un fluorómetroΦPSII Eficiencia fotoquímica efectivaNPQ Disipación no fotoquímica Fv/Fm Eficiencia fotoquímica potencial
Bioquímica de la hoja Na Concentración de nitrógeno por unidad de área foliarNm Concentración de nitrógeno por unidad de masa foliarEUN Eficiencia fotosintética del uso de nitrógenoPr Proporción de nitrógeno foliar en RubiscoPb Proporción de nitrógeno foliar en proteinas de transporte electrónicoPl Proporción de nitrógeno foliar en proteinas asociadas a la clorofilaPs Proporción de nitrógeno foliar estructuralCa Concentración de clorofila por unidad de área foliarCm Concentración de clorofila por unidad de masa foliar
Morfología foliar SLA Superficie foliar específicaGE Grosor de la epidermis GPP Grosor del parénquima en empalizadaGPE Grosor del parénquima esponjosoTH Tamaño de la hoja
Morfología de la planta SFT Superficie foliar totalLMF Proporción de biomasa seca en hojasSMF Proporción de biomasa seca en tallosRMF Proporción de biomasa seca en raícesR/S Relación entre la biomasa de raíces y la de tallos y hojas
v
RESUMEN
El estudio de las respuestas funcionales de brinzales de roble albar (Q. petraea) y
melojo (Q. pyrenaica) a la disponibilidad de luz y agua constituye la base para un buen
conocimiento de su capacidad de regeneración. En el desarrollo de esta tesis se ha
evaluado la capacidad de aclimatación a la luz y la influencia en la respuesta a la sequía
estival, de brinzales de las dos especies. Para ello se ha realizado un experimento en
invernadero en ausencia de estrés hídrico en el que se ha estudiado la capacidad de
aclimatación a la luz a corto y a largo plazo, y se han realizado varias plantaciones en
sitios próximos al “Hayedo de Montejo” (NE de Madrid) con diferente cobertura
arbórea, examinando la evolución de diversos parámetros ambientales y funcionales a lo
largo del verano y la supervivencia durante los 3-4 primeros años.
En invernadero, las hojas de los brinzales de roble albar tuvieron mayor superficie
específica e individual, mayor concentración de clorofila, y mayor proporción de
nitrógeno invertido en componentes del aparato fotosintético que las de melojo; en
condiciones de elevada iluminación crecieron más rápidamente que los brinzales de
melojo, invirtiendo menos biomasa en raíces y mostrando un patrón arquitectural más
eficiente en la captación de luz. Sin embargo, en el campo la supervivencia de melojos
fue igual o mayor que la de robles albares en un amplio rango de ambientes lumínicos,
probablemente porque la variación de la luz disponible para las plantas estuvo asociada
a la variación de su estado hídrico. La humedad del suelo en verano fue mayor en zonas
aclaradas de pinares de silvestre que en claros, o zonas sin aclarar con una elevada
densidad de pinos, donde además, el desarrollo de las plantas fue escaso. Ambas
circunstancias contribuyeron a que el mayor grado de estrés hídrico de los brinzales se
produjese en las zonas no aclaradas, y a que la supervivencia fuese mayor en las
parcelas establecidas bajo los pinares aclarados. No se detectaron diferencias entre las
dos especies en el estado hídrico, pero los brinzales de melojo siempre mantuvieron
tasas de intercambio gaseoso más altas en todos los ambientes; sus hojas mostraron una
eficiencia en el uso del agua menor que las de roble albar al final del verano.
Los resultados demuestran que las dos especies tienen requerimientos ecológicos
diferentes en la etapa de plántula, y apuntan a una mayor capacidad del melojo para
regenerarse en ambientes submediterráneos.
vii
ABSTRACT
The ecophysiological responses of seedlings to light and water resources can be a useful
tool to approaching their regeneration performance. The present PhD Thesis addresses
the light acclimatory responses of seedlings of sessile oak (Q. petraea) and pyrenean
oak (Q. pyrenaica) to light in a glasshouse, and the role of light in modifying water-
stress responses and initial survival of seedlings planted in sites of contrasting canopy
cover in a sub-Mediterranean mid-mountain field site.
Results at both leaf and plant level under glasshouse conditions pointed to a more
competitive ability to light in seedlings of sessile oak. They had larger leaves with more
specific area and higher nitrogen proportion in photosynthetic components than
pyrenean oak’ leaves, which all support its higher growth in low and high light (5.3 vs
70 % of full sunlight). In high light, seedlings of sessile oak showed a more efficient
pattern of growth in terms of light capturing, with longer internodes and lesser number
of basal sprouts resulting in reduced self-shading compared to pyrenean oak. Survival
was though similar or lower in sessile oak than in pyrenean oak in several plantations
carried out in gaps, clearings and Scots pine stands close to a beech-oak forest in
Montejo de la Sierra (NE Madrid, Spain). This could be so because variation of
understory light availability generated by the distinct canopy-tree densities was related
to the variation of seedlings’ water status. Summer soil moisture was higher in thinned
areas of Scots pine forests than in un-thinned areas, gaps or clearings. Both lower soil
moisture and plant development likely translated into the highest degree of water stress
found in understory seedlings. Survival was highest in thinned areas in all plantations
compared to un-thinned areas, gaps or clearings. There was barely any difference
between the two species in leaf water potentials across plantations, either at dawn or
midday, supporting a similar water-avoidance capacity. However, seedlings of pyrenean
oak had higher foliar gas exchange rates along the summer dates, its leaves being less
efficient in using water at the end of summer, the period of maximum water stress.
The results demonstrate that seedlings’ ecological requirements differ between the
two oaks, pointing to a better ability of Q. pyrenaica to regenerate in sub-Mediterranean
environments.
viii
Introducción
1. INTRODUCCIÓN
1.1. Distribución del roble albar y el melojo
El roble albar (Quercus petraea [Matt.] Liebl.) está ampliamente distribuido por
Europa. Se extiende desde el sur de la Península Escandinava hasta la Cordillera del
Caucaso por el Este y hasta Córcega, Sicilia y la Península Ibérica por el Suroeste. En
España ocupa 45.802 ha. (Maldonado et al. 1998) distribuidas principalmente desde la
Cordillera Pirenaica a la Cantábrica (Figura 1.1); también forma pequeños bosques en
zonas de montaña del centro peninsular (Sierra de Ayllón en el Sistema Central y
Sierras de Valdemeca y la Demanda, y el macizo del Moncayo, en el Sistema Ibérico),
en áreas cuya precipitación media anual supera normalmente los 600 mm y el periodo
seco estival es corto (al menos 150 mm). En general los bosques Ibéricos puros de roble
albar son poco extensos. En las localidades más septentrionales, comparte su área de
distribución con carballos, hayas, robles pubescentes o acebos en el piso montano. Se
halla formando rodales dispersos entre melojos, quejigos, o pinos silvestres en las
localidades más meridionales, donde se encuentra en una situación marginal refugiado
de un macroclima adverso en enclaves localmente húmedos o con mayor profundidad
de suelo (Díaz-Fernández et al. 1995; Costa et al. 1997).
El melojo (Quercus pyrenaica Willd.) tiene una distribución europea más
restringida que el roble albar, desde el Suroeste de Francia al norte de Marruecos. Se
extiende por 948.351 ha. en España (Maldonado et al. 1998) distribuidas principalmente
por los sistemas montañosos que rodean la submeseta norte (Figura 1.1). Se encuentra
sobre todo en laderas entre los 400 y 1500 m de altitud, con una precipitación media
entre 650 y 1200 mm anuales, una sequía estival ausente o poco marcada (entre 50 y
más de 125 mm de precipitación estival), y sustratos descarbonatados (Díaz-Fernández
et al. 1995; Costa et al. 1997). En puntos del Sur y Este peninsular se encuentra en los
enclaves más frescos o con suelos más profundos junto con especies de temperamento
algo más xerófilo como encinas, quejigos y pinos negrales (Sierras de Segura y de la
Batalla y Sierra Morena). En la vertiente septentrional de la cornisa cantábrica forma
pequeñas comunidades de transición entre bosques atlánticos y mediterráneos a baja
altitud. Melojo y roble albar se mezclan sobre todo en las montañas de León y sur de
Cantabria.
1
Introducción
Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl.
Quercus pyrenaica Willd.
Figura 1.1. Mapas de distribución española del roble albar y el melojo en situación dominante (verde
oscuro) y no dominante (verde claro), elaborados a partir del 2º y 3º Inventario Forestal Nacional (varios
años) y del Mapa Forestal de Ruiz de la Torre (varios años). Las áreas rodeadas en rojo corresponden a
las regiones de procedencia.
Fuente: INIA-DGB (www.inia.es/gcont/redestem/centrosydep.jsp?idcentro=69&tema=relint).
2
Introducción
Pese a la escasa importancia forestal de las poblaciones aisladas del núcleo
principal de distribución de una y otra especie, éstas constituyen por lo general bosques
de un alto valor ecológico por la diversidad y rareza de especies arbóreas, herbáceas,
liquénicas y briofíticas que congregan. Constituyen además un importante reservorio
genético, pudiendo albergar genotipos mejor adaptados a las condiciones locales que los
que proceden del núcleo de distribución (Díaz-Fernández et al. 1995; Lesica &
Allendorf 1995). Un paso importante para la conservación de estas poblaciones es
estudiar la ecología de las principales especies que las integran e identificar las pautas
de regeneración, con el objeto de establecer prácticas de gestión apropiadas (Díaz-
Fernández et al. 1995; Ajbilou et al. 2006).
Una de las poblaciones de roble albar más meridionales de la Península Ibérica, y
de Europa, la encontramos en la Sierra de Ayllón. Aquí, el roble albar sólo forma
rodales de cierta importancia en el bosque del Hayedo de Montejo, en el NE de la
Comunidad de Madrid (Figura 1.2), donde coexiste con melojos, hayas, serbales de
cazadores, acebos y cerezos. Su presencia se debe al avance post-glacial desde el norte
peninsular y posiblemente al ascenso desde reductos en el Sistema Central a menor
altitud. Su importancia ha suscitado numerosos trabajos de investigación en las últimas
décadas sobre aspectos relacionados con su estructura y dinámica (Pardo 2000), su
diversidad y composición florística (Hernández Bermejo et al. 1983), los ciclos de
nutrientes (Pardo 2000), los procesos de regeneración (Cano 2007), la estructura
genética (Valbuena 2006) y la ecofisiología de las principales especies arbóreas (Aranda
1996).
Figura 1.2. El Hayedo de Montejo se
localiza en el municipio de Montejo de
la Sierra (41º7’ Norte, 3º30’ Oeste),
integrado desde 2005 en la Reserva de l
Biosfera de la “Sierra del Rincón” de la
UNESCO.
Altitude (m)583 - 767767 - 11511151- 15351535 - 19201920 - 2204
MADRID
Montejo de la Sierra
a
3
Introducción
1.2. Ecología del roble albar y el melojo. Sus nichos de regeneración en
la Península Ibérica
El melojo tiene una buena capacidad de regeneración tanto por rebrote como por semilla
en masas de edad avanzada. Se regenera abundantemente bajo los doseles de pinares y
frondosas en muchas localidades de su área de distribución (Barrio et al. 2003; Novo et
al. 2003; Costa et al. 1997), pero también se extiende por zonas desarboladas, gracias
en parte a la posesión de un hábito radicular rizomatoso que favorece su persistencia en
zonas que han sufrido perturbaciones por talas, roturaciones o incendios, o en general el
impacto de procesos erosivos (Muller 1951; Ruiz de la Torre 1971; Calvo et al. 2003).
En las etapas juveniles ya muestra una elevada proporción de biomasa en raíces
(Antúnez et al. 2001). Da paso a encinares, quejigares, o pinares de pino negral o laricio
a medida que la humedad edáfica o ambiental disminuye, mientras que es en general
desplazado por otras especies planocaducifolias cuando la humedad aumenta. Es un
árbol de media luz, aunque los brinzales parecen necesitar bastante luz para su
desarrollo (Ruiz de la Torre 1971). Debido al retraso en la brotación de sus hojas, tiene
un periodo vegetativo corto, que le hace soportar bien la continentalidad; las hojas secas
suelen permanecer en las ramas en los individuos jóvenes.
El roble albar también posee un sistema radicular potente, y una importante
capacidad para rebrotar, aunque menor que la del melojo. De temperamento robusto y
requerimientos intermedios de luz; es algo más exigente en humedad que el melojo,
aunque como en general todas las especies de roble, resiste bien la escasez temporal de
precipitaciones, mejor que otros caducifolios atlánticos como hayas y carballos. Sus
hojas brotan antes que las del melojo.
Hay pocos trabajos que hayan estudiado la regeneración de las dos especies en los
lugares en los que coexisten. Barrio et al. (2003) en poblaciones de Galicia y Cano
(2007) en la población de Montejo de la Sierra, han observado que el regenerado de
roble albar es en general más escaso y está más restringido a entornos algo cubiertos, lo
que apuntaría a una mayor amplitud de nichos de regeneración del melojo, posiblemente
relacionada con un carácter más frugal. Los melojares, y en menor medida los
robledales albares Ibéricos, manifiestan un carácter de transición entre el clima atlántico
y el mediterráneo (Ruiz de la Torre 1971; Costa et al. 1997). No obstante, la
distribución más reducida y meridional del melojo hace pensar que los requerimientos
4
Introducción
ecológicos de estas especies difieran en alguna de sus etapas de desarrollo,
probablemente, en la capacidad para tolerar la sequía estival en las fases juveniles. Sin
embargo, hay pocos estudios que hayan examinado sus estrategias funcionales ante las
limitaciones hídricas (Aranda et al. 1996 y 2004a). Tampoco se conoce el efecto que
tiene el ambiente de crecimiento en la resistencia a la sequía en la fase de plántula en
zonas de clima Mediterráneo, ni la capacidad para tolerar la sombra o el exceso de
radiación, aspectos sobre los que se centra la presente tesis, y que son de gran
importancia para esclarecer tanto sus requerimientos ecológicos como sus pautas de
regeneración.
1.3. La ecofisiología de brinzales como herramienta para evaluar las
posibilidades de regeneración de las especies
La regeneración puede considerarse como un proceso cíclico en equilibrio con multitud
de factores de regulación bióticos y abióticos que interactúan a lo largo de sus distintas
fases secuenciales (Jordano et al. 2002). En general, los problemas de regeneración de
las especies vegetales surgen cuando las limitaciones que afectan al aporte de semillas
(problemas de floración, polinización o fructificación) o al establecimiento de plántulas
(consumo de semillas, herbivoría o estrés ambiental), sobrepasan la capacidad de
resiliencia del ciclo demográfico. La distribución de las especies a distintas escalas
territoriales depende en parte de las características ecológicas, resultantes de la
selección de diversos atributos funcionales, morfológicos y reproductivos que tiene
lugar a lo largo de estas etapas.
La fase de plántula es un filtro importante en la regeneración porque los
individuos no han desarrollado aún algunos de los mecanismos de resistencia que tienen
los individuos adultos, o lo han hecho en menor medida, lo que les hace especialmente
susceptibles a ciertas situaciones ambientales. Por ello, aunque en ocasiones, las
respuestas de los individuos adultos difieren de las que muestran en los primeros años
(Donovan & Pappert 1998; Cavender-Bares & Bazzaz 2000; Mediavilla & Escudero
2003a), la comparación de los rasgos fenotípicos de brinzales de varias especies en
condiciones óptimas o en respuesta a factores de estrés, permite clarificar cuáles son sus
requerimientos ecológicos en las etapas iniciales de desarrollo e inferir sus posibilidades
de regeneración en determinados ambientes, incluso en el caso de especies forestales
5
Introducción
longevas (e.g. Ashton & Berlyn 1994). Siendo la disponibilidad de agua y luz dos de los
factores que más influyen en el desarrollo de las plántulas en condiciones
mediterráneas, sus respuestas de aclimatación determinarán en buena medida la
capacidad específica para establecerse (Gómez-Aparicio et al. 2006) y, por tanto, son
relevantes para la planificación de actuaciones de gestión forestal, como por ejemplo las
relacionadas con las estrategias de manejo del bosque, y las técnicas y los lugares de
reforestación.
1.4. El comportamiento de las especies frente a la disponibilidad de
recursos: adaptación, aclimatación y plasticidad
La respuesta a los recursos, entendida de modo genérico como la modificación
fenotípica derivada de procesos de aclimatación a largo plazo (plasticidad) o a corto
plazo, está inversamente relacionada con el grado de adaptación del genotipo al
ambiente. Por ejemplo, las especies que completan su ciclo reproductivo bajo el dosel
arbóreo, las que persisten durante años en sotobosques muy umbríos (Strauss-
Debenedetti & Bazzaz 1991; Valladares 2000a), o igualmente, aquellas que se
regeneran en sitios abiertos bien iluminados (Ernstsen et al. 1997), muestran una baja
capacidad para modular el aparato fotosintético y la arquitectura de la planta en
respuesta a la variación de la luz. De igual forma cabe también esperar que la capacidad
de respuesta sea relativamente baja en taxones mediterráneos, con un alto grado de
canalización fenotípica como consecuencia de su adaptación a la escasez de recursos,
principalmente agua y nutrientes (Valladares et al. 2000b). La plasticidad del fenotipo
ante la luz abarca desde los cambios que se producen en la morfología, fisiología y
filotaxis de las hojas, a los que afectan a la forma y tasa de crecimiento, y la distribución
de carbohidratos entre los órganos. Si la selección no actúa por igual sobre todos los
caracteres fenotípicos de la planta cabe esperar que la plasticidad se exprese de manera
distinta según los niveles de organización. Por ejemplo, la plasticidad fisiológica parece
estar más relacionada con la capacidad para resistir la luz de alta intensidad que la
plasticidad de los caracteres anatómicos o morfológicos (Valladares et al. 2002).
Asumiendo que existe un fuerte componente genético, las hojas formadas en
ambientes con alta intensidad lumínica son en general más gruesas y tienen una
capacidad fotosintética superior a la de las plantas sombreadas (Givnish 1988). En
6
Introducción
algunas plantas mediterráneas se observa que su disposición en el tallo, a diferencia de
las plantas que crecen en sombra, no favorece tanto la captación de luz cuanto la
minimización de la radiación de alta intensidad (Valladares & Pearcy 1998), de manera
que su forma y fisiología, varían incluso en un mismo individuo según el grado de
exposición. La sombra produce en cambio modificaciones en la morfología y fisiología
de las hojas (grosor, superficie específica, tasa de respiración, concentración de
pigmentos, etc.) y la arquitectura de las plantas (principalmente en el reparto de biomasa
en tejidos fotosintéticos y no fotosintéticos) encaminadas a optimizar la captación de luz
(Givnish 1988).
Además, las plantas responden rápidamente a las continuas variaciones de la
intensidad de luz que tienen lugar a diario (nubes, movimiento de hojas por el viento,
etc.) a través de la regulación de los procesos fotosintéticos (Ort 2001). También
reajustan sus características fisiológicas (posición de los cloroplastos, degradación de
proteínas, translocación de nitrógeno, etc.) y morfológicas (espesor del mesófilo, masa
por unidad de área foliar, redistribución de biomasa, producción de hojas nuevas, etc.)
ante un cambio permanente en el régimen de luz. Los mecanismos y la magnitud de los
cambios implicados varían según las estrategias adaptativas de las especies (Walters
2005).
Las clasificaciones selvícolas de tolerancia a la sombra de muchas especies
forestales están basadas en la observación in situ de su capacidad para establecerse (i.e.
sobrevivir y crecer moderadamente) bajo la cubierta del bosque. La modificación
experimental de los niveles de radiación ha ayudado a individualizar las respuestas a la
luz y a esclarecer los procesos que las gobiernan. Hoy sabemos que la tolerancia a la
sombra se relaciona tanto con los mecanismos que maximizan la captación de luz y la
acumulación de biomasa, como con aquellos que maximizan la resistencia a las
perturbaciones. Se puede afirmar que una especie que mantuviera una estrategia
conservadora en sombra, es decir, profusa acumulación de sustancias de reserva, bajas
tasas de crecimiento en altura y bajas tasas metabólicas, y que tuviera hojas grandes y
delgadas con una importante proporción de nitrógeno en pigmentos y compuestos
tóxicos para los herbívoros, sería muy tolerante (Givnish 1988). Sin embargo, en
algunos aspectos ambas estrategias son contrapuestas. Por ejemplo, la inversión de
biomasa en raíces, que favorece la aparición de nuevos brotes tras la destrucción de la
parte aérea, reduce la que puede destinarse a las hojas, y por tanto a captar luz; al igual
7
Introducción
que la acumulación de alcaloides en las hojas podría repercutir negativamente en la
síntesis de pigmentos fotosintéticos. A pesar de que se han realizado numerosos
estudios para esclarecer las cualidades que confieren mayor tolerancia a la sombra, no
existe aún una idea clara al respecto, posiblemente, porque no exista un síndrome único
de tolerancia, sino varios, dependientes del grado de adaptación a otros factores como la
sequía o la presión de herbívoros (Sánchez-Gómez et al. 2006a; Niinemets &
Valladares 2006), y el grado de desarrollo ontogénico de los individuos (Niinemets
2006).
De igual modo no existe una respuesta única a la sequía. En general se distinguen
dos estrategias de resistencia no necesariamente excluyentes: la evitación y la tolerancia
(Valladares et al. 2004). En el primer caso, las plantas ponen en funcionamiento
mecanismos destinados a minimizar la desecación de los tejidos. El caso extremo de
esta estrategia adaptativa lo encontramos en las plantas que completan su ciclo
biológico en ausencia de estrés hídrico. En el caso de las especies leñosas, aquellas con
potentes sistemas radicales, capaces de extraer agua de horizontes profundos y
húmedos, se ven menos afectadas por la reducción de las precipitaciones que las que
poseen sistemas radicales más someros. En este sentido, algunas especies deciduas
mediterráneas, como es el caso del melojo, completan el desarrollo foliar en pocos días
antes de la disminución de las lluvias (Mediavilla & Escudero 2003b). La sensibilidad
de los estomas al déficit de presión de vapor del aire o a la desecación del suelo también
influye en el mantenimiento del estado hídrico, de manera que el cierre de los estomas
evita, o al menos reduce, la desecación de los tejidos. Por otro lado, las especies
adaptadas a fenómenos recurrentes de sequía, pueden desarrollar mecanismos que les
permiten mantener su actividad funcional en circunstancias de estrés hídrico; su
estrategia no radica tanto en evitar la sequía, como en tolerarla. Por ejemplo, sus hojas
son capaces de mantener la turgencia celular, la apertura estomática, la asimilación de
CO2 o la estabilidad de las membranas fotoquímicas, incluso cuando el potencial hídrico
foliar es bajo (Valladares et al. 2004).
8
Introducción
1.5. Compromisos en los patrones de aclimatación a ambientes
sombreados y secos
La heterogeneidad del dosel vegetal genera diferencias importantes en las condiciones
microclimáticas del sotobosque a distintas escalas espaciales y temporales (Martínez
Alonso 2007). Las plantas que crecen en ambientes umbríos reciben luz de menor
intensidad y durante menos tiempo que las que crecen en claros o zonas abiertas, lo que
modifica muchas de las características estructurales y funcionales del regenerado
(Montgomery 2004). Sin embargo, el grado de cobertura conlleva la variación de
diversos factores ambientales además de la luz, como la temperatura y la humedad
relativa del aire, la temperatura y el contenido hídrico del suelo, o su estructura y
propiedades físico-químicas (Aussenac 2000).
Dejando a un lado las variaciones edáficas y climáticas a pequeña escala, en
condiciones naturales se generan gradientes espaciales de disponibilidad de luz y agua
que pueden variar estacionalmente. De acuerdo con la teoría del reparto de los nichos
ecológicos, especies coexistentes en un territorio se repartirán estos espacios según la
idoneidad para sus requerimientos ecológicos (Silvertown 2004). Simplificando, las
especies más competitivas ocuparían las zonas con más recursos, mientras que las
especies con mayor capacidad para tolerar la sombra o la sequía ocuparían las zonas
donde estos factores fuesen limitantes. Sin embargo, la tolerancia a la combinación de
factores de estrés es un fenómeno raro en la naturaleza. Es decir, existen pocas especies
cuya estrategia adaptativa les permita tolerar la sequía y la sombra intensa al mismo
tiempo (Niinemets & Valladares 2006), del mismo modo que la aclimatación del
fenotipo a un extremo ambiental parece limitar la posibilidad de aclimatación a otros
factores ambientales (Smith & Huston 1989; Kubiske et al. 1996). La interacción entre
la luz y la humedad del suelo en el sotobosque es uno de los aspectos que actualmente
suscita más interés en los estudios de regeneración. Aunque la luz es un factor clave en
la regulación de los procesos de sucesión de especies en bosques templados (Kobe &
Coates 1997) y mediterráneos (Gómez-Aparicio et al. 2006), el establecimiento de los
brinzales raramente depende de un único factor (Sack 2004). La tolerancia a la sombra
puede quedar en un segundo plano en ambientes donde haya una reducción periódica de
las precipitaciones, como sucede en el sotobosque de la mayoría de ecosistemas
forestales Mediterráneos.
9
Introducción
La supervivencia de los brinzales en la sombra se puede ver comprometida por el
hecho de tenerse que enfrentar a una situación de estrés hídrico, que reduce la
asimilación de CO2 y altera el balance de carbono (Aranda et al. 2004b; Sánchez-
Gómez et al. 2006b). En el sentido opuesto, existen también evidencias de que la
sombra intensa limita la resistencia a la sequía. El retraso en el desarrollo de los
individuos o la inversión preferencial de biomasa en follaje que genera la escasez de
luz, pueden mermar la captación de agua y agravar el estrés hídrico de las plantas con
respecto a zonas más iluminadas donde la evapotranspiración es mayor (Valladares &
Pearcy 2002). La luz juega también un papel importante en la evitación del estrés
hídrico al influir en la regulación estomática y en el flujo de agua. Por un lado, la mayor
sensibilidad de los estomas a las variaciones del déficit de presión de vapor o del
potencial hídrico del suelo que muestran las plantas que crecen en ambientes bien
iluminados permite un mayor control de las pérdidas de agua por transpiración que las
que crecen en situaciones umbrías (Mendes et al. 2001); por otro, se ha puesto de
manifiesto el aumento de la conductancia hidráulica con la luz en especies de diversa
ecología (Barigah et al. 2006). Además, ciertas características foliares relacionadas con
el mantenimiento de la turgencia celular en respuesta a la desecación de los tejidos,
como son la concentración de solutos o la elasticidad de las paredes celulares, varían
con la disponibilidad de luz (Aranda et al. 2001). Así, la disminución del potencial
osmótico foliar a través de la acumulación activa de solutos depende en parte de la
síntesis de azúcares solubles, (Epron & Dreyer 1996) por lo que los individuos que
crecen en ambientes sombreados presentan menor grado de ajuste osmótico en respuesta
a la sequía que aquellos que crecen sin limitaciones lumínicas para la producción de
carbohidratos (Morgan 1984).
Entender los procesos morfo-funcionales que median las respuestas de
aclimatación a la luz y la sequía resultará útil para favorecer los procesos de
regeneración natural y artificial de las especies vegetales en el futuro. Hoy en día es una
cuestión con muchas incógnitas.
10
Introducción
1.6. La interacción entre la luz y el agua en los procesos de
regeneración
Las actuaciones de regeneración por repoblación en España se han realizado
tradicionalmente en lugares desarbolados previamente desbrozados de matorral para
evitar la competencia por los nutrientes y el agua, siguiendo en gran medida pautas
basadas en la selvicultura europea. En la actualidad hay numerosas evidencias de que el
dosel que forman los matorrales favorece la supervivencia inicial del regenerado natural
y artificial de diversas especies leñosas mediterráneas debido a la atenuación del estrés
ambiental (Castro et al. 2004; Gómez-Aparicio et al. 2004 y 2005). Además de tener
efectos positivos sobre la estructura y la composición de nutrientes del suelo, al
reducirse la radiación, se atenúa la demanda evaporativa del aire y la
evapotranspiración, favoreciéndose la conservación de la humedad del suelo en los
meses estivales, y reduciéndose el estrés post-transplante en el caso de plantaciones.
El signo de la interacción entre plantas parece variar según las condiciones
climáticas y edáficas del medio, de manera que a medida que el estrés ambiental
disminuye, la competencia por los recursos adquiere mayor importancia (Holmgren et
al. 1997; ver sin embargo Maestre et al. 2005). El resultado de las interacciones entre
plantas depende también de las especies de que se trate. Así, el papel protector de la
vegetación establecida sobre el regenerado podría ser especialmente beneficioso para el
establecimiento de aquellas especies más susceptibles al estrés hídrico y a las altas
temperaturas que se registran durante el verano. En este sentido, especies extendidas
ampliamente por centroeuropa se regeneran en las proximidades de matas, arbustos o
bosques abiertos en las poblaciones Ibéricas que constituyen su límite de distribución,
incluso en el caso de especies heliófilas o con altos requerimientos de luz para
regenerarse en su núcleo de distribución, como se ha puesto de manifiesto para el pino
silvestre (Rojo et al. 1994; Castro et al. 2004), o el pino negro, una especie subalpina
(Camarero et al. 2005).
1.7. El papel de los pinares en la expansión de los robles en el entorno
del Hayedo de Montejo de la Sierra
La conservación de la población actual de roble albar en el Hayedo de Montejo requiere
su extensión por medio de siembras, plantaciones u otras actuaciones selvícolas que
11
Introducción
favorezcan su regeneración natural. Pese a la creciente diversificación de las especies
empleadas en las actuaciones de repoblación, promovida sobre todo por el impulso de la
forestación de antiguos terrenos agrícolas, existen pocas experiencias con robles
planocaducifolios en España que ayuden a adoptar un plan de actuación. Debido a su
temperamento exigente se han obtenido peores resultados en zonas desprovistas de
vegetación que en plantaciones al amparo de matorral (Gómez-Aparicio et al. 2004). La
utilización de masas forestales para la plantación de especies es igualmente una buena
opción de regeneración en muchos lugares (Dey & Parker 1996; Paquette et al. 2006),
pero apenas se ha valorado en zonas Mediterráneas (Álvarez Linarejos et al. 1996).
Una práctica frecuente es la utilización de masas forestales repobladas con
coníferas como dosel “nodriza”, con el objeto, además, de diversificar su composición y
acelerar la dinámica natural de sucesión del bosque. Durante el siglo pasado se llevaron
a cabo numerosos programas de reforestación en zonas degradadas en las que se
plantaban habitualmente especies de pino (Pausas et al. 2004; Pardo & Gil 2005), más
frugales y resistentes a la sequía estival que los robles, en un primer paso para restaurar
la cubierta arbórea destruida sobre todo por la intensa acción humana (Grove &
Rackham 2001). El propósito final era en algunos casos la transformación de estas
masas en bosques mixtos o bosques caducifolios (Ceballos 1939), lo que habitualmente
no ha podido completarse debido a la falta de tiempo o de medios materiales. Existen
aún millones de hectáreas de pinar que se encuentran en la primera rotación cuya
diversificación tendría repercusiones ecológicas y económicas positivas.
Los extensos pinares de Pinus sylvestris que existen en las inmediaciones del
Hayedo de Montejo (Fotografía 1.1) pueden ser lugares adecuados para la repoblación
de robles al generar unas condiciones microclimáticas más favorables para las plantas
que las que existen en zonas abiertas, y haber favorecido el mantenimiento y posterior
desarrollo del suelo con respecto a zonas que quedaron sin repoblar.
Bajo esta perspectiva se ha estudiado profusamente el efecto de la densidad del
dosel arbóreo en el desarrollo de los individuos, especialmente en bosques templados.
En una revisión reciente se ha puesto de manifiesto que la reducción de la densidad
inicial a través de claras es positiva para el establecimiento de los brinzales en un
amplio rango de biomas debido al aumento asociado en la disponibilidad de recursos
(luz, agua y nutrientes) (Paquete et al. 2006). Densidades altas generan ambientes
excesivamente umbríos, donde la mineralización de la materia orgánica puede hacerse
12
Introducción
más lenta; además, la intercepción de las precipitaciones por parte de las copas de los
árboles y la hojarasca, así como el “drenaje” de agua a la atmósfera por las raíces de los
árboles adultos, pueden reducir la disponibilidad de agua en el suelo durante el verano
con respecto a zonas que han sido aclaradas, lo que se traduce en un mayor grado de
estrés hídrico en los brinzales (Kozlowski et al. 1991).
a
bc
Fotografía 1.1. Vista panorámica del Hayedo con numerosas repoblaciones de pinos en sus proximidades
llevadas a cabo en los años 50 y 60. Autor: Antonio López Santalla. En amarillo se indican las zonas
donde se realizaron plantaciones con robles albares y melojos en distintos años (ver Material y métodos).
No obstante, la peculiaridad del clima Mediterráneo impone una selvicultura
propia. Las escasas experiencias en el ámbito nacional avalan la mejora de los
resultados en zonas aclaradas (Álvarez Linarejos et al. 1996), pero aún existen pocos
trabajos que hayan examinado el efecto de la densidad del dosel arbóreo en las
características ambientales del sotobosque o en las características funcionales del
regenerado (Aranda et al. 2001, 2002 y 2004b; Bellot et al. 2004). Debido a la
marginalidad de la población del roble albar en el Hayedo de Montejo, al probable
aumento de la aridez en los próximos años (INM 2007), y al notable abandono de
muchas masas forestales repobladas, es necesario fomentar la investigación sobre estas
cuestiones.
Dentro de este contexto, se han realizado varios experimentos en los que se ha
examinado la capacidad de aclimatación a la luz en condiciones controladas y en
gradientes naturales, y se ha comparado la capacidad para establecerse en distintos
ambientes a través del estudio de las respuestas fisiológicas a la sequía estival y de la
13
Introducción
supervivencia en diversas plantaciones experimentales. Esta información puede resultar
muy útil para precisar las posibilidades de regeneración del roble albar en poblaciones
marginales mediterráneas, y establecer planes de gestión encaminados a su
conservación.
A partir de los antecedentes expuestos se plantearon como hipótesis generales de
trabajo (i) que los brinzales de roble albar presentan rasgos morfológicos y funcionales
menos adecuados para regenerarse en ambientes mediterráneos que el melojo, y (ii), que
la reducción parcial del dosel genera un ambiente de media sombra más propicio para
los brinzales que los lugares con mayor densidad de arbolado o aquellos plenamente
expuestos a la luz.
14
Objetivos
2. OBJETIVOS
Los objetivos de la presente tesis son los siguientes:
Comparar las características que muestran los brinzales de las dos especies bajo
las mismas condiciones de crecimiento con el fin de valorar la idoneidad para
regenerarse en poblaciones donde coexistan.
Comparar las respuestas de aclimatación a la luz a largo y a corto plazo, al nivel
foliar y de la planta entera con el fin de estimar la capacidad competitiva y el
grado de tolerancia a la sombra.
Examinar el comportamiento de las dos especies frente a la sequía estival en
diferentes lugares de plantación, evaluando el papel de la disponibilidad de luz
asociada al grado de cobertura arbórea en la modificación de las respuestas de
aclimatación a la sequía, y la influencia en la supervivencia durante los primeros
años.
15
Material y métodos
3. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS
Se realizaron varios experimentos con brinzales de roble albar y melojo procedentes de
bellotas recogidas en el Hayedo de Montejo. Por un lado, brinzales cultivados en
condiciones de riego y fertilización idóneas en un invernadero se sometieron a la
variación experimental de la intensidad de luz (sección 3.1.). Por otro, se realizaron
cuatro plantaciones a lo largo de varios años (2000 a 2005) en claros y pinares de pino
silvestre adultos sometidos a claras de distinto peso (0, 25, 33 y 50 % de la densidad
original), cercanos al Hayedo de Montejo (sección 3.2.).
3.1. Experimento en invernadero (anexos I y II)
3.1.1. Material vegetal y diseño experimental
En otoño de 2003 se recogieron bellotas de varios árboles de roble albar y melojo. Se
conservaron en cámaras frigoríficas a 3 ºC de temperatura y 55 % de humedad relativa
hasta la primavera del año siguiente. En este momento, bellotas de tamaño similar se
sembraron en envases Super-Leach de 400 cm3 y 35 cm de profundidad que contenían
una mezcla de turba y arena (3:1, v/v) enriquecida con abono de liberación lenta (5 g l-
1). Las plántulas se cultivaron en un invernadero bajo dos niveles de luz (5,3 % de plena
luz, debido a una doble capa de malla negra y 70 % de plena luz, debido a la opacidad
de los paneles de PVC del invernadero). Al final del primer año, se transplantaron 80
brinzales de tamaño similar a envases de 3000 cm3 y 40 cm de profundidad, añadiendo
de nuevo abono de liberación lenta. Veinte individuos de cada especie se mantuvieron
en sombra (tratamiento de baja irradiancia, 5,3 %, SH), distribuidos en dos bancadas del
invernadero bajo cuatro estructuras metálicas; 10 individuos de cada especie se
mantuvieron entre medias (tratamiento de alta irradiancia, 70 %, HL), repartidos en las
dos bancadas del invernadero y suficientemente alejadas de la malla de sombreo. Antes
de que se produjera la brotación de las hojas (primera semana de marzo en todas las
plantas), seis individuos por especie se sacaron fuera de las estructuras de sombreo
junto con las del tratamiento de 70 % de luz (tratamiento T1). Unos noventa días
después de la brotación se movieron otras seis plantas por especie de sombra junto con
las plantas HL y T1 (tratamiento T2); aunque no se examinó la evolución de la
17
Material y métodos
expansión foliar, cabe esperar que las hojas estuvieran completamente expandidas en el
momento de la transferencia.
Los valores medios de luz fotosintéticamente activa (PAR) en un día despejado a
mediodía fueron 80 ± 7 μmol m-2 s-1 para SH y 1050 ± 28 μmol m-2 s-1 para el resto de
tratamientos (LICOR Li-185B; sensor cuántico: Li-190SB). La temperatura a mediodía
fue algo menor bajo la malla de sombreo (31,6 ± 0,2 ºC vs 33,7 ± 0,3 ºC). Todas las
plantas se regaron adecuadamente durante el transcurso del experimento. La
temperatura y la humedad relativa del aire dentro del invernadero fluctuaron entre 15 y
39 ºC y 50 – 90 %, respectivamente.
Fotografía 3.1. Disposición de las plantas en el
invernadero antes de sacar la segunda tanda de
plantas de las estructuras de sombreo.
Se midieron diversos parámetros relacionados con la fisiología y la morfología de
las hojas, así como con el crecimiento y la distribución de biomasa. Las medidas se
realizaron en plantas de dos savias, en hojas de la primera brotación completamente
expandidas y poco sombreadas por el resto de hojas de la planta.
3.1.2. Intercambio gaseoso foliar
Las medidas se realizaron con un equipo portátil de análisis de gases por infrarrojos
(IRGA, LCPro Analytical Development Corporation, UK).
Se examinó la evolución de las tasas de fotosíntesis (Asat) y conductancia
estomática (gsat) a saturación por luz (1000 μmol m-2 s-1 en HL y 700 μmol m-2 s-1 en
SH y T2) y CO2 ambiental (370 ppm) durante las seis semanas siguientes a la
transferencia de plantas T2, repitiendo las medidas sobre la misma hoja cuando fue
posible. Antes de su medición, las plantas de sombra se expusieron a luz de alta
18
Material y métodos
intensidad durante 10 – 15 min para inducir la apertura de estomas. Se utilizó un diodo
emisor de luz roja – azul como fuente de iluminación de las hojas. La temperatura en el
interior de la cámara se mantuvo entre 23,5 y 26,6 ºC, lo que produjo que la temperatura
foliar oscilara en el momento de la medición entre 23,8 y 28,5 ºC. Las medidas se
prolongaron desde las 8:00 a.m. hasta las 11:00 a.m.
Por otro lado se realizaron curvas de respuesta de la fotosíntesis a la concentración
de CO2 en 4 – 5 plantas por especie y tratamiento (HL, SH, T1 y T2), aproximadamente
un mes después de la segunda transferencia. Las curvas se realizaron a luz constante
(1000 μmol m-2 s-1 en HL y 700 μmol m-2 s-1 en SH, T1 y T2) y temperatura constante
(25,8 ± 0,1 ºC). Después de exponer la hoja durante 30 min a 380 ppm, se redujo la
concentración de CO2 en el flujo de aire de entrada en cuatro pasos (250, 200, 100 y 50
ppm), y a continuación, se incrementó en otros siete hasta 1800 ppm (380, 450, 700,
950, 1200, 1500 y 1800 ppm). Se estimó la capacidad fotosintética de cada planta
(Aamax) como el valor medio de las tres medidas realizadas a 1800 ppm. Se estimaron
también la tasa máxima de carboxilación (Vacmax) y la tasa máxima de transporte
electrónico (Jamax) ajustando las ecuaciones de Harley et al. (1992) a las fracciones de la
curva donde la tasa de fotosíntesis está limitada por la cantidad y grado de activación de
la enzima Rubisco (concentración intercelular de CO2 < 220 - 230 ppm; Ac) y por la
regeneración de la Ribulosa 1,5-bis fosfato (Aj):
)K/O(KCC
VAoci
*i
maxcc +⋅+Γ−
=1
, ⋅τ+⋅
Γ−=
)/(4
*
OCC
JAi
ij .
Se estableció una concentración de oxígeno en el estroma (O) de 20 KPa. Los
coeficientes de afinidad de la Rubisco por el CO2 (Kc) y el oxigeno (Ko), ambos
dependientes de la temperatura, se calcularon para la temperatura de cada hoja de
acuerdo a las ecuaciones de Bernacchi et al. (2001); el valor del factor de especificidad
de la Rubisco (τ) se ajustó a la temperatura de cada hoja siguiendo la ecuación de
Harley et al. (1992). El punto de compensación de CO2 en condiciones de iluminación
(Γ*) se calculó como O/2τ. El potencial de transporte electrónico (J) se calculó como:
19
Material y métodos
2
1 ⎟⎠⎞
⎜⎝⎛ ⋅α
+
⋅α=
maxa
sat
sat
JPPFD
PPFDJ ,
utilizándose un valor constante de 0,24 mol e- (mol quanta-1) como valor de la eficiencia
de las hojas en la conversión de luz (α).
Los valores de Vacmax y Ja
max se ajustaron a una temperatura de referencia de 25 ºC
a partir de las ecuaciones de Dreyer et al. (2001). Las tasas máximas de carboxilación
(Vmcmax) y transporte electrónico (Jm
max) por unidad de masa foliar, y la capacidad
fotosintética por unidad de masa foliar (Ammax), se estimaron a partir de los valores de
superficie foliar específica (SLA).
Ci (Pa)
An
(μm
olm
-2s-1
)
0 30 60 90 120 1500
10
20
30
40
50
Ac
Aj
Figura 3.1. Ejemplo de una curva de respuesta de la
fotosíntesis (An) a la concentración intercelular de C
(C
O2
i) en una planta de melojo del tratamiento T2.
3.1.3. Fluorescencia de la clorofila a
Se midió con un fluorómetro portátil de pulso modulado (FMS 2, Hansatech
Instruments LTD., UK). Para la nomenclatura y el cálculo de la mayoría de parámetros
se siguió a Maxwell & Johnson (2000).
Se examinó la evolución de algunos parámetros relacionados con la emisión de
fluorescencia de la clorofila durante las seis semanas siguientes a la transferencia de
plantas del tratamiento T2. Las medidas se repitieron sobre la misma hoja siempre que
fue posible. A partir de la fluorescencia máxima (Fm) y la fluorescencia mínima (Fo) de
hojas previamente oscurecidas, se calculó la eficiencia fotoquímica potencial del
fotosistema II (PS II) que indica el rendimiento cuántico si todos los centros de reacción
del PS II estuvieran abiertos (oxidados):
20
Material y métodos
m
ommv F
FFFF
−=/ .
Fm se obtuvo tras someter la hoja a un pulso de 0,8 s de luz de alta intensidad (6600
μmol m-2 s-1). Las medidas se llevaron a cabo a primera hora de la mañana (antes de las
8:00 a.m.) en hojas a las que se les había colocado la tarde anterior una pinza que cubría
una parte de la hoja, por lo que se puede considerar que indican el máximo valor diario
de Fv/Fm. Al finalizar las medidas de intercambio gaseoso, se estimó la eficiencia
fotoquímica efectiva (ΦPSII), es decir, la eficiencia en hojas aclimatadas a la luz
ambiental:
,'
'
m
smPSII F
FF −=φ
donde Fs es la fluorescencia emitida por la hoja y Fm’ es la fluorescencia en el momento
de ser de nuevo sometida a un pulso de luz saturante. Dado que las mediciones en
condiciones de oscuridad e iluminación se hicieron en la misma zona de la hoja, se pudo
estimar la disipación no-fotoquímica de la luz absorbida (NPQ):
.'
'
m
mm
FFF
NPQ−
=
Por otra parte, se realizaron curvas de respuesta de la fluorescencia de la clorofila
a la luz en 4 – 5 plantas por especie y tratamiento (HL, SH, T1 y T2), aproximadamente
un mes después de la segunda transferencia (3 – 7 de julio). Se realizaron en una cámara
de control climático a 23,5 ºC de temperatura y 65 % de humedad relativa. La
concentración de CO2 no pudo mantenerse en los niveles programados (380 ppm)
debido al aumento proveniente de la respiración de la persona en el interior de la
cámara. Antes de comenzar la curva se midió el parámetro Fv/Fm de acuerdo al
protocolo mencionado anteriormente. La misma superficie foliar fue entonces sometida
a valores crecientes de luz, emitida por una lámpara halógena dentro del equipo (PPFD;
40, 100, 250, 410, 710, 1060, 1400 μmol m-2 s-1). Cuando la señal de fluorescencia de la
21
Material y métodos
hoja alcanzaba un valor relativamente estable (Fs), la hoja era sometida a un pulso de
luz saturante, obteniéndose el valor de Fm’. Inmediatamente después la hoja se
iluminaba con un pulso de luz del espectro en el rojo-lejano de 5 s de duración para
favorecer el paso de electrones del PSII al PSI, y obtener así la fluorescencia mínima en
condiciones de iluminación (Fo’); a continuación se incrementaba la luz al siguiente
nivel de intensidad. En cada punto se obtuvieron la eficiencia fotoquímica efectiva
(ΦPSII), la tasa de transporte electrónico (ETR):
,84,05,0 PSIIPPFDETR φ×××=
y la disipación fotoquímica (qL) (según Kramer et al. 2004):
s
o
om
sm
FF
FFFF
qL'
'''
×−−
= .
Además, se calculó qué proporción de la energía que no se disipa por vía fotoquímica lo
hace de forma regulada (ΦNPQ) y no regulada por la planta (ΦNO) (Kramer et al. 2004).
La tasa máxima de transporte electrónico (ETRmax) se obtuvo ajustando un modelo
exponencial simple a la evolución de ETR con la luz.
3.1.4. Parámetros bioquímicos de la hoja
Se determinaron las concentraciones de clorofila (Cm) y nitrógeno (Nm) en hojas de 4-5
plantas por especie y tratamiento (HL, SH, T1 y T2), en varios momentos desde la
segunda transferencia. La clorofila se extrajo de discos foliares inmersos en tubos con 5
ml de Dimetil Sulfóxido (DMSO) durante 5 h a 60 ºC en oscuridad. La absorbancia del
DMSO se midió entonces con un espectrofotómetro a 648,2 y 664,9 nm de longitud de
onda, estimando la concentración de clorofila a y b en las hojas. La concentración de
nitrógeno se midió siguiendo el protocolo Kjeldahl. Brevemente, las muestras (~ 0,15
mg de hoja sin pecíolo) se sometieron a una digestión ácida con H2SO4 al 96 % a 400 ºC
durante aproximadamente 1,5 h (1016 Digestion System 12, Tecator, Sweden).
Posteriormente se destilaron (1026 Distilling Unit, Tecator, Sweden) en un medio
22
Material y métodos
básico (NAOH al 40 %), y por último se procedió a valorar con HCL 0,05 N el
destilado recogido en una solución de H3BO3 con dos indicadores de pH.
Los contenidos de clorofila (Ca) y nitrógeno (Na) por unidad de área foliar se
estimaron a partir de Cm y Nm, y los valores de SLA. El cociente entre Ammax y Nm se
empleó como indicador de la eficiencia en el uso del nitrógeno (EUN).
Se estimaron también las fracciones de nitrógeno en Rubisco (Pr), proteínas de la
cadena de transporte electrónico (Pb) y pigmentos captadores de luz (Pl) de acuerdo a las
ecuaciones de Niinemets & Tenhunen (1997):
m
cr NSLA
VP
×××=
)/1(5,2025,6max ;
siendo, 6,25 g Rubisco (g N en Rubisco)-1 un factor de conversión del contenido de
nitrógeno a cantidad de proteína y 20,5 μmol CO2 (g Rubisco)-1 s-1 el factor de
especificidad de la Rubisco;
mb NSLA
JP
×××=
)/1(15606,8max ;
siendo, 8,06 μmol citocromo f (g N en componentes del transporte electrónico)-1 un
factor de conversión y 156 mol e- (mol citocromo f)-1 s-1 el factor de actividad de
transporte electrónico por unidad de citocromo f;
Bm
ml CN
CP
×= ,
donde CB es la media ponderada de la cantidad de clorofila por cantidad de nitrógeno
que hay en los fotosistemas (PS II y PS I) y las antenas del PSII (LHC II). La
concentración de cada complejo enzimático por unidad de área y la proporción de
clorofila en cada complejo enzimático con respecto a la concentración total, se
calcularon de acuerdo a Hikosaka & Terashima (1995).
23
Material y métodos
La proporción de nitrógeno estructural se obtuvo a partir de las fracciones en los
anteriores componentes (Ps = 1– Pr – Pb – Pl).
3.1.5. Parámetros anatómicos y morfológicos de la hoja
Un mes después de la segunda transferencia, se introdujeron fragmentos de la zona
media de la hoja de 5 plantas por especie y tratamiento (HL, SH, T1 y T2) en viales que
contenían 1 ml de formaldehído al 37 %, 1 ml de ácido acético y 9 ml de etanol (70º).
Se mantuvieron en esta solución durante 24 h y después se sustituyó por etanol (70º)
para la conservación del material hasta su análisis. Se obtuvieron secciones de la
porción de la hoja comprendida entre el margen y el nervio medio central, midiéndose
los grosores de la epidermis adaxial y abaxial, el parénquima en empalizada y el
parénquima esponjoso. La densidad estomática se midió en las mismas hojas a partir de
huellas de la epidermis abaxial obtenidas tras aplicar una capa de esmalte.
La superficie foliar específica (SLA) se calculó dividiendo el área de un disco
foliar por su peso seco (48 h a 70 ºC) en 5 plantas por especie y tratamiento (HL, SH,
T1 y T2). El tamaño medio de la hoja se obtuvo dividiendo la superficie foliar total por
el número de hojas dos meses después de la segunda transferencia, sólo en los
tratamientos HL, SH y T2.
3.1.6. Arquitectura de la planta
Se calculó la longitud de los entrenudos a partir del cociente entre la longitud del tallo
principal comprendido entre la hoja basal y la yema apical, y el número de nudos. El
cociente entre SFT y la altura de la planta se utilizó como un índice de autosombreo
(IA). Ambos parámetros se obtuvieron dos meses después de la segunda transferencia
en 5 plantas por especie de los tratamientos HL, SH y T2.
3.1.7. Crecimiento, y distribución de la biomasa entre los órganos de la
planta
En el momento de transplantar los brinzales al final del primer año, se cosecharon 5 – 6
brinzales por especie de los tratamientos HL y SH, y se midió su peso seco. Al final del
experimento, dos meses después de la segunda transferencia, se cosecharon otras seis
24
Material y métodos
plantas por especie de los tratamientos HL, SH y T2, evaluándose la tasa de crecimiento
relativo a partir de la ecuación:
( )12
12 )ln()ln(DD
MMRGR−−
= ,
donde M2 y M1 son los pesos en la cosecha final e inicial, respectivamente, y D2 y D1
son los días de la cosecha final e inicial, respectivamente.
Dado que las hojas, tallos y raíces se pesaron separadamente, se pudieron estimar
las fracciones de biomasa en hojas (LMF), tallos (SMF) y raíces (RMF), a partir del
peso de cada órgano con respecto al peso seco de la planta. Se calculó la relación entre
la biomasa correspondiente a las raíces y la correspondiente a la suma de hojas y tallos
(R/S). Se calculó también la razón de área foliar (LAR), que es el cociente entre la
superficie foliar total y el peso seco de la planta. SFT se obtuvo midiendo la superficie
de todas las hojas de la planta con un analizador de imágenes (Delta-T Devices LTD,
UK). Las hojas del tallo principal y de los brotes basales se planimetraron y pesaron por
separado, así como las hojas de la primera brotación y las pertenecientes a brotaciones
sucesivas. Por último, se calculó la tasa de asimilación neta (NAR) según la ecuación:
[ ]( )
( )( )12
12
12
12 *)ln()ln(DDMM
SFTSFTSFTSFTNAR
−−
−−
= .
La altura y el diámetro del tallo principal también se midieron al final del primer
año y en varias fechas del segundo hasta el final del experimento.
3.1.8. Análisis estadístico
La normalidad de los datos se comprobó a través de la representación gráfica de la
distribución de los datos. La homocedasticidad se examinó con gráficos de cajas y
bigotes y con los tests de Cochran y Bartlett, que prueban la hipótesis de que las
desviaciones estándar de los niveles de un factor son iguales. Se corrigió la ausencia de
normalidad y homocedasticidad de algunas variables transformando el apuntamiento y
25
Material y métodos
la kurtosis de los datos con operadores matemáticos (logaritmo, arcoseno o raíz
cuadrada).
Se realizaron análisis de la varianza de dos vías para examinar el efecto del
tratamiento lumínico y la especie sobre las variables; para el análisis de aquellas que
fueron medidas reiteradamente sobre la misma hoja, o la misma planta, se consideró el
día de medición como factor de repetición. Se examinaron las interacciones de segundo
orden entre los factores. Cuando el término de interacción fue significativo (P-valor <
0.05), se fijó uno de los factores y se realizaron análisis de una vía para cada uno de sus
niveles. Las diferencias entre los valores medios de cada tratamiento de luz se
compararon a posteriori con el test de Tukey, más conservativo que otros tests de
comparaciones múltiples. El impacto de la transferencia de las plantas T2 a las
condiciones de mayor iluminación en Asat, gsat, Fv/Fm, ΦPSII y NPQ se evaluó
comparando la máxima variación en cada planta con respecto al valor medio en SH.
La intensidad y significación de las relaciones entre variables se determinaron
usando coeficientes de correlación de Pearson, ajustándose después los modelos de
regresión lineal que recogían el mayor porcentaje de variabilidad. Los términos
independientes que describen la evolución de los parámetros de fluorescencia en
respuesta al aumento gradual de la intensidad lumínica (pendiente, PPFD saturante y
valor a saturación) y la evolución de la fotosíntesis en respuesta a la variación de Ci
(Vmcmax, Jm
max) se estimaron con el programa Statgraphics plus 4.1 (Statistical Graphics
Corp.), a través de procedimientos iterativos que proporcionan las estimaciones que
minimizan la suma de cuadrados residual del modelo respecto a la nube de puntos.
Los resultados de la mayoría de los análisis se presentan en los anexos I y II.
3.2. Experimentos en campo
Se llevaron a cabo plantaciones en dos pinares de pino silvestre próximos al Hayedo de
Montejo: La Maleza (≈ 1250 m de altitud; Fotografía 1.1 a) y Sierra Escalva (≈ 1600 m;
Fotografía 1.1 c). Los suelos de la zona proceden de sustratos ácidos gneísicos y
micáceos; son en general profundos, fértiles y con una elevada capacidad para retener
agua. El clima es submediterráneo, con inviernos fríos y un periodo corto de sequía en
el verano. La temperatura media anual es de 8,7 ºC y la precipitación media anual es de
1124 mm (Pardo 2000).
26
Material y métodos
La precipitación en la zona se registró con un pluviómetro (AN1, Delta-T Devices
Ltd., UK), y la temperatura y la humedad relativa del aire con un sensor RHA1 (Delta-T
Devices Ltd., UK), ambos ubicados en una plataforma situada por encima del dosel de
copas y conectados a un compilador de datos. La precipitación se registró en intervalos
de una hora, y la temperatura y la humedad relativa cada minuto, disponiendo de
promedios cada diez minutos.
3.2.1. Plantaciones en La Maleza
Se trata de un pinar plantado en 1958. Las parcelas de estudio se situaron en una ladera
de pendiente suave (~ 15 %) orientada al sureste, en tres zonas con distinta densidad de
arbolado: una zona de pinar con la densidad original (1067 pies ha-1, 65,8 m2 ha-1 de
área basimétrica, y 22,5 m de altura dominante), una zona de pinar aclarado en 1998
contigua y al mismo nivel que la anterior (800 pies ha-1, 53,6 m2 ha-1 de área
basimétrica, y 21,6 m de altura dominante), y un cortafuegos adyacente de 10 m de
ancho realizado en 1992 que separa el pinar del Hayedo, y que representa un claro de
tamaño medio (Fotografía 3.2). La vegetación es abundante en el cortafuegos (Genista
florida L., Adenocarpus hispanicus (Lam.), Rubus ulmifolius Schott. y Lonicera
peryclimenum L. entre los taxones más abundantes), pero es escasa en la zona de pinar,
sobre todo en el de mayor densidad donde sólo Pteridium aquilinum L. (Kuhn) forma
pequeños rodales.
Fotografía 3.2. Los tres sitios se encontraban en un transecto de ≈150 m con orientación SW-NE.
Se hicieron tres plantaciones en distintos años. En la primera de ellas (año 2000)
se incluyó una zona desarbolada dentro del Hayedo pero no se plantó en el cortafuegos.
En la tercera plantación (año 2004) los individuos se protegieron con protectores
individuales, para evitar daños por herbívoros.
27
Material y métodos
- Primera plantación (anexo III)
Entre febrero y marzo de 2000 se plantaron 500 brinzales de roble albar y 500 de
melojo, de una savia, previamente cultivados en vivero sin restricciones de agua o
nutrientes. Doscientos cincuenta individuos con cepellón de cada especie se
distribuyeron en el pinar entre la zona aclarada y la que mantiene la densidad original de
plantación. No fue necesaria la eliminación de la vegetación preexistente antes de
proceder al ahoyado manual. Otros 250 individuos de cada especie se plantaron en una
zona sin cubierta arbórea dentro del Hayedo conocido como “Rozallano” (Fotografía
1.1 b), en fajas de dos metros de ancho donde el matorral, principalmente de
Adenocarpus hispanicus, A. complicatus y Juniperus communis, fue desbrozado
previamente a la instalación de los plantones. No hubo ninguna otra preparación del
terreno. El suelo en esta zona apenas alcanza los 60 cm de profundidad, frente a los más
de 100 cm que tiene en muchos puntos del pinar.
Se examinó la supervivencia al cabo del primer y cuarto año (octubre de 2000 y
2003). La luz en cada sitio se evaluó a partir de fotografías hemisféricas (n = 30 en las
dos zonas de pinar; n = 10 en el claro). Las fotografías se tomaron en días nublados o al
atardecer, para evitar la exposición directa a la luz solar, con una cámara analógica
Nikon FM a la que se le había acoplado una lente de 8 mm de tipo “ojo de pez”. Las
fotografías fueron posteriormente digitalizadas (Olympus ES-10, Olympus Optical Co
Europe GMBH) y analizadas con un programa informático (Hemiview 2.1 Canopy
Análisis Software, Delta T Devices Ltd., UK). La humedad del suelo se midió por
medio de un sistema por reflectometría TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry; Trase
System I, Soil Moisture Equipment, USA), que permite determinar el contenido
volumétrico de agua en el suelo a partir del cálculo de la constante dieléctrica. Se midió
la humedad hasta 80 cm de profundidad en tres tubos de PVC de 1 m de longitud, por
sitio. No se pudieron instalar tubos en “Rozallano” por lo que se tomaron los valores del
cortafuegos como aproximación. Ambas variables se midieron a lo largo del verano de
2003.
También se midieron el potencial hídrico foliar (PMS Instrument Co 7000,
Corvallis Oregon, USA), y la eficiencia fotoquímica potencial del fotosistema II (Fv/Fm)
(FMS 2, Hansatech Instruments Ltd., UK) en cinco plantas por especie y sitio, al
amanecer y a mediodía. Las medidas se realizaron en las primeras semanas de julio y
28
Material y métodos
agosto de 2002 (tercer año en campo), y julio, agosto y septiembre de 2003, aunque en
este último año no se pudo medir en el claro.
La valoración del efecto del lugar de plantación, la fecha y la especie en las
variables se hizo con análisis de la varianza. Cuando la interacción entre factores resultó
significativa (interacción máxima de segundo orden), se analizó el efecto de uno de
ellos para cada uno de los niveles del otro. El potencial hídrico al amanecer se tomó
como covariable para comparar los datos de Fv/Fm. La normalidad de los datos se
comprobó a través de la representación gráfica de la distribución de los datos. La
homocedasticidad se examinó visualmente con gráficos de cajas y bigotes, y con la
aplicación de los tests de Cochran y Bartlett. Los datos se transformaron con operadores
matemáticos cuando no eran normales u homocedásticos.
- Segunda plantación (anexos IV a VI)
En marzo de 2003 se plantaron 90 brinzales por especie, repartidos bajo el pinar
aclarado y sin aclarar, y el cortafuegos, en tres bloques completos distribuidos a lo largo
de la pendiente, cada uno con 30 plantas por especie situadas entre las hileras de pinos
separadas aproximadamente 1,5 m (diseño Split-Plot). Las plantas, de una año de edad
en el momento de su plantación, fueron cultivadas previamente en vivero en envases de
15 cm de profundidad; se transplantaron con cepellón en hoyos de aproximadamente
40×40×40 cm excavados manualmente. Algunos individuos fueron comidos el primer
año, por lo que se protegieron con una malla de alambre rígido de 1 cm de luz en el
siguiente. Durante los dos años que siguieron a la plantación se examinó el microclima
de cada sitio, y se evaluó el desarrollo de los brinzales determinándose distintos
parámetros fisiológicos y morfológicos al comienzo (final de junio) y al final del verano
(final de agosto).
Caracterización microclimática
En cada sitio se examinó la humedad del suelo a distintas profundidades, la humedad y
la temperatura del aire, y el régimen lumínico (irradiación relativa y duración de los
periodos de luz directa).
Se evaluó el perfil de humedad en el suelo hasta 60 cm de profundidad por medio
de una sonda móvil introducida en los tubos de PVC enterrados en los tres sitios (n = 3,
29
Material y métodos
uno en cada bloque de plantas). No se pudo medir la humedad del suelo por debajo de
los 60 cm de profundidad debido a la entrada de agua en los tubos. La humedad y
temperatura del aire se registraron por medio de sensores conectados a un compilador
de datos (HOBO H8 Pro, Onset); se programaron para tomar un registro cada 10 min.
Se colocó un equipo de medida por sitio. Con los valores de humedad relativa y
temperatura se calculó el déficit de presión de vapor del aire. Para evaluar el régimen de
luz de cada sitio se realizaron fotografías hemisféricas sobre el ápice de las plantas
utilizadas en las mediciones (n = 10 – 12). El tratamiento de las imágenes con el
programa Hemiview 2.1 permitió calcular las proporciones de luz difusa, directa y total
del lugar donde se había tomado cada fotografía, así como el número y la duración de
los momentos en que había luz directa a lo largo del día (“sunflecks”).
Relaciones hídricas
El estado hídrico de los brinzales se evaluó a través de la medida del potencial hídrico
foliar. Se midió con una cámara de presión (PMS Instrument Co. 7000, Corvallis
Oregon, USA) en una hoja por planta, y cinco plantas por especie y sitio, en torno al
alba (Ψpd) y al mediodía (Ψmd).
Se realizaron además curvas Presión-Volumen en cinco plantas por especie y sitio.
En primer lugar las hojas se rehidrataron por inmersión del pecíolo en agua destilada
durante varias horas. Posteriormente se dejaban deshidratar en las bancadas del
laboratorio, midiendo su potencial hídrico a intervalos de tiempo, representando
finalmente la relación entre el contenido hídrico relativo (CHR) y el inverso del
potencial hídrico (Robichaux et al. 1984). Cada curva contenía entre 10 y 17 puntos. El
contenido hídrico relativo se calculó como el cociente de la diferencia entre el peso
fresco (PF) y el peso seco de la hoja (PS), y el peso turgente (PT) y el peso seco:
PSPTPSPFCHR
−−
= .
El peso turgente se estimó a partir de la relación lineal que existe entre el peso fresco y
el potencial hídrico en los primeros puntos de la curva. La hoja se metió en una estufa a
65 ºC durante varios días para obtener su peso seco. A partir de la relación entre el
30
Material y métodos
contenido hídrico relativo y el inverso del potencial hídrico se obtuvieron diversos
parámetros fisiológicos.
Los potenciales osmóticos a turgencia plena (Ψπ100) y nula (Ψπ0) se calcularon a
partir de la regresión lineal entre el contenido hídrico relativo y el inverso del potencial
hídrico una vez que las células entran en estado de plasmolisis (Ψw = Ψπ):
nCHRm +⋅=Ψ
−π
1 .
En el punto de turgencia plena, CHR = 100 %, así que:
)(1
100 nm +−
=Ψπ ,
mientras que para calcular Ψπ0 se considera el contenido hídrico relativo en el punto de
plasmolisis (CHRpt):
)(1
0 nCHRm pt +⋅−
=Ψπ .
El módulo de elasticidad de las paredes celulares se calculó en los puntos de
mayor turgencia (Emax) según Robichaux et al. (1984):
)(max ap CHRCHR
CHRE −⋅
ΔΨ= .
El módulo de elasticidad depende de la pendiente de la relación lineal entre el contenido
hídrico relativo y el potencial de turgencia celular (Ψp = Ψw − Ψπ), y de la diferencia
entre el valor medio del contenido hídrico relativo en los puntos considerados y el
contenido hídrico del apoplasto (CHRa), que a su vez resulta de la extrapolación de la
relación entre CHR y 1/Ψw, cuando 1/Ψw = 0:
31
Material y métodos
mnCHRa = .
El contenido de agua del simplasto a plena turgencia respecto al volumen total de agua
(CHRs) se obtuvo a partir de la diferencia con el contenido de agua en el apoplasto.
Parámetros bioquímicos
Se determinó la concentración media de clorofila (Cm) y nitrógeno (Nm) en cinco
plantas por especie y sitio por los procedimientos anteriormente expuestos (sección
3.1.4.). El contenido medio de clorofila y nitrógeno por unidad de área foliar (Ca y Na,
respectivamente) se estimó a partir de los valores de SLA. Sólo se realizaron análisis de
nitrógeno foliar en 2004.
Intercambio gaseoso
Se utilizaron dos equipos de análisis de gases por infrarrojos. En 2004 las medidas se
realizaron con un IRGA-LCA 4 (Analytical Development Corporation, UK) y en 2005
con un IRGA-LCPro (Analytical Development Corporation, UK).
El protocolo de medición también difirió entre los dos años. En 2004, las hojas se
sometieron a luz saturante durante cerca de 15 min para inducir la actividad
fotosintética (aproximadamente 1300 μmol m-2 s-1 para las plantas del cortafuegos y 900
μmol m-2 s-1 para las del pinar). Tras tomarse tres registros de la asimilación neta (Asat)
y la conductancia estomática (gsat) a concentración de CO2 ambiental (365 ppm), se
reducía la concentración en el aire de entrada a la cámara foliar en tres pasos (300, 200
y 100 ppm), tomándose en cada punto tres registros más de la tasa de asimilación neta.
Se estimó la eficiencia de la carboxilación como la pendiente de la variación de la tasa
de asimilación neta con respecto a la variación de la concentración intercelular de CO2
(Ci). La temperatura en la cámara foliar durante este proceso se mantuvo en torno a 25
ºC (temperatura foliar: 24 – 30 ºC). Las medidas se hicieron entre las 9:30 y las 11:30
a.m. para evitar oscilaciones excesivas en el déficit hídrico. Se midieron cuatro plantas
por especie y sitio en junio, y tres en agosto.
En 2005 se midió la tasa de asimilación neta a distintas intensidades lumínicas.
Las hojas se sometían inicialmente a 800 μmol m-2 s-1 durante aproximadamente 15 min
32
Material y métodos
para lograr la apertura de los estomas y la activación de los procesos fotosintéticos. A
continuación se subía la intensidad a 1150 μmol m-2 s-1, y a 1600 μmol m-2 s-1 en las
plantas del cortafuegos. La luz se disminuía a continuación a 800 μmol m-2 s-1 y por
último a 40 μmol m-2 s-1 en cinco pasos (500, 350, 175, 90 y 40), tomándose en cada
punto tres registros de la tasa de asimilación neta. La temperatura dentro de la cámara
de medición se programó a 23 ºC para conseguir que la temperatura foliar se mantuviera
alrededor de 25 ºC. La concentración de CO2 se mantuvo en torno a 365 ppm durante
toda la curva. Se ajustó un modelo cuadrático a los datos con el programa informático
Photosyn Assistant 1.1 (Dundee Scientific, UK):
( )R
KAKPPFDAPPFDAPPFD
A satsatsat −⋅
⋅⋅⋅φ⋅−+⋅φ−+⋅φ=
242
,
que permitió estimar la tasa de asimilación neta a saturación por luz (Asat), el
rendimiento cuántico aparente (φ) y la tasa de respiración (R).
PPFD (μmol m-2s-1)
An
(μm
olm
-2s-1
)
0 400 800 1200 1600 20000
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5
Figura 3.2. Ejemplo de una curva de respuesta de
la fotosíntesis (An) a la luz (PPFD) en una planta
de melojo en el cortafuegos.
Las estimaciones de φ y R fueron en varios casos incoherentes, debido al “ruido” de la
señal del equipo de medida y al escaso número de puntos de la porción lineal inicial de
la curva por lo que no se compararon. El parámetro K describe la forma de la curva. Las
medidas se hicieron entre las 8:30 y las 11:30 a.m., en cinco plantas por sitio y especie.
Se realizó una tercera medición a finales del mes de julio, en la que se midió la tasa de
asimilación neta a niveles de irradiación saturantes (1150 y 1600 μmol m-2 s-1, en el
pinar y en el cortafuegos, respectivamente).
33
Material y métodos
A partir de los valores de transpiración a saturación por luz (Esat) y de potencial
hídrico se estimó la conductancia hidráulica foliar aparente a través del continuo suelo-
atmósfera (KL) (Saito et al. 2003):
mdpd
satL
EK
Ψ−Ψ= .
Eficiencia en el uso del agua
Los cocientes entre la fotosíntesis neta y la tasa de transpiración, o la conductancia
estomática, son indicadores de la eficiencia foliar instantánea en el uso del agua, al
reflejar el agua que se pierde por transpiración para la asimilación de un mol de CO2. La
composición isotópica del carbono de un tejido vegetal (δ13C) es un indicador más
integrado de la eficiencia de la asimilación respecto al coste en consumo de agua que
los anteriores, ya que refleja la relación entre ambos procesos a lo largo de un periodo
de tiempo más amplio. Brevemente, las plantas discriminan positivamente el isótopo 12C respecto al 13C en los procesos de fijación del CO2. Esta discriminación se reduce
cuando la concentración intercelular de CO2 disminuye –por ejemplo debido al cierre
temporal de los estomas ante situaciones de estrés hídrico o al aumento de la
concentración de nutrientes y la tasa de fotosíntesis en hojas bien fertilizadas –, lo que
causa el incremento de la abundancia relativa del isótopo 13C en los tejidos (Farquhar et
al. 1989). δ13C se calcula como la relación 13C/12C respecto a la de la bentonita usada
como patrón. Por ello, valores más altos de δ13C (menos negativos) indican una
eficiencia en el uso del agua mayor.
En el año 2005, las hojas empleadas para medir el intercambio gaseoso se secaron
a 65 ºC durante tres días para determinar su valor de δ13C con un espectrómetro de masa
del Servicio Interdepartamental de Investigación (SIDI) de la Universidad Autónoma de
Madrid. El método analítico tenía una precisión de ± 0,2 ‰.
Fluorescencia de la clorofila a
Se midió con un fluorómetro portátil de pulso modulado (FMS 2, Hansatech
Instruments LTD., UK).
34
Material y métodos
En 2004 se realizaron curvas rápidas de respuesta de la fluorescencia de la
clorofila a la intensidad de luz siguiendo un protocolo similar al expuesto en la sección
3.1.3. Las mediciones se hicieron in situ en hojas no escindidas previamente
aclimatadas a oscuridad durante aproximadamente 30 min. El equipo se programó para
obtener el parámetro Fv/Fm en oscuridad y aumentar a continuación la intensidad de luz
hasta 1500 μmol m-2 s-1 en diez niveles. Antes de pasar al siguiente nivel de intensidad,
las hojas se sometían a un pulso de luz saturante (6600 μmol m-2 s-1 durante 0,8 s) y a
continuación a un pulso de luz del espectro rojo-lejano, lo que permitió estimar en cada
nivel la eficiencia fotoquímica efectiva (ΦPSII), la tasa de transporte electrónico (ETR),
la disipación no-fotoquímica de la luz absorbida (NPQ), la disipación fotoquímica (qP)
y la eficiencia de los centros de reacción oxidados (Fv’/Fm’):
.'
'''/'
m
ommv F
FFFF
−=
El tiempo de exposición a cada intensidad disminuyó entre 4 min en el primer nivel y
30 s en el último, según el tiempo necesario para la estabilización de la señal de
fluorescencia observado en ensayos previos realizados en el laboratorio. No obstante se
puede afirmar que las curvas no se realizaron en condiciones de aclimatación foliar a la
luz debido al retardo de la inducción fotosintética tras la iluminación de las hojas, en
concreto de la apertura estomática, que reduce la disponibilidad de CO2 (Ernstsen et al.
1997), y hace que la señal de fluorescencia máxima (Fm) se infravalore en cada punto de
la curva (White & Critchley 1999).
Análisis estadístico
Se realizaron análisis de la varianza (procedimiento GLM) para examinar el efecto del
sitio de plantación, la especie y la fecha sobre las variables. Las posibles diferencias en
el grado de estrés hídrico entre especies y sitios se controlaron considerando el potencial
hídrico al amanecer (Ψpd) como covariable. Se examinaron las interacciones de segundo
orden entre factores. Cuando el término de interacción fue significativo (P-valor <
0,05), se fijó uno de los factores y se realizaron análisis de dos vías para cada uno de sus
niveles, o de una vía cuando fue posible agrupar los valores de los otros dos factores (P-
35
Material y métodos
valor de la interacción > 0,05). Las diferencias entre las medias de cada nivel se
compararon a posteriori con el test de Tukey cuando existió un efecto significativo del
factor. No se siguió un análisis de medidas repetidas ya que las mediciones de la
mayoría de variables no se pudieron repetir sobre las mismas plantas; sólo en el caso de
la humedad del suelo se empleó una aproximación de medidas repetidas. Se corrigió la
ausencia de normalidad y homocedasticidad transformando el apuntamiento y la
kurtosis de los datos con operadores matemáticos.
La intensidad y significación de las relaciones entre variables se determinaron
usando coeficientes de correlación de Pearson, ajustándose después los modelos de
regresión lineal que recogían mayor porcentaje de variabilidad. La aclimatación de los
parámetros foliares al rango de luz generado entre ambientes en cada especie se
comparó mediante modelos lineales generales con GSF como variable cuantitativa
(covariable), ajustándose modelos distintos para cada fecha si las interacciones con GSF
eran significativas. Se emplearon modelos de regresión múltiple para analizar la
relación de algunas variables (Ψπ100 y Emax) con la luz (GSF) y el estrés hídrico (Ψpd);
las variables explicativas se introdujeron en el modelo “hacia delante” (forward
selection method), según la mejora en la predicción de la respuesta con respecto a un
modelo de regresión lineal simple. La evolución de los parámetros de fluorescencia en
respuesta al aumento gradual de la intensidad se describió por medio de funciones no
lineales. Para ello se proporcionan estimaciones iniciales de los parámetros
independientes del modelo hasta que por un procedimiento de iteración se alcanzan los
valores que minimizan la suma de cuadrados residual con respecto a los datos medidos;
se usó el programa estadístico Statgraphics plus 4.1 (Statistical Graphics Corp.).
La mayor parte de los análisis se presentan anexos a la memoria (anexos IV a VI).
- Tercera plantación (anexo V)
En marzo de 2004, se plantaron 60 brinzales de una savia por especie en los mismos
ambientes, repartidos en dos bloques de 30 individuos situados entre los bloques de la
plantación anterior. Se plantaron con cepellón y se rodearon con un protector de
alambre rígido desde el comienzo para evitar daños por herbívoros.
A finales de 2004 y 2005 se evaluó el desarrollo de los brinzales, excavando el
sistema radical de seis plantas por especie en el cortafuegos y la zona de pinar no
36
Material y métodos
aclarada. Se realizó un hoyo de unos 80 cm de profundidad y 30 cm de radio alrededor
de la planta. Las plantas extraídas se metieron en bolsas y se llevaron al laboratorio,
donde se lavaron y posteriormente se metieron en estufas durante aproximadamente una
semana. Se midió la biomasa de raíces (RDM) y la biomasa total de la planta (TDM),
calculando la fracción en raíces (RMF) y la proporción de biomasa subterránea respecto
a la aérea (R/S). En 2005 se midió también el área foliar total (SFT).
Se realizaron análisis de la varianza en cada año (procedimiento GLM), para
evaluar la significación estadística del sitio de plantación y la especie. El modelo de
varianza incluyó un término para el efecto del bloque, y otro para la interacción de
segundo orden entre el sitio y la especie. TDM se incluyó como covariable en los
análisis (anexo V).
3.2.2. Plantación en Sierra Escalva (anexo VI)
Se realizó con el objetivo principal de evaluar el efecto de la densidad de pinar en la
supervivencia de los robles. Para ello, en la primavera de 2005 se plantaron cerca de
1000 brinzales de dos savias de roble albar y cerca de 500 brinzales de melojo en un
pinar originado por una repoblación llevada a cabo en 1963. La pendiente oscila entre el
10 - 20 % y la orientación varía del SE al NE. En el año anterior, una zona de unas 10
ha se dividió en parcelas de tamaño semejante (60 – 80 m de ancho), que se asignaron a
tres tratamientos experimentales: clara de un 50 % de la densidad original, clara de un
33 % de la densidad original y pinar sin aclarar (C), cada uno replicado cuatro veces,
alternando en un gradiente Norte-Sur (Fotografía 3.3). En la zona central de cada
parcela se situaron otras parcelas de unos 530 m2 donde se plantaron los brinzales entre
las alineaciones de pinos (Fotografía 3.4). No se realizó ninguna operación del terreno
previa. Los árboles cortados se apearon.
Se registró la supervivencia al final del primer año en campo (octubre 2005) y al
comienzo del periodo vegetativo del segundo y tercer año desde la plantación (junio
2006 y 2007). La disponibilidad de luz se estimó un año después de la realización de las
claras con fotografías hemisféricas realizadas en el ápice de cinco brinzales formando
los vértices y el centro de un cuadrado de unos 10 m de lado localizado en el medio de
cada parcela experimental. La humedad del suelo se midió también a lo largo del primer
37
Material y métodos
año en campo a diferentes profundidades gracias a la colocación de tubos de PVC de un
metro de longitud por los que se hace desplazar la sonda de medición.
33
C
50
33
C50
33
C
50
33
C
501
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
#d
#
c
# e
#b
#
a
N
Bloques
Claros (a, b, c ,d, e)
1 al 12: Parcelas de control (C) y aclaradas al 33 y 50%.
Ensayos
100 0 100 200 Metros
Fotografía 3.3. Disposición de las parcelas
experimentales y los tratamientos.
Fotografía 3.4. Cada parcela albergaba 84 individuos
de roble albar y 42 de melojo entre las alineaciones de
pinos plantados en hoyos manuales de 40x40x40,
excepto las tres situadas más al norte, en las que el
número de robles y melojos fue de 80 y 40,
respectivamente.
La supervivencia de cada especie se analizó por medio de modelos de regresión
logística (GLZ), considerando las cuatro réplicas (bloque) como variable categórica de
predicción y el área basimétrica resultante después de las claras, el porcentaje de luz
global disponible (GSF) o la humedad del suelo como covariables caracterizadoras de la
clara. Los resultados de los análisis se describen en el anexo VI.
38
Resultados y discusión
4. RESULTADOS Y DISCUSIÓN
4.1. Experimento en invernadero: comparación interespecífica de las
respuestas de aclimatación a la luz en ausencia de estrés hídrico
Los brinzales de roble albar y melojo mostraron características distintas bajo
condiciones de riego y fertilización idóneas. Los caracteres foliares que de forma más
consistente y evidente difirieron entre las dos especies fueron la proporción de nitrógeno
en pigmentos y en componentes no fotosintéticos, la velocidad máxima de
carboxilación y de transporte electrónico por unidad de masa, el área foliar específica y
el tamaño de las hojas. En ciertas variables, las diferencias dependieron del régimen de
luz. La tasa de fotosíntesis, la conductancia estomática, la concentración de clorofila, o
tomando como referencia toda la planta, la superficie foliar total, el crecimiento y el
patrón de inversión de biomasa, fueron significativamente distintos entre las dos
especies, aunque con una marcada influencia de la luz reflejada en las diferencias que
exhibieron en plasticidad (en los anexos I y II pueden verse los valores de todas las
variables estudiadas y el efecto de la luz sobre ellas).
La expresión diferencial de caracteres bajo las mismas condiciones experimentales
puede reflejar la existencia de presiones selectivas diferentes (Villar et al. 2004). No
obstante, debemos ser cautos a la hora de atribuir un significado adaptativo a las
diferencias expuestas, ya que en todos los experimentos se ha empleado material
genético de varios árboles procedentes de una única población en el límite de
distribución. Estas podrían constituir ecotipos mejor adaptados a las condiciones
climáticas locales, por lo que es posible, que la magnitud de algunas diferencias variase
si se consideraran otras poblaciones. En el mismo sentido, hay que considerar la
existencia de un componente ontogénico en la expresión de los caracteres; el
comportamiento de las plántulas no es siempre igual al de los individuos maduros
(Cavender-Bares & Bazzaz 2000). Asumiendo estas limitaciones, los resultados
sugieren que los requerimientos ecológicos de los individuos de roble albar y melojo en
esta etapa de desarrollo son distintos, e indican cierto grado de segregación en los
ambientes de regeneración. El significado ecológico derivado de las características
funcionales de los brinzales guarda a menudo relación con la distribución de las
39
Resultados y discusión
especies a distintas escalas espaciales (Gómez-Aparicio et al. 2006; Schrader et al.
2006).
Con relación al aprovechamiento de la luz, la mayor concentración de clorofila,
superficie foliar específica y tamaño de las hojas del roble albar con respecto a las del
melojo, se relaciona con una tendencia superior a captar luz, que podría traducirse en
una mayor capacidad para establecerse en ambientes sombreados (Niinemets & Kull
1994; King 2003; Gómez-Aparicio et al. 2006). No obstante, para otros autores la
tolerancia a la sombra podría estar más relacionada con la capacidad para resistir el
impacto de la destrucción de la parte aérea que con la maximización de la captación de
luz. Una mayor proporción de biomasa subterránea (R/S) reflejaría una acumulación
preferencial de carbohidratos no estructurales en las raíces, que favorecería la formación
de brotes nuevos tras perturbaciones de la parte aérea y la persistencia de la planta, con
respecto a individuos con mayor razón de área foliar (LAR) o mayor inversión de
biomasa en hojas (LMF) (Lusk & del Pozo 2002). Ninguno de estos parámetros difirió
en condiciones controladas entre el melojo y el roble albar en sombra.
La tolerancia a los extremos lumínicos, además, depende de la capacidad para
modular el fenotipo según el ambiente lumínico, sobre todo en especies de media
sombra. No todos los caracteres de la planta presentan la misma plasticidad, ya que la
idoneidad del fenotipo en un ambiente determinado radica en la capacidad de cambio de
algunos caracteres y la homeostasis de otros. Especies más tolerantes a la sombra,
propias de etapas avanzadas en la sucesión natural del bosque, muestran mayor
estabilidad de los procesos fotosintéticos ante variaciones en la disponibilidad de luz
que otras menos tolerantes (Valladares et al. 2000a), pero mayor plasticidad en los
parámetros que conducen a una captación más eficiente de la luz, como la concentración
de nitrógeno, la concentración de clorofila, la superficie foliar específica, la arquitectura
de la copa y la inversión de biomasa (Valladares et al. 2002). Estas observaciones
coinciden parcialmente con nuestros resultados. Para el conjunto de variables la
plasticidad media fue prácticamente la misma para las dos especies, aunque al
considerar el valor medio de cada grupo de variables, se observó que la plasticidad de
las variables fisiológicas y anatómicas foliares era en general mayor en el melojo, y que
la plasticidad de las variables relacionadas con el crecimiento y la inversión de biomasa
era menor (Tabla 4.1).
40
Resultados y discusión
Tabla 4.1. Valor de plasticidad de algunas de las variables estudiadas según el índice de Valladares et al.
(2000a). Aparecen resaltados en negrita los valores superiores 0,10.
Tipo de variable Variable Q.pyrenaica Q.petraeaIntercambio gaseoso foliar A sat 0,47 0,33
g sat 0,49 0,30A a
max 0,43 0,29V a
cmax 0,38 0,38J a
max 0,51 0,35A m
max 0,05 0,13V m
cmax 0,05 0,02J m
max 0,17 0,03Fluorescencia de la clorofila ETR max 0,62 0,33
Φ PSII 0,30 0,30NPQ 0,76 0,79F v /F m 0,00 0,00
Bioquímica de la hoja N a 0,36 0,20N m 0,10 0,23EUN 0,11 0,13P r 0,04 0,25P b 0,23 0,20P l 0,27 0,34P s 0,08 0,04C a 0,04 0,13C m 0,39 0,48
Morfología foliar SLA 0,41 0,41GE 0,15 0,05GPP 0,65 0,48GPE 0,19 0,07TH 0,25 0,17
Crecimiento IA 0,79 0,56Altura 0,04 0,70Diametro 0,45 0,58RGR 0,74 0,75
Inversión de biomasa SFT 0,86 0,86LMF 0,12 0,25SMF 0,09 0,20RMF 0,00 0,19R/S 0,02 0,36
41
Resultados y discusión
Las diferencias expuestas entre los brinzales podrían tener un sentido ecológico
más amplio que el relacionado con la capacidad para tolerar la sombra. Algunos
resultados indican, más bien, un carácter más competitivo de los brinzales de roble
albar, como cabría esperar al comparar un taxón de distribución templada con otro de
distribución submediterránea. Las especies tolerantes a la sombra mantienen un
adecuado ritmo de crecimiento en sombra pero crecen menos al sol que las intolerantes
(Kobe & Coates 1997). Sin embargo, el crecimiento de ambas especies fue semejante en
el tratamiento de baja irradiancia, y en el tratamiento de alta irradiancia, la biomasa del
roble albar casi duplicó la del melojo (64,2 ± 4,9 vs 39,9 ± 3,1 g). Los brinzales de roble
albar crecieron más rápidamente a causa de un patrón morfo-funcional más eficiente en
la captación de la luz, derivado de un elevado desarrollo del tallo principal y la posesión
de entrenudos más largos (Fotografía 4.1), lo que redujo el autosombreo en los
individuos de roble albar pese a tener hojas más grandes y mayor superficie foliar total;
ello se tradujo en una tasa superior de asimilación neta al nivel de planta con respecto al
melojo (Falster & Westoby 2003). La relación entre la biomasa caulinar y radicular fue
dos veces más elevada en el roble albar (0,67 ± 0,05 vs 0,34 ± 0,02 g g-1).
Fotografía 4.1. Aspecto de algunas plantas de roble albar y melojo al final del experimento,
correspondientes a los tratamientos HL (foto izquierda) y T1 (foto derecha). La altura de las plantas fue
dos veces superior en el roble albar (75,9 ± 4,6 vs 32,6 ± 1,3 cm; tratamiento HL).
42
Resultados y discusión
Otro punto que corroboraría este aspecto sería el impacto que tuvo la transferencia
de las plantas de sombra al ambiente más iluminado, tanto en la evolución de la tasa de
fotosíntesis –que al menos en condiciones de riego y fertilización no limitantes no
difirió entre el melojo y el roble albar (Figura 4.1) –como en el patrón de crecimiento
(Fotografía 4.1).
El impacto de un aumento en los niveles de luz causa una inhibición de la
fotosíntesis mayor en las especies más tolerantes a la sombra (Gómez-Aparicio et al.
2006) y un retraso en la velocidad de recuperación, debido en parte al elevado tamaño
de las antenas colectoras de luz del fotosistema II con relación a los procesos de
disipación de la energía capturada (Osmond 1994). Llama la atención la flexibilidad de
muchos parámetros relacionados con la capacidad fotosintética en los brinzales de las
dos especies ante el cambio en las condiciones de iluminación. De hecho, la tasa de
fotosíntesis a saturación por luz y la capacidad fotosintética en las plantas cultivadas a la
sombra, aumentaron tras ser expuestas a un incremento de la luz durante
aproximadamente un mes hasta alcanzar valores similares a los de la plantas
continuamente sometidas a los mismos niveles de iluminación durante toda su vida,
hecho que ya se ha constatado en especies forestales templadas (Naidu & De Lucía
1998).
Asa
t(%
HL
)
20406080
100
a
Φ P
S II
(% H
L)
Tiempo (días)
NPQ
(% H
L)
20406080
100120140
050
100150200250300
0 10 20 30 400 10 20 30 40
c
b
Figura 4.1. Variación temporal desde la segunda
transferencia de plantas (T2-día 0) de algunos
parámetros fotosintéticos expresados en valores
porcentuales respecto a los correspondientes valores
medios de las plantas del tratamiento de alta irradiancia
(HL). Símbolos blancos: roble albar, símbolos grises:
melojo; las líneas delgadas continua y punteada indican
los valores medios porcentuales de las plantas SH de
melojo y roble albar, respectivamente.
43
Resultados y discusión
Esta rápida capacidad para reajustar muchos de sus caracteres funcionales (Figura
4.1) pudo derivar de la retranslocación de nitrógeno entre los componentes
fotosintéticos foliares, principalmente asociada a la degradación de clorofila y los
complejos proteínicos a los que se une (Figura 4.2), como han propuesto otros autores
(Yang et al. 1998); y sugiere, que los costes implicados en poner en marcha
mecanismos para evitar daños por fotoinhibición son menores, en términos ecológicos,
que los derivados de la reparación de los daños (ver en cambio Einhorn et al. 2004).
5
10
15
20
25
0 37 61Tiempo (días)
0 37 61Tiempo (días)
Cm
(mg
g-1)
a b
Figura 4.2. Evolución de la concentración de clorofila en los brinzales de melojo (a) y roble albar (b) de
los tratamientos de alta irradiancia (HL, rombos), baja irradiancia (SH, cuadrados) y segunda
transferencia (T2, triángulos).
Pese a la respuesta similar en los parámetros foliares, la aclimatación al nivel de la
planta, en especial en lo que respecta al crecimiento en altura y diámetro del tallo
principal, fue más evidente en los brinzales de roble albar (Figura 4.3). Es decir, más
que al potencial de aclimatación de las hojas previamente sombreadas, las diferencias
entre ambas especies parecieron deberse al desigual patrón de movilización de los
carbohidratos acumulados a la sombra, o de los recién sintetizados en las hojas
transferidas. El incremento de los niveles de luz supuso el escape de la situación de
estrés por falta de luz y el consiguiente aumento de la proporción de biomasa en hojas y
tallos (anexo II). El mayor crecimiento en altura, diámetro y biomasa que alcanzaron los
brinzales de roble albar tras ser expuestos a un incremento en la intensidad de luz,
confirmaría su carácter más competitivo en esta etapa de desarrollo, bajo la idea clásica
de que un crecimiento más rápido al aumentar la luz disponible permite sobresalir y
evitar la sombra de la vegetación circundante y escapar de los herbívoros (Küppers
1989).
44
Resultados y discusión
0
20
40
60
80
marzo mayo julioTiempo (mes)
Altu
ra (c
m)
marzo mayo julioTiempo (mes)
02468
101214
Diá
met
ro (m
m)
a b
c d
Figura 4.3. Evolución del diámetro del tallo principal y la altura de las plantas de melojo (a, c) y roble
albar (b, d) en el segundo año. Rombos: tratamientos de alta irradiancia (HL), cuadrados: baja irradiancia
(SH), círculos: primera transferencia (T1, 27 febrero) y triángulos: segunda transferencia (T2, 6 junio).
4.2. Experimentos en el campo
4.2.1. Comparación de las respuestas de aclimatación a la luz con las
observadas en invernadero
Existen motivos que dificultan la extrapolación de los resultados obtenidos en
condiciones controladas a situaciones naturales, como la restricción del desarrollo
radicular y, sobre todo, la ausencia de interacción entre factores ambientales (Parelle et
al. 2006). Por ello, es importante combinar estudios en invernadero o cámara climática,
que permiten asignar claramente las respuestas observadas a un único factor, con
estudios en el campo, que ofrecen una interpretación más realista y práctica.
Algunas de las variables foliares mostraron un patrón consistente entre los
experimentos de campo e invernadero. La masa por unidad de área foliar (1/SLA), la
concentración de clorofila, y las tasas de fotosíntesis y conductancia estomática a
saturación por luz fueron superiores en el melojo, tanto en situaciones de estrés hídrico
leve, al comienzo del verano, como moderado. Tomando como referencia la planta, la
superficie foliar y la proporción de raíces respecto a la biomasa aérea o total de las
45
Resultados y discusión
plantas cosechadas en el campo, fueron también más elevadas en el melojo (anexos III a
V).
Para otras variables, las diferencias entre especies no fueron consistentes entre
experimentos, sobre todo en sombra. Las tasas de fotosíntesis y conductancia
estomática, que no difirieron entre especies en el tratamiento de baja irradiancia del
invernadero, fueron mayores en las hojas de melojo en el campo. Incluso la tasa de
fotosíntesis por unidad de masa a saturación por luz fue mayor en el melojo que en el
roble albar y viceversa en el invernadero. Igualmente, la razón de área foliar no difirió
entre las dos especies en el invernadero en el tratamiento de baja irradiancia (35,6 ± 2,1
vs 36,8 ± 3,8 cm2 g-1, para los brinzales de melojo y roble albar, respectivamente), pero
sí fue diferente bajo el dosel del pinar no aclarado (25,4 ± 2,0 vs 39 ± 1,6 cm2 g-1, para
los brinzales de melojo y roble albar, respectivamente). Aunque no se pueden descartar
circunstancias asociadas a las condiciones de experimentación (disponibilidad de
nutrientes, grado de sombreo, estado hídrico, edad de los brinzales, inducción de la
apertura estomática, etc.), posiblemente las condiciones ambientales de crecimiento en
el campo modificaron el patrón de fraccionamiento de nutrientes entre los distintos
componentes foliares o la distribución de carbohidratos entre los órganos de la planta
que tuvo lugar en el invernadero.
El hecho de que el tratamiento de mayor irradiancia en el invernadero no superase
el 70 % no permite valorar la tolerancia a la luz de alta intensidad. Los resultados en el
campo corroboraron, sin embargo, el carácter de media sombra de los brinzales de las
dos especies, al mostrar síntomas de fotoinhibición crónica en ambientes próximos al
100 % de irradiancia (anexo III). La capacidad para usar la luz de alta intensidad en el
campo también pareció diferir respecto a la observada en el invernadero. Los brinzales
de roble albar exhibieron una eficiencia de los centros de reacción oxidados del PS II a
niveles saturantes de luz (Fv’/Fm’) menor que los de melojo (anexo IV), lo que
explicaría la mayor atenuación no-fotoquímica de la energía absorbida en forma de
calor (NPQ). Este es uno de los mecanismos fotoprotectores que operan en el interior de
los cloroplastos cuando la actividad fotosintética está temporalmente limitada, lo que
sugiere un mayor desequilibrio entre la luz absorbida y la utilización del NADPH y el
ATP en la asimilación de CO2 en el roble albar en condiciones naturales (Ort 2001).
46
Resultados y discusión
4.2.2. Variación del “microclima” según la densidad del arbolado
Como se indicaba anteriormente, la dificultad para extrapolar los resultados de los
experimentos en invernadero a situaciones naturales se deben en parte a la interacción
de múltiples factores ambientales en el campo. Así, la diferente densidad de pinos en los
lugares de plantación alteró la luz disponible para las plantas en el sotobosque, pero
también la humedad del suelo y el déficit de la presión de vapor de aire máximo diario.
La luz disponible para las plantas, estimada como la proporción de la suma de la
luz directa y difusa (GSF), fue mayor en los claros que bajo el pinar (anexos III y VI).
El régimen de iluminación también varió. En el caso de los tratamientos de La Maleza
el promedio para las cuatro fechas de muestreo del número de veces a lo largo del día
que las plantas recibían luz directa en forma de destellos (“sunflecks”) fue de 16 en el
cortafuegos, con una duración media de 23 min y máxima de 3,6 h en torno al mediodía,
32 en el pinar aclarado, con una duración media de 9 min y máxima de 39 min, y
finalmente 35 veces en la zona no aclarada, con 8 y 35 min de duración media y
máxima, respectivamente. En Sierra Escalva la disponibilidad de luz fue menor en las
parcelas que no se aclararon y no hubo apenas diferencias entre las que se aclararon un
33 y un 50 % (anexo VI).
Tanto la temperatura media como el déficit de presión de vapor del aire medio
fueron prácticamente iguales entre los tres lugares de plantación en La Maleza, pero los
valores máximos diarios fueron mayores en el cortafuegos que en el pinar (2,5 ºC y 0,30
KPa en 2004, y 3 ºC y 0,46 KPa en 2005 durante los meses estivales), con
independencia de la densidad de pies (Figura 4.4).
La humedad del suelo también varió entre sitios, siendo mayor en el pinar
aclarado a lo largo de todo el periodo vegetativo, y parecida en los otros lugares (Figura
4.5). Disminuyó en ambos años desde primavera a comienzos de otoño, con pequeñas
oscilaciones debidas a los episodios de precipitación, sobre todo en los horizontes
superficiales del cortafuegos. Los horizontes más profundos no fueron
significativamente más húmedos, al menos hasta los 60 cm de profundidad (Fprofundidad =
0,1n.s.), como ya ha sido observado en algunos bosques peninsulares (Bellot et al. 2004).
En Sierra Escalva, sin embargo, la humedad del suelo varió significativamente con la
profundidad, aumentando hasta los 40-60 cm, y disminuyendo a partir de ese punto
(Figura 4.6); la humedad fue menor en las parcelas no aclaradas.
47
Resultados y discusión
DPV
max
(KPa
)T
max
(ºC
)
0
1
2
3
4
5/04 6/04 7/04 8/04 9/0410/04 5/05 6/05 7/05 8/05 9/0510/05 Tiempo (mes) Tiempo (mes)
0
10
20
30
40a b
c d
Figura 4.4. Variación estacional de los valores máximos diarios de la temperatura (a, b) y del déficit de
presión de vapor (c, d), en el cortafuegos (línea discontinua), y bajo el pinar aclarado y no aclarado (líneas
continuas negra y gris, respectivamente) durante los periodos vegetativos de 2004 (a, c) y 2005 (b, d).
Es razonable pensar que al igual que sucede con la temperatura, la humedad
relativa del aire o la luz, las diferencias en humedad del suelo entre los sitios de
plantación se deban también a las variaciones de la densidad del arbolado, más que a
una posible variación de la textura del suelo. La intercepción de las precipitaciones en
las copas de los árboles y la hojarasca tiene un efecto negativo en la humedad del suelo
(Bellot et al. 2004). Y también la absorción de agua por parte de las raíces de los
árboles adultos pueden causar la disminución del contenido hídrico del suelo (Bellot et
al. 2004).
El grado de cobertura arbórea, o en general de la vegetación que forma el dosel,
tiene un papel determinante en la disponibilidad de luz y agua para las plantas que
crecen en su interior, de modo que coberturas medias podrían favorecer el
mantenimiento de la humedad sin reducir excesivamente la luz disponible para las
plantas (Aussenac 2000; Castro et al. 2004). La relación inversa de la humedad
superficial del suelo y la luz en el sotobosque con el área basimétrica apoyaría estas
observaciones (anexo VI).
48
Resultados y discusión
0
10
20
30 f (40 cm)
5/04 6/04 7/04 8/04 9/04 10/04
e
Hum
edad
del
suel
o (%
)
0
10
20
30 c
0
10
20
30
40a b (10 cm)
d (20 cm)
5/05 6/05 7/05 8/05 9/05 10/05 Fecha (mes) Fecha (mes)
0
10
20
30 g h (60 cm)
Figura 4.5. Variación estacional de la humedad del suelo a distintas profundidades en el cortafuegos
(cuadrados; línea discontinua), el pinar aclarado (círculos; línea punteada), y el pinar no aclarado
(triángulos; línea continua) durante los periodos vegetativos de 2004 (a, c, e, g) y 2005 (b, d, f, h). Se
indica el contenido volumétrico de agua por debajo del cual el potencial hídrico cae marcadamente (≈
12,5 %) según datos de Aranda et al. (2002) para el mismo pinar de estudio. N = 2-3 a 60 cm.
4.2.3. Variación de la resistencia a la sequía estival según la densidad del
arbolado
La variación de la luz disponible para las plantas generada por la cobertura del dosel de
los diferentes lugares de plantación tuvo un papel determinante en la modulación del
impacto que tuvo la sequía sobre los brinzales, como se ha manifestado en experiencias
previas (Aranda et al. 2001). No obstante, según los resultados anteriores, es difícil
49
Resultados y discusión
precisar hasta que punto la variación de algunas de las respuestas entre estos lugares se
vio influida por la variación del patrón de radiación, el déficit de presión de vapor del
aire, la humedad del suelo, o la de otros factores no evaluados, como la calidad espectral
de la luz (empobrecida en el componente rojo bajo el dosel de pinos) y la disponibilidad
de nutrientes (Niinemets & Valladares 2004).
Figura 4.6. Variación de la humedad del suelo
promediada a lo largo del verano de 2005 con
la profundidad en Sierra Escalva. Símbolos
blancos: zonas aclaradas un 50 %, símbolos
grises: zonas aclaradas un 33 % y símbolos
negros: zonas no aclaradas.
0
5
10
15
20
25
0 20 40 60 80Profundidad (cm)
Hum
edad
del
suel
o (%
)
Fprofundidad: 13***; Fbloque: 5,1**Ftratamiento: 8,5***; Fprofund. x trat.: 1,1n.s
El grado de estrés hídrico de las plantas a lo largo del verano fue mayor en el
ambiente más sombreado. En ambas especies, los individuos plantados en la zona de
pinar que no había sido aclarada tuvieron un potencial hídrico al amanecer menor que
en la zona aclarada o el cortafuegos (anexo V). Las diferencias en el contenido hídrico
del suelo entre los lugares de plantación explicarían, al menos en parte, estas
diferencias. Pero además, el hecho de que las plantas acumulasen al final del
experimento aproximadamente el triple de biomasa (16 ± 0,4 vs 5,1 ± 0,2 g, datos para
ambas especies) y de biomasa de raíces (9,3 ± 0.2 vs 3,3 ± 0,1 g, datos para ambas
especies) en el cortafuegos que en la zona no aclarada, refleja un mayor desarrollo del
sistema radicular, que probablemente favoreció el acceso de las plantas del cortafuegos
a zonas de suelo más húmedas (Fotografía 4.2). La sombra excesiva, al retrasar el
crecimiento de los brinzales, contribuiría así a aumentar la susceptibilidad a la sequía
estival. Otros trabajos han demostrado que el potencial hídrico de los brinzales es menor
bajo el dosel que forma la vegetación que en zonas menos cubiertas, más expuestas a la
luz y a un déficit mayor de la presión de vapor del aire (Crunkilton et al. 1992;
Stoneman et al. 1994; Poorter & Hayashida-Oliver 2000; Valladares & Pearcy 2002).
Estas diferencias en el estado hídrico de los brinzales limitan en cierta medida la
comparación de las respuestas de tolerancia al estrés hídrico entre ambientes, evaluadas
50
Resultados y discusión
a partir del comportamiento de los procesos funcionales (intercambio gaseoso y
relaciones hídricas) a lo largo del verano. Por ello se utilizó como covariable el
potencial hídrico de la rizosfera de cada planta, estimado a partir del potencial hídrico
de las hojas antes de amanecer, para comparar el valor medio de las variables entre
ambientes. En 2005, el lugar de plantación no tuvo entonces un efecto significativo en
las tasas de intercambio gaseoso, pero sí en los potenciales osmóticos a turgencia plena
(Fsitio: 16,04***) y en el punto de marchitez (Fsitio: 19,22***). Ello es debido a una
correlación más fuerte del potencial de base con las variables de intercambio gaseoso
que con los potenciales osmóticos (anexos V y VI). Además del estrés hídrico, la
variación de la luz disponible entre los tres ambientes influyó en la acumulación de
solutos.
Fotografía 4.2. Las plantas enraizaron mejor en el
cortafuegos (izquierda y centro) que en el pinar, donde
incluso no se observaron raíces fuera del cepellón de
algunas plantas, dos años tras ser transplantadas (derecha).
La influencia del lugar de plantación sobre los caracteres estudiados fue en general
parecida en las dos especies, como indica la ausencia de interacciones significativas
entre el sitio y la especie para la mayoría de variables. Sólo la capacidad de ajuste
osmótico disminuyó de forma más evidente en el pinar denso con respecto al
cortafuegos en el roble albar. Estudios previos han puesto de manifiesto que las dos
especies son capaces de reducir el potencial osmótico a través del acopio de solutos en
respuesta al estrés hídrico (Aranda et al. 1996 y 2004a), pero no se había comparado
aún la influencia de la luz sobre este proceso. Los resultados mostraron que al contrario
que las plantas de melojo, las plantas de roble albar apenas eran capaces de ajustar
osmóticamente al final del verano en el sotobosque del pinar sin aclarar, pese al alto
51
Resultados y discusión
grado de estrés hídrico al que se vieron expuestas; la reducción del potencial osmótico a
plena turgencia al final del verano en los dos años de estudio fue de 0,41 MPa (2004) y
0,53 MPa (2005) en las hojas de melojo y 0,10 MPa (2004 y 2005) en las de roble albar.
Dado que el nivel de ajuste osmótico entre especies fue parecido en el pinar aclarado y
en el cortafuegos, es razonable pensar que la reducción de la luz en la zona no aclarada
afectase en mayor medida a los brinzales de roble albar, indicando una menor capacidad
para acumular solutos en condiciones de sombra y sequía intensas (Morgan 1984; Kwon
& Pallardy 1989; Aranda et al. 2001). La acumulación activa de solutos en las células
del mesófilo es un mecanismo implicado en el mantenimiento de la presión de
turgencia. Sin embargo, el valor del potencial osmótico en el punto de marchitez (Ψπ0)
fue parecido en las dos especies, de modo que el potencial de presión, calculado a partir
de la diferencia entre el potencial hídrico y Ψπ0, no difirió significativamente ni al
amanecer ni a mediodía (Tabla 4.2). Una posible explicación radica en la variación
estacional de la elasticidad de las paredes celulares (anexo VI). Así, mientras el módulo
de elasticidad mostraba una tendencia a aumentar en el melojo de junio a agosto, la
tendencia se invertía en el roble albar, es decir, la elasticidad de las paredes celulares de
las hojas del roble albar era mayor al final del verano en el pinar no aclarado, lo que
atenuó la caída de la turgencia celular (Joly & Zaerr 1987).
Tabla 4.2. Valores medios del potencial de presión calculados al amanecer y a mediodía. Letras distintas
separan medias significativamente distintas en cada fecha de medición. No hubo diferencias significativas
entre tratamientos a mediodía.
Junio Agosto Junio AgostoQ. pyr. 2,17±0,11a 2,12±0,11a 2,21±0,07a 1,85±0,16aQ. pet. 2,13±0,09ab 1,99±0,11ab 2,13±0,04ab 1,72±0,26aQ. pyr. 1,84±0,04abc 1,82±0,11ab 1,67±0,04abc 1,28±0,15abQ. pet. 1,73±0,12bc 1,79±0,10ab 1,55±0,07c 1,12±0,25abQ. pyr. 1,59±0,09c 1,38±0,26b 1,60±0,10bc 0,77±0,18bQ. pet. 1,62±0,09c 1,39±0,21b 1,23±0,25c 0,50±0,26b
Q. pyr. 0,34±0,08 0,31±0,16 0,03±0,11 0,26±0,09Q. pet. 0,21±0,10 -0,01±0,10 -0,17±0,08 0,19±0,13Q. pyr. 0,58±0,06 0,43±0,28 0,36±0,27 0,27±0,19Q. pet. 0,63± 0,12 0,43±0,09 0,20±0,30 -0,07±0,17Q. pyr. 0,65±0,19 0,23±0,12 0,25±0,08 -0,17±0,11Q. pet. 0,56±0,16 0,32±0,16 0,01±0,03 -0,34±0,21
2004 2005
P pd
(MPa
) Cortafuegos
Clara 25 %
Sin aclarar
P md
(MPa
) Cortafuegos
Clara 25 %
Sin aclarar
52
Resultados y discusión
A pesar de que la turgencia celular fue parecida entre las dos especies, las tasas
instantáneas de conductancia estomática, transpiración y fotosíntesis máximas fueron
siempre superiores en las hojas de melojo en los tres lugares de plantación (Figura 4.7;
anexo V).
0
5
10
15
20
-3-2-10
cc
0
200
400
600
8000
2
4
6
8
Ψpd (MPa)
Asa
t(μ
mol
m-2
s-1)
g sat
(mm
olm
-2s-1
)E
sat(m
mol
m-2
s-1)
a
b
c
Figura 4.7. Variación de las tasas de transpiración (a),
conductancia estomática (b) y fotosíntesis (c) a
saturación por luz, con el potencial hídrico del suelo
entorno a las plantas de melojo (símbolos grises) y roble
albar (símbolos blancos). Datos de varias fechas de 2004
y 2005 en los tres lugares de plantación.
Se ha resaltado el hecho de que ciertos atributos foliares, como la masa por unidad
de área foliar, la cantidad de nitrógeno o la tasa de conductancia estomática, se
corresponden con la posesión de tasas elevadas de fotosíntesis. La acumulación de
tejido fotosintético en la hoja es responsable de la relación positiva entre la masa por
unidad de área y la asimilación neta de CO2 descrita en muchos trabajos, aunque esta
relación pueda invertirse o desaparecer debido a la mayor limitación a la difusión de la
luz y el CO2 en hojas más gruesas o densas (Niinemets 1999; Reich et al. 1999). Tanto
la masa por unidad de área como la conductancia de los estomas al CO2 fueron
superiores en las hojas de melojo, lo que puede explicar su elevado potencial de
asimilación por unidad de área.
53
Resultados y discusión
Es difícil aludir, no obstante, a un único motivo para explicar la mayor
conductancia y transpiración de las hojas del melojo, sobre todo en condiciones de
estrés hídrico, ya que la apertura de los estomas está sometida a un complejo sistema de
regulación hidráulico y hormonal. La densidad de estomas puede influir en la tasa de
conductancia al CO2 y, por tanto, en la tasa de fotosíntesis (Woodward et al. 2002). La
comparación de ambas especies en el invernadero puso de manifiesto que la densidad
estomática fue superior en las hojas del melojo (434 ± 20 mm-2 para el melojo y 371 ±
28 mm-2 para el roble albar, en el tratamiento de baja irradiancia y 606 ± 74 mm-2 para
el melojo y 469 ± 52 mm-2 para el roble albar, en el tratamiento alta irradiancia; Fespecie:
4,84*), lo que contribuye a explicar que en condiciones de adecuado estado hídrico la
conductancia estomática fuese también superior en el melojo; se observó una
correlación positiva entre ambas variables (Tabla 4.3). Igualmente existió una relación
inversa entre la superficie foliar total y la tasa de conductancia instantánea (Tabla 4.3),
probablemente debida a la modificación de aspectos hidráulicos de la planta (Kramer &
Boyer 1995). La menor superficie foliar del melojo podría influir en que sus hojas
mantuviesen tasas de conductancia mayores.
Tratamiento Variables R2
70 % de luz densidad 0,67*
SFT 0,62*
Na 0,10n.s.
SLA 0,08n.s.
5,3 % de luz densidad 0,25n.s.
SFT 0,76*
Na 0,38n.s.
SLA 0,25n.s.
Tabla 4.3. Coeficientes de regresión y significación
estadística para las relaciones de la densidad estomática, la
superficie foliar de la planta (SFT), el nitrógeno foliar (Na) y
la superficie foliar específica (SLA) con la conductancia
estomática. Datos del experimento en el invernadero.
El mantenimiento de la asimilación de CO2 a potenciales hídricos bajos se
relaciona con una mayor resistencia a la sequía basada en la tolerancia a la desecación
de los tejidos (Fotelli et al. 2000; Ngugi et al. 2004), aunque muchas de las especies que
evidencian esta respuesta, presentan también tasas de intercambio gaseoso elevadas en
condiciones de ausencia de estrés.
Por el contrario, el control de las pérdidas de agua por transpiración a través del
cierre de los estomas repercute positivamente en la eficiencia con que se asimila el CO2
(DeLucia & Schlesinger 1991; Ares & Fownes 1999). Así, la elevada conductancia
54
Resultados y discusión
estomática de las hojas de melojo pudo contribuir a que el flujo de entrada de CO2
superase la velocidad de asimilación (Figura 4.8); ello implicaría un cierto derroche de
agua, como indica la menor eficiencia intrínseca en el uso del agua bajo luz saturante en
las plantas de melojo al final del verano, estimada a través del cociente entre las tasas de
fotosíntesis y conductancia (Asat/gsat: 0,070 ± 0,003 μmol mmol para el melojo vs 0,067
± 0,002 μmol mmol para el roble albar, bajo el pinar sin aclarar y 0,060 ± 0,003 μmol
mmol para el melojo vs 0,099 ± 0,012 μmol mmol para el roble albar, en el cortafuegos;
Fespecie: 7,71*). Del mismo modo, la discriminación isotópica del isótopo 13C, que sirvió
como estimador de la eficiencia en el uso del agua cuando las condiciones de
intercambio gaseoso no fueron manipuladas experimentalmente, fue mayor en las hojas
del melojo al final del verano (δ13C: -29,1 ± 0,3 ‰ para el melojo vs -27,5 ± 0,3 ‰ para
el roble albar, bajo el pinar sin aclarar y -28,2 ± 0,2 ‰ para el melojo vs -27,5 ± 0,5 ‰
para el roble albar, en el cortafuegos; Fespecie: 13,06**). Bajo las condiciones del
invernadero, la eficiencia intrínseca en el uso del agua fue de nuevo menor en las hojas
de melojo (Asat/gsat: 0,045 ± 0,001 μmol mmol para el melojo vs 0,051 ± 0,002 μmol
mmol para el roble albar, en el tratamiento de baja irradiancia y 0,040 ± 0,002 μmol
mmol para el melojo vs 0,051 ± 0,002 μmol mmol para el roble albar, en el tratamiento
alta irradiancia; Fespecie: 5,13*). No obstante, el hecho de que no existiesen diferencias
significativas al comienzo del verano, cuando el estrés hídrico es menor y la
conductancia estomática al vapor de agua es máxima, apunta a la ocurrencia de otras
limitaciones de carácter no estomático en el campo. La evolución estacional de aspectos
relacionados con la capacidad de asimilación del carbono, como la resistencia a la
difusión de CO2 o del fraccionamiento de nitrógeno en las hojas, podría diferir entre las
dos especies, con relación a una respuesta distinta al estrés estival o a un desarrollo
ontogénico diferente.
Aunque en muchos casos las especies o las poblaciones de una misma especie que
habitan regiones más secas muestran un uso más eficiente del agua que aquellas de
zonas más húmedas (Sandquist & Ehleringer 2003), existen evidencias en el sentido
contrario (Golluscio & Oesterheld 2007), hecho que se relaciona con la capacidad para
aprovechar el agua disponible en los momentos del periodo vegetativo de mayor
disponibilidad hídrica, y que puede favorecer la competitividad de las plantas en las
primeras etapas de desarrollo (Mediavilla & Escudero 2003a).
55
Resultados y discusión
gsat (mmol m-2 s-1)
Asa
t(μ
mol
m-2
s-1)
02468
1012
0 100 200 300
Figura 4.8. Relación entre la conductancia estomática al
vapor de agua y la tasa de fotosíntesis, ambas medidas a
saturación lumínica, en las plantas de melojo (símbolos
grises) y roble albar (símbolos blancos). Datos de julio y
agosto de 2005 en los tres lugares de plantación.
Pese a las mayores tasas de transpiración instantánea detectadas en el melojo
durante el verano, ambas especies mostraron un estado hídrico semejante en la mayoría
de fechas y lugares de plantación. Esto lleva a pensar en un sistema conductor de agua
más eficiente en el caso del melojo (KL en agosto de 2005: 2,32 ± 0,18 MPa para el
melojo vs 1,20 ± 0,20 MPa para el roble albar, bajo el pinar sin aclarar y 2,24 ± 0,24
MPa para el melojo vs 1,07 ± 0,15 MPa para el roble albar, en el cortafuegos; Fespecie:
26,6***). También que ciertas características arquitecturales, como la menor superficie
foliar y el mayor autosombreo de las plantas de melojo, se hubieran traducido en una
reducción de la transpiración total (Kramer & Boyer 1995), lo que explicaría el similar
grado de estrés hídrico en el momento del día de mayor demanda evaporativa (Ψmd en
agosto de 2005: -2,99 ± 0,11 MPa para el melojo vs -2,95 ± 0,17 MPa para el roble
albar, bajo el pinar sin aclarar y -2,83 ± 0,07 MPa para el melojo vs -2,79 ± 0,08 MPa
para el roble albar, en el cortafuegos); más aún, al comprobar que el desarrollo del
sistema radicular en el campo en términos de acumulación de biomasa fue parecido en
ambas especies, lo que supuso que el potencial hídrico del suelo en el entorno de los
brinzales fuese similar en todas las fechas de medición (Ψpd en agosto de 2005: -2,05 ±
0,15 MPa para el melojo vs -2,12 ± 0,2 MPa para el roble albar, bajo el pinar sin aclarar
y -1,24 ± 0,24 MPa para el melojo vs -1,26 ± 0,2 MPa para el roble albar en el
cortafuegos).
4.2.4. Importancia del lugar de plantación en la supervivencia inicial
Las repoblaciones con frondosas han tenido un carácter minoritario en la selvicultura
mediterránea. La escasa experiencia con robles caducifolios apunta a la necesidad de
una cubierta protectora que atenúe la dureza del clima mediterráneo estival (sequía,
56
Resultados y discusión
elevada radiación, granizo, etc.) para aumentar el éxito de la repoblación (Gómez-
Aparicio et al. 2004), una circunstancia que refleja su escasa capacidad colonizadora.
Los resultados de las repoblaciones experimentales que hemos llevado a cabo en las
inmediaciones del Hayedo de Montejo indican que la supervivencia inicial aumenta
cuando se realizan bajo pinares de Pinus sylvestris adultos previamente aclarados, y
disminuye drásticamente en áreas desprovistas de vegetación o en pinares densos sin
aclarar, lo que demuestra el carácter inicial de media luz en ambos robles. El efecto de
la reducción del dosel fue más beneficioso para el melojo en la plantación realizada en
2005 en Sierra Escalva, probablemente porque la sequía fuese demasiado intensa como
para ver algún efecto en la supervivencia del roble albar asociado a la densidad.
En la plantación con robles llevada a cabo en la zona de matorral previamente
desbrozada, la mortalidad se situó en torno al 80 % al final del primer año en campo
para las dos especies, no llegando al 10 % en el interior del pinar. Tres años más tarde,
la mortalidad alcanzó aproximadamente un 95 % en el claro, y se duplicó (en el caso del
roble albar; 57 vs 28 %) o triplicó (en el caso del melojo; 54 vs 16 %) en la zona que no
había sido aclarada con respecto a la que sí lo había sido (anexo III). La ausencia de
vegetación en el claro aumenta la radiación que reciben las plantas, que al no poseer un
sistema radicular que pueda compensar las pérdidas de agua por transpiración se secan
en los primeros meses tras el transplante. Bajo el pinar, el impacto post-transplante es
menor, aunque la mortalidad es sostenida a lo largo de los primeros años en el campo
(Paquette et al. 2006), como puede verse en el anexo VI. La escasez de luz y humedad
en el suelo supone una restricción de la asimilación de carbono, cuyo efecto puede
traducirse en una mortalidad elevada, incluso en el primer año. Ya se ha hecho hincapié
en el compromiso que supone para las plantas la presencia de un dosel denso en la
aclimatación a la sequía. También existen evidencias que apuntan a una limitación de la
capacidad para tolerar la sombra debida al estrés hídrico (Sánchez-Gómez et al. 2006b)
derivada de la restricción adicional que ejerce el cierre estomático en el balance de
carbono de la planta (Aranda et al. 2004b). Ambas circunstancias podrían haber
intervenido en la aparente incapacidad de los brinzales para aclimatarse a las parcelas de
mayor densidad, más sombreadas y secas. No obstante, un hecho que dificulta la
interpretación de los resultados, al menos en Sierra Escalva, fue la herbivoría, que llegó
a alcanzar casi a la totalidad de individuos (91 % de melojos y 96 % de robles albares).
57
Resultados y discusión
La destrucción repetida de los brotes probablemente influyó en la supervivencia de las
plantas, e incluso pudo afectar de manera diferente a una y otra especie (anexo VI).
Estos resultados demuestran que es necesario aclarar el dosel de pinos antes de
llevar a cabo plantaciones en su interior, al generarse ambientes más favorables para el
desarrollo de las plantas, que favorecen además su capacidad de resistencia al estrés.
58
Recapitulación
5. UNA APROXIMACIÓN A LA REGENERACIÓN DEL ROBLE
ALBAR Y EL MELOJO A TRAVÉS DE LA ECOFISIOLOGÍA DE
BRINZALES. LIMITACIONES Y PERSPECTIVAS
Las respuestas morfo-funcionales que han mostrado los brinzales de roble albar y
melojo en el proceso de aclimatación a la variación de la disponibilidad de luz y agua en
los diferentes lugares de plantación contribuyen a explicar el desigual éxito de las
plantaciones. Estas respuestas pueden también relacionarse con la capacidad para
regenerarse de manera natural en las poblaciones donde coexistan, admitiendo la
posibilidad de que ciertos rasgos cambien a lo largo del proceso de desarrollo de los
individuos, o incluso sean diferentes de los que muestren otras poblaciones más
septentrionales (en nuestros experimentos sólo se ha utilizado material genético
procedente del Hayedo de Montejo). La coincidencia de algunos de nuestros resultados
con los que ofrecen otros estudios, nos ha llevado a especular sobre su significado
adaptativo, y su relevancia en los procesos de regeneración natural.
Los individuos de melojo, tanto jóvenes como adultos, poseen una elevada
proporción de biomasa subterránea respecto a la invertida en los brotes y una elevada
tasa de intercambio gaseoso foliar, comparativamente mayores que los valores que
muestran otras especies forestales simpátricas (Gallego et al. 1994; Antúnez et al. 2001;
Mediavilla et al. 2001, 2003c; Gómez-Aparicio et al. 2006; Quero et al. 2006).
Nuestros datos confirman estas observaciones, y sugieren una cierta coordinación entre
un crecimiento conservador y la posesión de hojas poco eficientes en el uso del agua,
una circunstancia consistente con las presiones selectivas que operan en su hábitat
actual: las laderas de la media montaña submediterránea. Aquí, la coincidencia de
periodos secos estivales y heladas tardías obliga a concentrar la fijación de carbono en
un periodo corto mediante la posesión de hojas bien adaptadas a ambientes
relativamente áridos, capaces además de mantener los estomas abiertos a potenciales
hídricos bajos y proporcionar así una adecuada cantidad de foto-asimilados,
primordialmente a las raíces; la elevada inversión de biomasa subterránea con respecto a
la aérea le confiere cierta persistencia ante perturbaciones que destruyen los brotes,
como incendios, movimientos de tierras, o daños por herbívoros.
59
Recapitulación
Por el contrario, la mayor competitividad de los brinzales de roble albar en un
rango más amplio de ambientes lumínicos es coherente con que su distribución
geográfica sea más amplia que la del melojo, dado que la competencia interespecífica
por la luz en las etapas iniciales es un factor determinante del patrón de regeneración en
la mayoría de ecosistemas forestales (Kobe & Coates 1997; Flores et al. 2006; Gómez-
Aparicio et al. 2006). Los brinzales de roble albar demostraron, además, cierto grado de
resistencia a la sequía, al ser capaces de disminuir el potencial osmótico en el punto de
marchitez permanente en situaciones de estrés y exhibir un estado hídrico foliar
parecido al del melojo; en este sentido, la supervivencia del melojo sólo superó a la del
roble albar cuando las condiciones de estrés en el año de plantación fueron extremas
(2005), hechos que confirman el carácter relativamente resistente a la sequía del roble
albar a lo largo de su área de distribución (Backes & Leuschner 2000; Raftoyannnis &
Radoglou 2002), donde desplaza a otras caducifolias como el haya o el carballo en las
localidades más secas.
Sin embargo, ciertas características de los brinzales de roble albar podrían mermar
la capacidad de esta especie para regenerarse en ambientes Mediterráneos. El rápido
crecimiento del roble albar, su tendencia a maximizar la superficie foliar expuesta a la
luz –i.e. mayor superficie foliar específica, individual y total, y menor autosombreo
debido en parte al elevado desarrollo de los tallos respecto al de las raíces –, así como la
menor capacidad para asimilar CO2 en situaciones de estrés hídrico, implicarían, a
priori, una desventaja competitiva frente al melojo en aquellos ambientes donde la
resistencia al estrés (e.g. sequía estival) o a las perturbaciones ambientales de origen
biótico (e.g. herbivoría) o abiótico (e.g. erosión), fuese un factor más selectivo que la
competencia interespecífica por los recursos. Ello contribuiría a explicar la segregación
geográfica entre ambas especies a distintas escalas espaciales. Por un lado, la escasa
presencia del roble albar en las formaciones Ibéricas submediterráneas, cuya
composición se debe en buena parte a la capacidad de adaptación que han tenido las
especies que las integran a los factores mencionados anteriormente; y por otro, la
probable distribución del roble albar en zonas con mayor profundidad de suelo que el
melojo (Pardo et al. 2004, datos de la población del Hayedo de Montejo).
Aunque los resultados con plantaciones podrían diferir respecto a los que se
observan en los procesos de regeneración natural, en los que las plántulas no son
favorecidas durante su cultivo inicial, Cano (2007), tras estudiar el regenerado natural
60
Recapitulación
de ambas especies durante los primeros años en un rango de ambientes de sombra en el
Hayedo de Montejo, observó varios resultados coincidentes con los que se presentan en
este trabajo: hojas más delgadas en el roble albar, con mayor concentración de clorofila
y más eficientes en el uso del agua en el pico de estrés estival que las de melojo. En este
estudio, la mortalidad de ambas especies al cabo del segundo año fue total bajo el dosel
de hayas y robles (< 7 % de luz), de acuerdo con el patrón de regeneración de algunas
especies templadas en poblaciones meridionales que necesitan condiciones de media
sombra durante las etapas iniciales para regenerarse (Castro et al. 2004).
El cambio del clima se revela como un elemento determinante de la composición
específica del Hayedo de Montejo en el futuro. La temperatura del planeta ha
aumentado 0,6 ºC en las tres últimas décadas (Hansen et al. 2006). Los escenarios de
cambio para la zona de estudio señalan incrementos de la temperatura máxima media
anual de unos 2 ºC en las próximas décadas, y de hasta 7 ºC a final de siglo respecto al
periodo de 1960 a 1990 (INM 2007). El aumento de la temperatura podría favorecer la
extensión de las especies arbóreas más sensibles a las heladas, como el haya, el cerezo o
el roble albar, cuya brotación es más temprana que la del melojo. Sin embargo, los
modelos de predicción también apuntan a una reducción de las precipitaciones, que
podría oscilar entre el 5-10 % y el 10-30 % para ambos periodos, según el modelo
empleado (INM 2007). Por ello, a la luz de las diferencias funcionales que existen entre
el melojo y el roble albar, u otras especies como el haya y el acebo (Aranda et al. 1996,
2007), es razonable pensar que a medio plazo se produzca una reducción de la
proporción de robles albares, hayas o acebos en los rodales de contacto o mezcla con el
melojo, tanto por la falta de individuos que se establezcan con éxito y alcancen la
madurez, como incluso por la muerte de individuos adultos.
No obstante, la interacción del clima con otros factores bióticos (herbivoría,
distancias y vectores de dispersión, etc.) o abióticos (profundidad del suelo, topografía,
etc.) hace difícil predecir cual será la evolución de las especies del bosque a corto plazo.
Por ejemplo, la estructuración del monte en bosquetes de unos 200-300 m de radio
(Arcas et al. 2007) limita la dispersión de una especie bajo el dosel de otra, lo cual, en el
caso de que dicha estructuración se correspondiera con la profundidad del suelo (Pardo
et al. 2004), condicionaría que los brinzales de melojo crecieran en lugares con menor
desarrollo edáfico, y fuesen más vulnerables al aumento de la aridez en los próximos
61
Recapitulación
años. La desaparición de individuos de unas especies determinará la disponibilidad de
sitios de regeneración y la velocidad de cambio de otras especies.
Al igual que durante las glaciaciones se produjeron movimientos migratorios de la
vegetación en latitud y altitud, es muy posible que el calentamiento global del planeta, y
el aumento de la aridez, produzca el desplazamiento de especies en el hemisferio norte
hacia latitudes y altitudes superiores, con el consiguiente riesgo de extinción o
reducción de muchos ecosistemas sin posibilidad de desplazamiento, como los de alta
montaña (Williams et al. 2007). La extinción local de especies puede ser especialmente
notoria en las zonas donde coexisten especies en su óptimo de distribución con otras en
situación marginal, mucho más sensibles a pequeñas variaciones del clima; dada la
velocidad de cambio, el impacto será mayor en aquellas especies con ciclos de
regeneración largos. Evitar la desaparición del roble albar en el Hayedo de Montejo, o
de otras poblaciones de otras especies en el límite meridional de su distribución, no es
sólo una cuestión ética, ya que aquellas podrían albergar ecotipos mejor adaptados a la
sequía y constituir la base de futuras repoblaciones. Su conservación pasa por favorecer
la regeneración in situ en orientaciones de umbría, fondos de valle o altitudes superiores
con el fin de compensar el aumento de temperatura y la reducción de la precipitación.
En este sentido, los pobres resultados obtenidos bajo la cubierta de pinos en los ensayos
de Sierra Escalva impulsan a probar lugares de plantación, tratamientos selvícolas
(mayores intensidades de clareo, apertura de claros con distintos tamaños, etc.), fechas
de plantación o métodos de cultivo en vivero (endurecimiento a la sequía, contenedores
forestales, etc.) alternativos. Además, sería interesante comparar la respuesta a la sequía
y la sombra en individuos de varias procedencias del rango de distribución del roble
albar, con el fin de detectar si las poblaciones aisladas más meridionales son más
tolerantes al estrés hídrico o a la sombra (Lesica & Allendorf 1995; Hampe & Petit
2005). Los esfuerzos de investigación también deben extenderse al nivel intraespecifico,
con el fin identificar los individuos más resistentes dentro de la propia masa natural.
62
Conclusiones
6. CONCLUSIONES
1. Los brinzales de roble albar y melojo muestran atributos diferentes a distintos
niveles de organización bajo las mismas condiciones de crecimiento.
2. Los brinzales de roble albar tienen menor proporción de biomasa del sistema
radicular respecto a la parte aérea que los de melojo, con independencia de las
condiciones de crecimiento.
3. Los brinzales de roble albar poseen rasgos que aumentan la eficacia de la captación
de luz con respecto a los de melojo, a través de la posesión de hojas con más
superficie por unidad de masa y mayor concentración de clorofila, y un patrón de
crecimiento en el que el sombreo mutuo entre las hojas es menor.
4. Las respuestas de aclimatación a la luz a corto plazo son semejantes en las dos
especies a nivel foliar, predominando los ajustes fisiológicos sobre los morfológicos
o anatómicos, pero difieren a nivel de la planta entera.
5. Los brinzales de roble albar parecen poseer un fenotipo más competitivo que los de
melojo en un rango de ambientes de media sombra, lo que no repercute en la
supervivencia inicial bajo pinares con distinta cobertura en una zona de clima
submediterráneo.
6. Los brinzales de melojo presentan rasgos más adecuados que los de roble albar para
soportar las condiciones ambientales de zonas submediterráneas, entre ellos, un
patrón de crecimiento más conservador (menor superficie foliar y mayor proporción
de biomasa en estructuras subterráneas que aéreas) y la posesión de hojas capaces de
mantener tasas más elevadas de intercambio gaseoso en situaciones de estrés
hídrico.
7. Las diferencias en la capacidad para tolerar la sequía estival parecen más
determinantes que las diferencias en la capacidad para captar luz en los procesos de
regeneración artificial en zonas submediterráneas.
8. La supervivencia inicial de robles plantados en el entorno del Hayedo de Montejo
aumenta en pinares de pino silvestre previamente aclarados con respecto a zonas de
pinar no aclaradas o claros de distinto tamaño.
63
Conclusiones
9. El aumento de la densidad de pies de pino silvestre está relacionado con una
reducción de la disponibilidad de luz y agua para las plantas instaladas bajo su
dosel, lo que influye negativamente en su estado hídrico.
10. El aumento de la luz disponible en el sotobosque favorece el desarrollo de algunos
mecanismos de tolerancia a la sequía, como es el caso del ajuste osmótico en los
brinzales de roble albar.
11. El retraso ontogénico que genera la ausencia de luz bajo el dosel de pinar parece
aumentar la susceptibilidad de los brinzales de ambas especies a la reducción de la
humedad del suelo en verano.
64
Bibliografía
7. BIBLIOGRAFÍA
Ajbilou R, Marañón T, Arroyo J (2006) Ecological and biogeographical analyses of Mediterranean
forests of northern Morocco. Acta Oecol. 29: 104-113.
Álvarez Linarejos L, Martínez Montes E, Alejano Monge R, de Simón Navarrete E, Madrigal
Collazo A (1996) Estudio para la implantación de Quercus ilex bajo cubierta de pinar. Cuad. Soc.
Esp. Cien. For. 3: 83-87.
Antúnez I, Retamosa EC, Villar R (2001) Relative growth rate in phylogenetically related deciduous
and evergreen woody species. Oecologia 128: 172-180.
Aranda I (1996) Comportamiento ecofisiológico de Fagus sylvatica L. y Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl.
en “El Hayedo de Montejo de la Sierra” (Comunidad Autónoma de Madrid). Tesis Doctoral; inédita.
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (1996) Seasonal water relations of three broadleaved species (Fagus
sylvatica L., Quercus petraea (Mattuschka) Liebl. and Quercus pyrenaica Willd. in a mixed stand in
the centre of the Iberian Peninsula. For. Eco. Manage. 84: 219-229.
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (2001) Effects of thinning in a Pinus sylvestris L. stand on foliar water
relations of Fagus sylvatica L. planted within the pinewood. Trees 15: 358-364.
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (2002) Physiological responses of Fagus sylvatica L. seedlings under Pinus
sylvestris L. and Quercus pyrenaica Willd. overstories. For. Eco. Manage. 162: 153-164.
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (2004a) Osmotic adjustment in two temperate oak species [Quercus
pyrenaica Willd. and Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl.] of the Iberian Peninsula in response to
drought. Invest. Agrar. Sist. Recur. For. 13: 339-345.
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (2004b) Improvement of growth conditions and gas exchange of Fagus
sylvatica L. seedlings planted below a recently thinned Pinus sylvestris L. stand. Trees 18: 211-220.
Aranda I, Robson TM, Rodríguez-Calcerrada J, Valladares F (2007) Ilex aquifolium demonstrates
limited adaptability to the stresses of excessive light in the open and increased drought in the shade,
in a Mediterranean climate. Trees: en revision.
Arcas Alonso M (2007) Inventario forestall del Hayedo de Montejo de la Sierra, Monte nº 89 del
C.M.U.P “El Chaparral” (Comunidad de Madrid) mediante la utilización de técnicas geoestadísticas.
Proyecto Fin de Carrera ETSI Montes; inédito.
Ares A, Fownes JH (1999) Water supply regulates structure, productivity, and water use efficiency of
Acacia koa forest in Hawaii. Oecologia 121: 458-466.
Ashton PMS, Berlyn GP (1994) A comparison of leaf physiology and anatomy of Quercus (section
Erythrobalanus-Fagaceae) species in different light environments. Am. J. Bot. 81: 589-597.
65
Bibliografía
Aussenac G (2000) Interactions between forest stands and microclimate: Ecophysiological aspects and
consequences for silviculture. Ann. For. Sci. 57: 287-301.
Backes K, Leuschner C (2000) Leaf water relations of competitive Fagus sylvatica and Quercus petraea
trees during 4 years differing in soil drought. Can. J. For. Res. 30: 335-346.
Barigah TS, Ibrahim T, Bogard A, Faivre-Vuillin B, Lagneau LA, Montpied P, Dreyer, E (2006)
Irradiance-induced plasticity in the hydraulic properties of saplings of different temperate broad-
leaved forest tree species. Tree Physiol. 26: 1505-1516.
Barrio Anta M, Díaz-Maroto Hidalgo IJ, Álvarez González JG, Vila Lameiro P (2003) El problema
de la regeneración de robles caducifolios y marcescentes en el noroeste de España. Cuad. Soc. Esp.
Cien. For. 15: 95-100.
Bellot J, Maestre FT, Chirino E, Hernández N, de Urbina J (2004) Afforestation with Pinus
halepensis reduces native shrub performance in a Mediterranean semiarid area. Acta Oecol. 25: 7-15.
Bernacchi CJ, Singsaas EL, Pimentel C, Portis AR, Long SP (2001) Improved temperature response
functions for models of Rubisco-limited photosynthesis. Plant Cell Environ. 24: 253-259.
Calvo L, Santalla S, Marcos E, Valbuena L, Tárrega T, Luis E. (2003) Regeneration after wildfire in
communities dominated by Pinus pinaster, an obligate seeder, and in others dominated by Quercus
pyrenaica, a typical resprouter. For. Ecol. Manage. 184: 209-223.
Camarero JJ, Gutiérrez E, Fortín M-J, Ribbens E (2005) Spatial patterns of tree recruitment in a relict
population of Pinus uncinata: forest expansion through stratified diffusion. J. Biogeogr. 32: 1979-
1992.
Cano Martín FJ (2007) Caracterización anatómica y funcional de Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl. y
Quercus pyrenaica Willd. en la fase de regenerado en el Hayedo de Montejo (C.M.). Proyecto Fin de
Carrera ETSI Montes; inédito.
Castro J, Zamora R, Hódar JA, Gómez JM (2004) Seedling establishment of a boreal tree species
(Pinus sylvestris) at its southernmost distribution limit: consequences of being in a marginal
Mediterranean habitat. J. Ecol. 92: 266-277.
Cavender-Bares J, Bazzaz FA (2000) Changes in drought response strategies with ontogeny in Quercus
rubra: implications for scaling from seedlings to mature trees. Oecologia 124: 8-18.
Ceballos L (1939) Plan general para la repoblación forestal en España. Icona, Madrid.
Costa M, Morla C, Sainz H (Eds.) (1997) Los bosques ibéricos. Una interpretación geobotánica.
Planeta, Barcelona.
Crunkilton DD, Pallardy SG, Garret HE (1992) Water relations and gas exchange of northern red oak
seedlings planted in a central Missouri clearcut and shelterwood. For. Ecol. Manage. 53: 117-129.
DeLucia EH, Schlesinger WH (1991) Resource-use efficiency and drought tolerance in adjacent Great
Basin and Sierran plants. Ecology 72: 51-58.
66
Bibliografía
Dey DC, Parker WC (1996) Regeneration of red oak (Quercus rubra L.) using shelterwood systems:
ecophysiology, silviculture and management recommendations. Ontario Forest Research Institute
Forest Research Paper 126.
Díaz-Fernández PM, Jiménez Sancho P, Martín Albertos S, de Tuero y Reyna M, Gil Sánchez L
(1995) Regiones de procedencia de Quercus robar L., Quercus petraea (Matt) Liebl. y Quercus
humilis Millar. ICONA, Madrid.
Donovan LA, Pappert RA (1998) Ecophysiological differences among growth stages of Quercus laevis
in a sandhill oak community. J. Torr. Bot. Soc. 125: 3-10.
Dreyer E, Le Roux X, Montpied M, Daudet FA, Masson F (2001) Temperature response of leaf
photosynthesis capacity in seedlings from seven temperate tree species. Tree Physiol. 21: 223-232.
Einhorn KS, Rosenqvist E, Leverenz, JW (2004) Photoinhibition in seedlings of Fraxinus and Fagus
under natural light conditions: implications for forest regeneration? Oecologia 140: 241-251.
Epron D, Dreyer E (1996) Starch and soluble carbohydrates in leaves of water-stressed oak spalings.
Ann. Sci. For. 53: 263-268.
Ernstsen J, Woodrow IE, Mott KA (1997) Responses of Rubisco activation and deactivation rates to
variations in growth-light conditions. Photosyn. Res. 52: 117-125.
Falster DS, Westoby M (2003) Leaf size and angle vary widely across species: what consequences for
light interception. New Phytol. 158: 509-525.
Farquhar GD, Ehleringer JR, Hubick KT (1989) Carbon isotope discrimination and photosynthesis.
Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant Mol. Biol. 40: 503-537.
Flores O, Gourlet-Fleury S, Picard N (2006) Local disturbance, forest structure and dispersal effects on
sapling distribution of light-demanding and shade-tolerant species in a French Guianian forest. Acta
Oecol. 29: 141-154.
Fotelli MN, Radoglou KM, Constantinidou H.-I A (2000) Water stress responses of seedlings of four
Mediterranean oak species. Tree Physiol. 20: 1065-1075.
Gallego HA, Rico M, Moreno G, Santa-Regina I (1994) Leaf water potential and stomatal conductance
in Quercus pyrenaica Willd. forests: vertical gradients and response to environmental factors. Tree
Physiol. 14: 1039-1047.
Givnish TJ (1988) Adaptation to sun and shade: a whole-plant perspective. Austr.J. Plant Physiol. 15:
63-92.
Golluscio RA, Oesterheld M (2007) Water use efficiency of twenty five co-existing Patagonian species
growing under different soil water availability. Oecologia
http://www.springerlink.com/content/12801x3g62l87x55/ (ultimo acceso 1-agosto-2007).
Gómez-Aparicio L, Zamora R, Gómez JM, Hódar JA, Castro J, Baraza E (2004) Applying plant
facilitation to forest restoration: a meta-analysis of the use of shrubs as nurse plants. Ecol. Appl. 14:
1128-1138.
67
Bibliografía
Gómez-Aparcicio L, Valladares F, Zamora R, Quero JL (2005) Response of tree seedlings to the
abiotic heterogeneity generated by nurse shrubs: an experimental approach at different scales.
Ecography 28: 757-768.
Gómez-Aparicio L, Valladares F, Zamora R (2006) Differential light responses of Mediterranean tree
saplings: linking ecophysiology with regeneration niche in four co-occurring species. Tree Physiol.
26: 947-958.
Grove OT, Rackham O (2001) The nature of Mediterranean Europe: an ecological history. Yale
University Press, London.
Hampe A, Petit RJ (2005) Conserving biodiversity under climate change: the rear edge matters. Ecol.
Lett. 8: 461-467.
Hansen J, Sato M, Ruedy R, Lo K, Lea DW, Medina-Elizade M (2006) Global temperature change.
PNAS 103: 14288-14293.
Harley PC, Thomas RB, Reynolds JF, Strain BR (1992) Modelling photosynthesis of cotton grown in
elevated CO2. Plant Cell Environ. 15: 271-282.
Hernández Bermejo JE, Costa Tenorio M, Sáinz Ollero H, Clemente Muñóz M (1983) Catálogo
florístico del Hayedo de Montejo de la Sierra (provincia de Madrid). Lagascalia 11: 3-65.
Hikosaka K, Terashima I (1995) A model of the acclimation of photosynthesis in the leaves of C3 plants
to sun and shade with respect to nitrogen use. Plant Cell Environ. 18: 605-618.
Holmgren M, Scheffer M, Huston MA (1997) The interplay of facilitation and competition in plant
communities. Ecology 78: 1966-1975.
INM (2007) Generalización de escenarios regionalizados de cambio climático para España.
http//www.inm.es/web/izq/noticias/meteonoti/pdf/Escenarios_20070402.pdf (último acceso 30-julio-
2007).
Joly RJ, Zaerr JB (1987) Alteration of cell-wall water content and elasticity in Douglas-fir during
periods of water deficit. Plant Physiol. 83: 418-422.
Jordano P, Zamora R, Marañón T, Arroyo J (2002) Claves ecológicas para la restauración del bosque
mediterráneo. Aspectos demográficos, ecofisiológicos y genéticos. Ecosistemas 2002/1;
http://www.revistaecosistemas.net/pdfs/312.pdf (último acceso 4-mayo-2007).
King DA (2003) Allocation of above-ground growth is related to light in temperate deciduous saplings.
Funct. Ecol. 17: 482-488.
Kobe RK, Coates KD (1997) Models of sapling mortality as a function of growth to characterize
interspecific variation in shade tolerance of eight tree species of northwestern British Columbia. Can.
J. For. Res. 27: 227-236.
Kozlowski TT, Kramer PJ, Pallardy SG (1991) The Physiological Ecology of Woody Plants.
Academic Press, San Diego, California.
68
Bibliografía
Kramer PJ, Boyer JS (1995) Water relations of plants and soils. Academic Press, San Diego, Clifornia.
Kramer DM, Johnson G, Kiirats O, Edwards GE (2004) New fluorescence parameters for the
determination of QA redox state and excitation energy fluxes. Photosyn. Res. 79: 209-218.
Kubiske ME, Abrams MD, Mostoller SA (1996) Stomatal and nonstomatal limitations of
photosynthesis in relation to the drought and shade tolerance of tree species in open and understory
environments. Trees 11: 76-82.
Küppers M (1989) Ecological significance of above-ground architectural patterns in woody plants: a
question of cost-benefit relationships. Trends Ecol. Evol. 4: 375-379.
Kwon KW, Pallardy SG (1989) Temporal changes in tissue water relations of seedlings of Quercus
acutissima, Q. alba, and Q. stellata subjected to chronic water stress. Can. J. For. Res. 19: 622-626.
Lesica P, Allendorf FW (1995) When are peripheral populations valuable for conservation. Conserv.
Biol. 9: 753-760.
Lusk CH, del Pozo A (2002) Survival and growth of seedlings of 12 Chilean rainforest trees in two light
environments: Gas exchange and biomass distribution correlates. Austral Ecol. 27: 173-182.
Maestre FT, Valladares F, Reynolds JF (2005) Is the change of plant-plant interactions with abiotic
stress predictable? A meta-analysis of field results in arid environments. J. Ecol. 93: 748-757.
Maldonado F, Sainz Ollero H, Sánchez de Dios R (1998) Distribución y estado de conservación de los
bosques en España. UAM-WWF, Madrid.
Martínez Alonso C (2007) Heterogeneidad espacial y temporal en el dosel de un pinar de Pinus
sylvestris L. Implicaciones en el sotobosque. Tesis Doctoral; inédita.
Maxwell K, Johnson GN (2000) Chlorophyll fluorescence – a practical guide. J. Exp. Bot. 51: 659-668.
Mediavilla S, Escudero A, Heilmeier H (2001) Internal leaf anatomy and photosynthetic resource-use
efficiency: interspecific and intraspecific comparisons. Tree Physiol. 21: 251-259.
Mediavilla S, Escudero A (2003a) Mature trees versus seedlings: differences in leaf traits and gas
exchange patterns in three co-occurring Mediterranean oaks. Ann. For. Sci. 60: 455-460.
Mediavilla S, Escudero A (2003b) Relative growth rate of leaf biomass and leaf nitrogen content in
several Mediterranean woody species. Plant Ecol. 168: 321-332.
Mediavilla S, Escudero A (2003c) Stomatal responses to drought at a Mediterranean site: a comparative
study of co-occurring woody species differing in leaf longevity. Tree Physiol. 23: 987-996.
Mendes MM, Gazarini LC, Rodrigues ML (2001) Acclimation of Myrtus communis to contrasting
Mediterranean light environments – effects on structure and chemical composition of foliage and
plant water relations. Env. Exp. Bot. 45: 165-178.
Montgomery R (2004) Relative importance of photosynthetic physiology and biomass allocation for tree
seedling growth across a broad light gradient. Tree Physiol. 24: 155-167.
69
Bibliografía
Morgan JM (1984) Osmoregulation and water stress in higher plants. Ann. Rev. Planr Physiol. 35: 299-
319.
Muller C (1951) The significance of vegetative reproduction in Quercus. Madroño 11: 129-137.
Naidu SL, DeLucia EH (1998) Physiological and morphological acclimation of shade-grown tree
seedlings to late-season canopy gap formation. Plant Ecol. 138: 27-40.
Ngugi MR, Doley D, Hunt MA, Ryan P, Dart P (2004) Physiological responses to water stress in
Eucalyptus cloeziana and E. argophloia seedlings. Trees 18: 381-389.
Niinemets Ü, Kull O (1994) Leaf weight per area and leaf size of 85 Estonian woody species in relation
to shade tolerance and light availability. For. Ecol. Manage. 70: 1-10.
Niinemets Ü, Tenhunen JD (1997) A model separating leaf structural and physiological effects on
carbon gain along light gradients for the shade-tolerant species Acer saccharum. Plant Cell Environ.
20: 845-866.
Niinemets Ü (1999) Components of leaf dry mass per area – thickness and density – alter leaf
photosynthetic capacity in reverse directions in woody plants. New Phytol. 144: 35-47.
Niinemets Ü, Valladares F (2004) Photosynthetic acclimation to simultaneous and interacting
environmental stresses along natural light gradients: optimality and constraints. Plant Biol. 6: 254-
268.
Niinemets Ü (2006) The controversy over traits conferring shade-tolerance in trees: ontogenetic changes
revisited. J. Ecol. 94: 464-470.
Niinemets Ü, Valladares F (2006) Tolerance to shade, drought, and waterlogging of temperate northern
hemisphere trees and shrubs. Ecol. Monogr. 76: 521-547.
Novo Lodeiro N, Álvarez Álvarez P, Bris Marino B, Higueras de Marco J, Rodríguez Soalleiro R
(2003) Regeneración natural de frondosas en el parque natural de O Invernadeiro (Ourense). Cuad.
Soc. Esp. Cien. For. 15: 165-170.
Osmond CB (1994) What is photoinhibition? Some insights from comparisons of shade and sun plants.
En: Baker NR, Bowyer JR (Eds.), Photoinhibition of Photosynthesis, from the Molecular
Mechanisms to the Field. BIOS Scientific Publication, Oxford, pp. 1–24.
Ort DR (2001) When there is too much light. Plant Physiol. 125: 29-32.
Paquette A, Bouchard A, Cogliastro A (2006) Survival and growth of under-planted trees: a meta-
analysis across four biomes. Ecol. Appl. 16: 1575-1589.
Pardo F (2000) Caracterización de rodales arbolados de “Hayedo de Montejo” (Madrid): estructura,
composición e incorporación de la hojarasca al suelo. Tesis Doctoral; inédita.
Pardo F, Gil L, Pardos JA (2004) Structure and composition of pole-stage stands developed in an
ancient wood pasture in central Spain. Forestry 77: 67-74.
70
Bibliografía
Pardo F, Gil L (2005) The impact of traditional land use on woodlands: a case study in the Spanish
Central System. J. Hist. Geogr. 31: 390-408.
Parelle J, Roudaut J-P, Ducrey M (2006) Light acclimation and photosynthetic response of beech
(Fagus sylvatica L.) saplings under artificial shading or natural Mediterranean conditions. Ann. For.
Sci. 63: 257-266.
Pausas JG, Bladé C, Valdecantos A, Seva JP, Fuentes D, Alloza JA, Vilagrosa A, Bautista S,
Cortina J, Vallejo R (2004) Pines and oaks in the restoration of Mediterranean landscapes of Spain:
New perspectives for an old practice – a review. Plant Ecol. 171: 209-220.
Poorter L, Hayashida-Oliver Y (2000) Effects of seasonal drought on gap and understorey seedlings in
a Bolivian moist forest. J. Trop. Ecol. 16: 481-498.
Quero JL, Villar R, Marañón T, Zamora R (2006) Interactions of drought and shade effects on
seedlings of four Quercus species: physiological and structural leaf responses. New Phytol. 170:
819-834.
Raftoyannis Y, Radoglou K (2002) Physiological responses of beech and sessile oak in a natural mixed
stand during a dry summer. Ann. Bot. 89: 723-730.
Reich PB, Ellsworth DS, Walters MB, Vose JM, Gresham C, Volin JC, Bowman WD (1999)
Generality of leaf trait relationships: a test across six biomes. Ecology 80: 1955-1969.
Robichaux BS (1984) Variation in the tissue water relations of two sympatric Hawaiian Dubautia species
and their natural hybrid. Oecologia 65: 75-81.
Rojo A, Montero G, Ortega C (1994) Natural regeneration in Pinus sylvestris L. Invest. Agrar. Sist.
Recur. For. Fuera de Serie 3: 107-124.
Ruíz de la Torre (1971) Árboles y arbustos. Instituto Forestal de Investigaciones y Experiencias y
Escuela Técnica Superior de Ingenieros de Montes, Madrid.
Sack L (2004) Responses of temperate woody seedlings to shade and drought: do trade-offs limit
potential niche differentiation. Oikos 107: 110-127.
Saito T, Tanaka T, Tanabe H, Matsumoto Y, Morikawa Y (2003) Variations in transpiration rate and
leaf cell turgor maintenance in saplings of deciduous broad-leaved tree species common in cool
temperate forests in Japan. Tree Physiol. 23: 59-66.
Sánchez-Gómez D, Valladares F, Zavala MA (2006a) Functional traits and plasticity in response to
Light in seedlings of four Iberian forest tree species. Tree Physiol. 26: 1425-1433.
Sánchez-Gómez D, Zavala MA, Valladares F (2006b) Seedling survival responses to irradiance are
differentially influenced by low-water availability in four tree species of the Iberian cool temperate-
Mediterranean ecotone. Acta Oecol. 30: 322-332.
Sandquist DR, Ehleringer JR (2003) Carbon isotope discrimination differences within and between
contrasting populations of Encelia farinose raised under common-environment conditions.
Oecologia 134: 463-470.
71
Bibliografía
Schrader JA, Graves WR, Rice SA, Gibson JP (2006) Differences in shade tolerance help explain
varying success of two sympatric Alnus species. Int. J. Plant. Sci. 167: 979-989.
Silvertown J (2004) Plant coexistence and the niche. Trends Ecol. Evol. 19: 605-611.
Smith T, Huston M (1989) A theory of the spatial and temporal dynamics of plant communities.
Vegetatio 83: 49-69.
Stoneman GL, Dell B, Turner NC (1994) Mortality of Eucalyptus marginata (jarrah) seedlings in
Mediterranean-climate forest in response to overstorey, site, seedbed, fertilizer application and
grazing. Austral Ecol. 19: 103-109.
Strauss-Debenedetti S, Bazzaz FA (1991) Plasticity and acclimation to light in tropical Moraceae of
different successional positions. Oecologia 87: 377-387.
Valbuena Carabaña M (2006) Estructura genética e hibridación de Quercus petraea (Matts.) Liebl. y
Quercus pyrenaica (Willd.) en la Sierra Norte de Madrid. Tesis Doctoral; inédita.
Valladares F, Pearcy R (1998) The functional ecology of shoot architecture in sun and shade plants of
Heteromeles arbutifolia M. Roem., a Californian chaparral shrub. Oecologia 114: 1-10.
Valladares F, Wright SJ, Lasso E, Kitajima K, Pearcy RW (2000a) Plastic phenotypic response to
light of 16 congeneric shrubs from a Panamanian rainforest. Ecology 81: 1925-1936.
Valladares F, Martínez-Ferri E, Balaguer L, Pérez-Corona E, Manrique E (2000b) Low leaf-level
response to light and nutrients in Mediterranean evergreen oaks: a conservative resource-use
strategy. New Phytol. 148: 79-91.
Valladares F, Chico JM, Aranda I, Balaguer L, Dizengremel P, Manrique E, Dreyer E (2002) The
greater seedling high-light tolerance of Quercus robur over Fagus sylvatica is linked to a greater
physiological plasticity. Trees 16: 395-403.
Valladares F, Pearcy R (2002) Drought can be more critical in the shade than in the sun: a field study of
carbon gain and photoinhibition in a Californian shrub during a dry El Niño year. Plant Cell Environ.
25: 749-759.
Valladares F, Vilagrosa A, Peñuelas J, Ogaya R, Camarero JJ, Corchera L, Sisó S, Gil-Pelegrín E
(2004) Estrés hídrico: ecofisiología y escalas de la sequía. En: Valladares F. (ed) Ecología del
bosque mediterráneo en un mundo cambiante. Ministerio de Medio Ambiente, Madrid, pp. 163-190.
Villar R, Ruíz-Robleto J, Quero JL, Poorter H, Valladares F, Marañón T (2004) Tasas de
crecimiento en especies leñosas: aspectos funcionales e implicaciones ecológicas. En: Valladares F.
(ed) Ecología del bosque mediterráneo en un mundo cambiante. Ministerio de Medio Ambiente,
Madrid, pp. 191-227.
Walters RG (2005) Towards an understanding of photosynthetic acclimation. J. Exp. Bot. 56. 435-447.
White AJ, Critchley C (1999) Rapid light curves: a new fluorescence method to asses the state of the
photosynthetic apparatus. Photosynth. Res. 59: 63-72.
72
Bibliografía
Williams JW, Jackson ST, Kutzbach JE (2007) Projected distributions of novel and disappearing
climates by 2100 AD. PNAS 104: 5738-5742.
Woodward FI; Lake JA, Quick WP (2002) Stomatal development and CO2: ecological consequences.
New Phytol. 153: 477-484.
Yang DH, Webster J, Adam Z, Lindahl M, Andersson B (1998) Induction of acclimative proteolysis
of the light-harvesting chlorophyll a/b protein of photosystem II in response to elevated light
intensities. Plant Physiol. 118: 827-834.
73
ANEXO I
Leaf physiological versus morphological acclimation after high light
exposure at different foliage developmental stages
Manuscrito aceptado en la revista Tree Physiology
Autores: Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., Reich P.B., Rosenqvist E., Pardos J.A., Cano F.J.,
Aranda I.
Leaf physiological versus morphological acclimation after high light exposure at
different foliage developmental stages
J. RODRÍGUEZ-CALCERRADA1, P.B. REICH2, E. ROSENQVIST3, J.A. PARDOS1,
F.J. CANO1 and I. ARANDA4, *
1 Unidad de Anatomía, Fisiología y Genética Forestal. Escuela Técnica Superior de
Ingenieros de Montes, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid (UPM), Ciudad Universitaria
s/n, E-28040, Madrid, Spain. Unidad Mixta INIA-UPM.
2 Department of Forest Resources, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, 55108, USA.
3 Department of Agricultual Science, University of Copenhagen, Hojbakkegaard Allé
21, DK-2630 Taastrup, Denmark.
4 Centro Nacional de Investigación Forestal (CIFOR). Instituto Nacional de
Investigación Agraria y Alimentaria (INIA), Apdo. 8111, E-28080, Madrid, Spain.
Unidad Mixta INIA-UPM.
∗ Author for correspondence (e-mail: [email protected]; phone: 0034913476857; fax:
0034913476767).
Running head: LEAF RESPONSES TO LIGHT IN TWO CO-OCCURRING WHITE
OAKS
Anexo I - 1
Summary
We investigated the mechanisms of leaf acclimation to light in seedlings of two co-
occurring oak species, the temperate Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl. and the sub-
Mediterranean Quercus pyrenaica Willd. Seedlings were raised in a glasshouse for one
year under two contrasting light levels (LL – 5.3 % of full sunlight vs HL – 70 % of full
sunlight) and the next year subsets of the LL seedlings were transferred to HL either
before leaf flushing (BF) or after the leaf lamina had completely expanded (AF). Gas
exchange, chlorophyll a fluorescence, nitrogen fractions in photosynthetic components
and leaf anatomy were examined in all four treatments five months after transfer.
Differences in acclimation to high light of leaves of shade-developed plants between the
two species were minor. Area-based photosynthetic capacity (Aamax) and related
parameters, maximum rate of carboxylation (Vacmax), maximum rate of electron
transport (Jamax) and the effective photochemical quantum yield of PSII (ΦPSII) increased
in transferred plants of both species on exposure to high light to values similar to HL
plants. A rapid change in the pattern of nitrogen distribution among photosynthetic
components was observed in AF plants, which showed the highest photosynthetic
nitrogen use efficiency (PNUE). Increases in mesophyll thickness and dry mass per unit
area (MA) governed leaf acclimation in BF plants, which showed a tendency to have
lower nitrogen in photosynthetic components and had lower assimilation potential per
unit leaf mass or leaf nitrogen than AF plants. It is suggested that the phenological state
of the seedlings modifies the acclimatory response of leaf attributes to a change from
low to high light. Morphological adjustments in the leaves of shade-developed plants
exposed to high light before flushing enhance photosynthetic capacity per unit area, but
not per unit dry mass, whereas the strong redistribution of nitrogen among
Anexo I - 2
photosynthetic components in shade-developed leaves exposed to high light after
flushing enhance both mass- and area-based photosynthetic capacity.
Keywords: photosynthetic acclimation, nitrogen partitioning, competitive ability,
Quercus pyrenaica, Quercus petraea.
Anexo I - 3
Introduction
Plants are adapted to regulate the photosynthetic processes in response to the fluctuating
light conditions that take place at different time scales during their life span (Külheim et
al. 2002; Schurr et al. 2006). For example, the onset of mechanisms of thermal
dissipation in the light-harvesting complexes, as well as the engagement of alternative
non-photosynthetic electron pathways can protect the photosynthetic apparatus from
oxidative damages after shaded plants are exposed to sudden increases in light intensity
(Ort 2001). However, the capacity of a plant to acclimate its foliage to a new light
environment depends in the long run on the capacity to progressively readjust its
organization from one of high light-use efficiency at low light to one of high
photosynthetic capacity at high light (Hikosaka and Terashima 1995). Acclimation in
this way will result in increasing carbon assimilation while at the same time will reduce
the possibility of photo-inhibition (Baker and Oxborough 2004).
Nitrogen availability, allocation, and remobilization (e.g. increasing uptake by
roots, or translocation among plant organs or photosynthetic components) all play a role
in this process (Naidu and De Lucia 1997a; Ramalho et al. 2000; Frak et al. 2001;
Walters 2005). Within leaves, the relative amounts of chlorophyll to nitrogen (e.g.,
Ellsworth and Reich 1992), or more specifically, to Rubisco, cytochrome f, or the
electron transport rate, decrease with an increase in light intensity (Yin and Johnson
2000; Walters 2005) suggesting a turnover of nitrogen from light-harvesting complexes
to energy-processing components that balances antenna size relative to photosystem
content. Studies addressing nitrogen fractioning within leaves (i.e. light harvesting
pigments, electron transport chain proteins, carbon fixation enzymes, and non-
photosynthetic components) show a relatively rapid modulation if the intercepted light
Anexo I - 4
environment changes (Frak et al. 2001). On the contrary, anatomical features of shade-
developed leaves do not change so readily (Eschrich et al. 1989; Sims and Pearcy
1992), limiting in some instances a complete acclimation of photosynthesis (Tognetti et
al. 1998; Oguchi et al. 2003, 2005).
The extent and velocity of the acclimation of photosynthesis to increasing light
differ between species of contrasting adaptive strategies. For example, drought-adaptive
traits may act as carry-over effects constraining acclimation of photosynthesis to
increasing light (see Valladares et al. 2000), whereas shade-adaptive traits may entail a
trade-off to balance light absorption and use in a higher light environment (Seemann et
al. 1987; Strauss-Debenedetti and Bazzaz 1991). Studies of this kind of sympatric and
closely related species are rare however. To address this gap, we study the temperate,
deciduous species Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl. and the sub-Mediterranean,
marcescent species Quercus pyrenaica Willd. The two oaks coexist in several scattered
stands throughout central and Midwestern Spain, where Q. petraea is at the southern
extreme of its distribution. Studying the response of these seedlings to light can also
help to predict their performance within such populations, as interspecific differences in
light requirements appears to be an important factor for the distinct recruitment pattern
of Mediterranean tree species (Gómez-Aparicio et al. 2006).
The objective of the present work was to explore the relative contribution of
functional and structural leaf attributes in short- to long-term acclimation to light by
comparing key photosynthetic traits of leaves of shade-developed plants exposed to
high light before and after leaf flushing, as well as of leaves of plants always maintained
under constant low- or high-light intensity. The timing of exposure to high light has not
received much attention in studies of photosynthetic acclimation. We firstly
hypothesized that physiological changes, particularly in processes reflecting nitrogen
Anexo I - 5
fractioning within leaves, would mediate acclimation to high light of leaves of shade-
developed plants, while morphological changes, mainly in the accumulation of
mesophyll tissue, would determine acclimation for longer-term periods; secondly we
thought that differences in the timing of exposure, as well as in the leaf traits of
ecologically distinct Q. pyrenaica and Q. petraea would affect the magnitude of, or the
mechanisms for acclimation.
Material and Methods
Experimental treatment and design
In Spring 2004, seeds of Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica taken from a mixed forest at the
extreme range of the distribution of Q. petraea (41º 7’ N, 3º 30’ W) were sown in 400-
cm3 plastic pots of 35 cm depth filled with a mixture of fertilized peat and sand (3:1,
v/v) containing slow-release fertilizer (5 g dm-3), and placed in a glasshouse under two
light treatments: low light (LL; double layer of neutral shadecloth, 5.3 % of full
sunlight; midday PAR on a sunny day: 80 ± 7 μmoles m-2 s-1) and high light (HL; no
shadecloth, 70 % of full sunlight due to the opacity of fiberglass claddings; midday
PAR: 1050 ± 28 μmoles m-2 s-1). At the end of the growing season, seedlings were
transplanted individually into 3000-cm3 PVC tubes of 40 cm depth, and newly enriched
with slow-release fertilizer. LL seedlings were distributed among four adjustable
shading structures placed on two benches of the glasshouse.
The next year, six containerized plants per species were moved out from low light
to high light before bud burst (27th February, approximately one week before bud burst;
BF treatment) and after the leaf lamina had completely expanded (6th June, three months
Anexo I - 6
after leaf emergence; AF treatment). They were put together with HL plants in between
the shading structures, at a sufficient distance as to avoid shading. First-flush leaves
from LL, AF, BF and HL plants were measured, or harvested for upcoming
measurements, five months after first transfer took place (3rd – 7th July). Photosynthesis
was also measured the week before second transfer. There were no significant
differences between LL plants and those about to be moved (AF), either between dates
(June vs July) for LL and HL plants (data not shown). Night-day ranges for temperature
and relative humidity in the glasshouse were 15-39 ºC and 50-90 %, respectively. All
seedlings were well watered over the course of the experiment.
Gas exchange measurements
Net CO2 assimilation rate (An) was measured with an IRGA (LC pro Analytical
Development Corporation, UK) at constant light (1000 μmol m-2 s-1 for HL and 700
μmol m-2 s-1 for LL, BF and AF plants) and leaf temperature (25.8 ± 0.1 ºC) over a
broad range of intercellular CO2 (Ci) resulting from changing the CO2 supply in twelve
steps from 50 to 1800 ppm. After 30 min at saturating light and 380 ppm of CO2, the
supply of CO2 was reduced step-wise to minimum values; then increased to 380 ppm
again, and lastly increased to high values. Photosynthetic capacity on a leaf area basis
(Aamax) was estimated as the mean value of the three records taken at 1800 ppm and
saturating light. A non-linear least squares fitting procedure was performed to estimate
the maximum rate of carboxylation (Vacmax) and the maximum rate of electron transport
(Jamax) from An – Ci curves. Regression models were constructed according to equations
of Farquhar et al. (1980), in which An is modelled as the minimum value of Rubisco-
limited (Ac) and RuBP-limited (Aj) rate of photosynthesis:
Anexo I - 7
djcn ),min( RAAA −= (1)
)/O1(C oci
*i
cmaxa
c KKC
VA++Γ−
= (2)
)/(4 i
*i
j τ+Γ−
=OC
CJA (3)
Rd is the mitochondrial respiration, and was estimated from Ac. The concentration of
oxygen (O) was considered 20 KPa. Temperature-dependent parameters Kc (Michaelis-
Menten coefficient of Rubisco for CO2) and Ko (Michaelis-Menten coefficient of
Rubisco for O2) were calculated for the leaf temperature of each curve following the
equations derived by Bernacchi et al. (2001); temperature dependency of τ (CO2
specificity factor) was accounted for using the equation derived by Harley et al. (1992).
The CO2 compensation point in the absence of mitochondrial respiration in light (Γ*)
was calculated as O/2τ. The light dependence of the potential rate of electron transport
(J) was calculated as:
2
maxa1 ⎟
⎠⎞
⎜⎝⎛ α
+
α=
JQ
QJ (4)
where α is the efficiency of light utilization 0.24 mol e- (mol quanta-1) and Q is the light
intensity.
All these parameters were entered for modeling functions. Estimates of Vacmax and
Jamax at 25 ºC were then obtained by re-arranging temperature-dependent equations of
Vacmax and Ja
max given by Dreyer et al. (2001) for Q. petraea. Mass-based estimates
(Ammax, Vm
cmax and Jmmax) were obtained by dividing area-based values by the leaf dry
mass per unit area (MA).
Anexo I - 8
Nitrogen content and nitrogen fractioning among leaf proteins
Values of Vacmax and Ja
max at 25 ºC were used to calculate leaf nitrogen fractions in
Rubisco (Pr) and photosynthetic electron transport proteins (Pb), respectively, following
equations in Niinemets and Tenhunen (1997):
mAcr
maxca
r 25.6 NMVVP = (5)
mAmc
maxa
b 06.8 NMJJP = (6)
where the value 6.25 g Rubisco (g N in Rubisco-1) converts nitrogen content to Rubisco
protein content, and the value 8.06 μmol cytochrome f (g N in bioenergetics)-1 is a
conversion factor that results from assuming a constant 1:1:1.2 (cytochrome f:
ferredoxin NADP reductase: coupling factor) stoichiometry controlling the electron
transport. Vcr is the specific activity of Rubisco at 25 ºC (20.5 μmol CO2 (g Rubisco)-1 s-
1) and Jmc is the capacity of electron transport per unit of cytochrome f at 25 ºC (156
mol electrons (mol cytochrome f)-1 s-1). Leaf nitrogen content per unit dry mass (Nm)
was measured, petioles excluded, using the Kjeldahl procedure (Bradstreet 1965). MA
was used to quantify nitrogen content on an area basis (Na = Nm MA).
Values of leaf chlorophyll content per dry mass (Cm) (determined following
Barnes et al. 1992) were used to calculate the fractions of chlorophyll associated with
PSI, PSII and LHCII. Previously, we calculated the concentration of these protein
complexes on a leaf area basis according to equations in Hikosaka and Terashima
(1995) and Niinemets and Tenhunen (1997). Fraction of nitrogen in light-harvesting
components (Pl) was computed as:
Bm
ml CN
CP = (7)
Anexo I - 9
where CB is the weighted average of chlorophyll bindings of the three protein
complexes (see Hikosaka and Terashima 1995).
The proportion of structural nitrogen was calculated as Ps = 100 - Pl - Pr - Pb.
Photosynthetic nitrogen use efficiency (PNUE) was estimated as Ammax / Nm.
Chlorophyll fluorescence measurements
Light response curves of chlorophyll fluorescence parameters were measured with a
portable pulse-modulated fluorometer (FMS 2, Hansatech Instruments Ltd., Norfolk
UK) to examine PS II acclimation. Attached leaves of five plants per treatment of Q.
petraea and Q. pyrenaica were alternately measured during three days 11:00–14:00 h
local time. Measurements were carried out in a growth chamber where the leaf
temperature was kept around 25 °C by setting the air temperature to 23.5 °C and relative
air humidity to 65%. However, for the two highest light levels a fan was also used to
prevent the leaf temperature from rising to 28 °C. The leaves were darkened for 20
minutes prior to measurements to obtain minimum (Fo) and maximum (Fm) values of
fluorescence by applying a 0.8 s saturating pulse (PPFD = 6600 μmol m-2 s-1). When the
fluorescence signal approached steady-state (Fs) in actinic light, a similar flash was
applied to obtain a value of the maximum fluorescence in light (Fm'). The minimum
fluorescence in light (Fo') was measured at each light level by applying a 5 s far-red
light pulse in temporary darkness to drain electrons from electron acceptors of PS II.
The redox state of the primary electron acceptor QA of PSII (qL) was calculated
according to Kramer et al. (2004):
s
o
om
sm '''
'qL
FF
FFFF
−−
= (8)
Anexo I - 10
The yield of the three competing pathways of de-excitation of chlorophyll in PSII, i.e.
the yields of photochemistry of PSII (ΦPSII), downregulatory non-photochemical
processes (ΦNPQ) and other energy losses (ΦNO) were also calculated (Kramer et al.
2004):
'm
s'
mPSII F
FF −=Φ (9)
NOPSIINPQ 1 Φ−Φ−=Φ (10)
and
)1/(qL1NPQ(1
o'
mNO
−++=Φ
FF (11)
where NPQ is the non-photochemical quenching of absorbed energy at each light level:
'm
'mmNPQ
FFF −
= (12)
The rate of electron transport through PSII was calculated following Rosenqvist and van
Kooten (2003):
84.0PPFD5.0ETR PSIIΦ= (13)
Non-linear regression models were fitted to describe the variation of
photochemical and non-photochemical yields with PPFD for each seedling. The light
response of ETR was modeled using a single exponential function (Rascher et al. 2000)
to estimate the maximum electron transport rate (JETR). Steady-state was estimated from
the Fs value, not from Fm', which requires longer time to reach a true steady-state. The
curves thus resemble rapid light response curves where the apparent rate of electron
transport is slightly underestimated (White and Critchley 1999). Due to the human
presence in the growth chamber the CO2 concentration increased from 380 to 550 ppm.
Anexo I - 11
Hence we could not assess mesophyll conductance from combined gas exchange and
chlorophyll fluorescence measurements.
Anatomical variables
Sections of leaf blades held in fresh carrot pith were cut around the middle region and
immersed in formalin-acetic acid-ethanol (FAA; 5:5:90) for 24 hours. The FAA was
then changed for ethanol (70º) until analysis. Measurements were made with a light
microscope, in cuts halfway between the mid-rib and the edge. The cell content was
destroyed with sodium hypochlorite and further stained to better distinguish tissues. The
thickness of adaxial plus abaxial epidermis (TE), palisade parenchyma (TPP), spongy
parenchyma (TSP) and leaf lamina (TL) were measured at three locations on five leaves
per species and light treatment.
Statistical analysis
Most variables were transformed to meet assumptions of parametric analysis. We
performed two-way analyses of variance (ANOVA) to test for the significance of light
treatment and species factors on each variable. To test the hypothesis that acclimation is
different between species, we included the interaction term between light treatment and
species in the variance model, as it tests for the statistical significance of species
difference in acclimation of variables. We used the Tukey’s Honest Significant
Difference (HSD) test to explore which means were significantly different (at P < 0.05)
among the treatments.
Anexo I - 12
Results
Gas exchange parameters
Parameters expressed on an area basis were higher in HL than in LL. For both species,
Aamax increased following transfer in AF and BF plants to values slightly lower but non-
significantly different to HL plants, and significantly higher (50%) than LL plants.
Maximum rates of electron transport (Jamax) and carboxylation (Va
cmax) increased on
exposure to high light in BF and AF plants with respect to LL (Table 1). On a mass
basis, Ammax, Vm
cmax and Jmmax did not differ between LL and HL plants. Am
max was
greater in AF plants than in all other treatments, and it did not differ significantly
among LL, HL and BF seedlings. Vmcmax and Jm
max were higher in AF than in BF and
were generally at intermediate values in LL and HL (Table 1). There were clear
differences between Q. pyrenaica and Q. petraea irrespective of the light treatment, but
both species responded similarly to the four different treatments. Q. petraea had higher
Ammax, Vm
cmax and Jmmax than Q. pyrenaica, but differences disappeared when the
variables were expressed on an area basis (Table 1). No effect of species or light
treatment was noticed for Jmax/Vcmax. Mesophyll resistances to CO2 diffusion, not taken
into account in this study, would have lowered estimates of Vcmax from real values, but
barely affected Jmax, resulting in the large Jmax/Vcmax ratios observed across treatments
(Piel et al. 2002).
Anexo I - 13
Chlorophyll fluorescence parameters
As expected, JETR and qL were greater in HL than in LL in both species (Table 2). JETR
and qL at high light (1100 μmol m-2 s-1) were similar among AF and BF plants,
significantly greater than LL and lower, but not significantly than HL plants (Table 2).
The relative contribution of photochemical (ΦPSII) and downregulatory non-
photochemical (ΦNPQ) mechanisms of processing absorbed light was similar among BF,
AF and HL plants, and different from LL plants (Table 2; Figure 1). In LL plants, ΦPSII
was lower and ΦNPQ higher than in the other treatments. Accordingly, the light level at
which ΦNPQ > ΦPSII was lowest in LL plants (~ 225 μmol m-2 s-1) and higher (~ 700
μmol m-2 s-1) in BF, AF and HL plants of Q. pyrenaica, and similarly ranged from ~
350 μmol m-2 s-1 in LL to ~ 500-550 μmol m-2 s-1 in BF, AF and HL plants of Q.
petraea (Figure 1). The pattern of unregulated non-photochemical mechanisms (ΦNO)
did not vary between species or light treatments. Seedlings of Q. pyrenaica had greater
JETR and ΦPSII(1100) than Q. petraea. It is worth noting that ΦNPQ(1100), and the
curvature of the light-response curves of ΦPSII and ΦNPQ (parameter b of non-linear
regression models; Figure 1), barely changed in AF seedlings of Q. petraea with respect
to LL, but they did in Q. pyrenaica (Table 1; Pinteraction < 0.05 only considering LL and
AF treatments).
Biochemical parameters
Nm was lower in HL and BF than in LL, while it was intermediate in AF seedlings. On
the contrary, Na was similarly higher in HL and BF than in the other two treatments
(Table 3). LL plants had a higher proportion of leaf nitrogen in light-harvesting
Anexo I - 14
components (Pl) than HL and AF plants, with BF having intermediate values.
Proportion in photosynthetic electron transport proteins (Pb) was slightly higher in HL
than in LL, AF plants exhibiting the highest values, and BF values more similar to LL
than to HL. Light treatment had a weak effect on nitrogen fractioning to Rubisco (Pr) (P
= 0.048), being higher in AF than in BF and similar between LL and HL. There was not
a significant effect of light treatment on non-photosynthetic nitrogen (Ps); however,
there was a tendency of a higher proportion of non-photosynthetic nitrogen in BF.
When nitrogen fractions were calculated per unit of photosynthetic nitrogen, LL and BF
plants had lower nitrogen in Rubisco [Pr/(Pr+Pb+Pl)] than AF and HL plants, and
nitrogen in bioenergetics [Pb/(Pr+Pb+Pl)] was similarly higher in HL, BF and AF plants
than in LL plants (data not shown). PNUE was highest in AF, and intermediate in HL
plants and similar in both species. There were differences between Q. pyrenaica and Q.
petraea in the concentration of nitrogen and the pattern of fractioning within the leaf,
which did not change with the light treatment. Nm and Pl were significantly higher in Q.
petraea than in Q. pyrenaica, while the reverse was true for Na and Ps.
There was a clear tendency for seedlings having a greater fraction of nitrogen in
photosynthetic components to show higher photosynthetic capacity (Figure 2). Ammax
was positively correlated with both Pr and Pb in both oaks (Figure 2 a, b). As a result, a
negative relationship was found between Ammax and non-photosynthetic nitrogen (Figure
2 d). No significant relationship was observed between Ammax and Pl or Nm (Figure 2 c,
e). Similar results were obtained with Vmcmax and Jm
max, instead of Ammax (data not
shown). There was a positive correlation between MA and Ps (r2: 0.19, P < 0.1 for Q.
pyrenaica and r2: 0.26, P < 0.05 for Q. petraea).
Anexo I - 15
Morphological and anatomical parameters
As expected, MA was lower in LL than HL plants. For transferred plants, leaves that
developed in high light (BF) had similar MA as HL plants, with MA intermediate in AF
plants (Table 4). MA was higher in Q. pyrenaica than in Q. petraea across all light
treatments. Lamina thickness changed with light mainly owing to changes in the
palisade parenchyma (Table 4, Figure 3). Leaves of HL and BF plants were thicker and
had thicker palisade parenchyma (generally with two layers of palisade cells) than LL
and AF plants, with some differences between species in these patterns (Pinteraction <
0.05). There was a trend for seedlings of Q. pyrenaica to have thicker palisade
parenchyma in HL than Q. petraea, but thinner in LL. Shade-developed leaves (AF)
barely altered their anatomy on exposure to high light, however, two out of the five
samples of Q. pyrenaica (none of Q. petraea) had a double layer of palisade cells,
resulting in a slight increase in lamina thickness with respect to LL samples, which had
a single layer of palisade cells. There were not significant effects of light or species on
the thickness of epidermis and spongy parenchyma tissues. Therefore, the ratio of
palisade to spongy parenchyma thickness was similarly greater in BF (1.63) and HL
(1.46), than in LL (0.67) and AF (0.87) (Pspecies > 0.15; Pinteraction > 0.15).
Discussion
Plasticity to light of leaves in long-term acclimated plants (LL vs HL)
Both oaks acclimated to low and high light by displaying contrasting functional and
structural leaf features consistent with general expectations. HL plants had thicker
Anexo I - 16
leaves, with a thicker palisade parenchyma, and superior maximum carboxylation rate,
electron transport rate and photosynthetic capacity per unit area than LL ones (e.g.
Ellsworth and Reich 1992; Evans and Poorter 2001). Such adjustments make HL plants
better able to take advantage of high radiation than LL ones, as they enable a more
active regeneration of NADP and ADP that alleviates the over-reduction of PS II
centers at high PPFD and the risk of suffering photoinhibition with respect to LL plants
(Chow 1994; Baker and Oxborough 2004). This would partly explain the gentler decline
in ΦPSII with increasing PPFD in HL (Figure 1), although differences in the rate of
photosynthetic induction between LL and HL plants cannot be excluded.
Acclimation of chloroplast ultrastructure to high light extends in some instances to
the plastic fractioning of nitrogen pools among its components, such that photosynthetic
capacity increases but the efficiency in low light decreases (Hikosaka and Terashima
1995; Niinemets and Tenhunen 1997; Niinemets et al. 1998). Nitrogen in Rubisco per
leaf nitrogen content was similar between treatments, but there was a trend for nitrogen
in electron transport components to increase in HL plants at the expense of a lower
investment in light harvesting (Table 3). Both nitrogen fractions in Rubisco and
bioenergetics per unit of photosynthetic nitrogen were also higher in HL than in LL
plants. Light-induced increases in leaf dry mass per area (i.e. increased mesophyll
tissue) are sometimes more important to enhancing photosynthetic capacity than
variations in nitrogen allocation within leaves (Ellsworth and Reich 1992; Evans and
Poorter 2001; Parelle et al. 2006; Katahata et al. 2007), which is here further supported
by the constant amount of photosynthetic machinery per unit dry mass observed in LL
and HL seedlings of both species (i.e. similar values of Vmcmax, Jm
max and Ammax ; Table
1).
Anexo I - 17
Hence seedlings of both Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica had the ability to acclimate
to the prevailing light level, and they did it in slightly different ways. The former had
greater plasticity on nitrogen concentration and partitioning to light-harvesting
pigments, and the latter had greater plasticity in mesophyll thickness, chlorophyll
fluorescence parameters and area-based gas exchange parameters. These results are
consistent with a slightly superior tolerance to shade of Q. petraea (Rodríguez-
Calcerrada et al. 2007a, b) as discussed elsewhere (Niinemets 1997; Cao 2000;
Niinemets and Valladares 2004).
Acclimation of leaves of shade-developed plants to high light before flushing (BF)
The leaf dry mass per unit area (MA) of BF leaves increased to HL values five months
after transfer, at least in part corresponding to an increase in mesophyll thickness,
namely in the palisade parenchyma (Table 4). Other authors have reported significant
increases of the lamina thickness in tree species of various successional positions and
shade-tolerances after light intensity increased before bud break (Goulet and Bellefleur
1986; Aranda et al. 2001), which suggest a considerable anatomical flexibility in shade-
induced primordia (see Eschrich et al. 1989). It is likely that cells of the palisade
parenchyma enlarged to a greater extent than LL leaves while developing in high light
and then divided into a new layer, increasing the proportion of chloroplasts in the
palisade, better able to take advantage of high light than chloroplasts in the spongy
parenchyma (Terashima and Inoue 1984).
Therefore, leaf acclimation to high light was governed by the accumulation of
photosynthetic tissue per unit area. Area-based photosynthetic parameters of BF leaves
increased as much as in AF plants, and were not significantly different from HL. On the
Anexo I - 18
contrary, mass-based estimates (Vmcmax, Jm
max and Ammax) were similar or slightly lower
than in LL and HL, but clearly lower than in AF plants (Table 1). Poor nitrogen
readjustments among photosynthetic components on exposure to high light would have
contributed to reduce photosynthetic efficiency per unit dry mass in BF plants. It is hard
to tell whether differences in nitrogen assignment and mass-based photosynthetic
parameters between BF and AF seedlings were due to the longer exposure to high light
in BF plants (five vs one month), which had eventually affected photosynthetic
performance, or rather to the moment of exposure (before vs after flushing). However,
since the HL leaves also were subjected to high light for the same time period as the BF
plants and in most other respects exhibited similar responses as the BF plants, it is likely
that the timing relative to leaf flushing of the transfer, rather than the length of time
transferred, was responsible for the mass-based and N-related physiology of the BF
plants. The completion of leaf development in a new, higher light environment in BF
seedlings could have shaped leaves not to maximize photosynthetic efficiency but rather
to resist other stress factors linked to high light (e.g. higher evaporative demand).
Increasing MA could be partly ascribed to increasing thickness of mesophyll cell-walls,
which would explain the tendency for higher structural nitrogen in these leaves and
could limit CO2 diffusion into the chloroplasts (Miyazawa and Terashima 2001), in both
cases reducing their nitrogen use efficiency (Table 3).
Acclimation of shade-developed leaves to high light after flushing (AF)
Both oaks showed a great ability to acclimate their leaves to high light after flushing in
low light. Other tree species, both evergreen and deciduous, have shown the ability to
fully acclimate the photosynthetic capacity of shade-developed foliage to increasing
Anexo I - 19
light intensity (Strauss-Debenedetti and Bazzaz 1991; Naidu and DeLucia 1997b and
1998). Although the risk of being photoinhibited for the remainder of the summer
season should pose a strong driving force for acclimation, even for leaves transferred to
HL half-way through their life-span, it was not obvious to us that fully expanded leaves
of that age would retain much plasticity. It has been observed that the modest change in
thickness of shade-developed mature leaves limits the extent to which photosynthesis
acclimates to increasing light (Oguchi et al. 2003). In this study, only four weeks after
exposure to high light, the photosynthetic capacity, the maximum carboxylation rate and
the maximum electron transport rate per unit area all increased to values non-
significantly different to leaves of plants constantly maintained in high light for two
years, despite little acclimation in leaf anatomy. Accordingly, estimates of key leaf traits
of photosynthesis on a mass basis (Vmcmax and Jm
max) were rapidly modulated by the
change in the light intensity, and showed a trend to be higher than in HL or LL plants;
photosynthetic capacity per unit dry mass and nitrogen use efficiency were also highest
in AF plants (Tables 1-3). We suggest that the rapid reorganization in the protein pool
largely accounted for this pattern (Yamashita et al. 2000; Frak et al. 2001; Han et al.
2006), and contributed to overcome carry-over effects from anatomical acclimation of
leaves to shade. On exposure to high light, nitrogen in light harvesting decreased in
parallel to increasing partitioning to electron transport components and Rubisco,
suggesting a rapid re-mobilization of nitrogen among photosynthetic components. The
degradation of chlorophyll-binding proteins in response to high light can facilitate the
synthesis of Rubisco and compounds involved in the electron transport (Yang et al.
1998; Walters 2005). These adjustments translate into a higher capacity for using high
levels of radiation in photosynthesis. As such, even though non-photochemical energy
quenching plays an important role in protecting the PS II from oxidative damages
Anexo I - 20
within the first days upon exposure to high irradiance (Naidu and DeLucia 1997b;
Müller et al. 2001; Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al. 2007a), acclimation of photochemistry
reduced the level of excess energy (Rosenqvist and van Kooten 2003; Baker and
Oxborough 2004) and thus leveled off thermal dissipation of AF plants to that of HL
and BF ones (Figure 1, Table 2). This was more evident for Q. pyrenaica, probably in
relation to a different acclimation in the rate of photosynthetic induction, as suggests the
similar acclimation of photosynthetic capacity in both species.
Other factors might have contributed to this large increase in photosynthetic
capacity. For instance, Oguchi et al. (2003 and 2005) found that the surface of
chloroplasts facing the intercellular spaces increased after transfer from low to high
light as a result of an enlargement in chloroplast volume. Besides, experimental
conditions could have influenced the response of seedlings. The use of fertilized, well-
watered plants could have favored their response to light (Ramalho et al. 2000; Parelle
et al. 2006), and the moderate light intensity to which seedlings were exposed when
moved out the shading structures (around 1000 μmol m-2 s-1 maximum PAR) may also
have enhanced acclimation potential of leaves (Naramoto et al. 2006), as proved by the
slight decrease in Fv/Fm immediately after transference (Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al.
2007a).
Interspecific differences in leaf acclimation of shade-developed plants
We hypothesized that interspecific differences in leaf traits would have an influence on
the response to high light. We saw clear differences in many leaf traits between the two
species, but these differences were in general not significantly altered by the light
regime. Whereas seedlings of Q. pyrenaica had a greater capacity for electron transport
Anexo I - 21
at high radiation (ΦPSII(1100) and JETR), those of Q. petraea had higher Ammax, Vm
cmax,
Jmmax, Pl, and lower MA and Ps than Q. pyrenaica (Tables 1-4). Poorer photosynthetic
performance per unit dry mass in seedlings of Q. pyrenaica could be partly attributed to
the higher proportion in non-photosynthetic nitrogen, but differences in photorespiration
and internal diffusion of CO2 should not be ruled out. Additionally, the lesser growth in
Q. pyrenaica in the month preceding photosynthetic measurements (66 % lower height
growth all treatments pooled; data not shown) could have caused an end-product
inhibition of photosynthesis with respect to Q. petraea (Paul and Foyer 2001). Overall,
these results point to a greater tolerance to shade, and a somewhat more “high-
metabolism” leaf physiological strategy in the seedlings of Q. petraea than Q.
pyrenaica (Reich et al. 1999), except for their similar photosynthetic nitrogen use
efficiency (Wright et al. 2001; Lusk et al. 2003). But despite these results, neither
difference in the mechanisms nor barely in the extent of acclimation was observed for a
plethora of leaf traits, perhaps because ecological differences between the two oaks are
small enough that distinct patterns of acclimation of photosynthesis in optimal nutrient
and water conditions should not be expected. The only differences in acclimation
response of the two species involved AF seedlings, in which Q. pyrenaica had a trend
for thicker leaves and palisade parenchyma than low-light plants, whereas Q. petraea
had not. Significant enlargement of mesophyll cells were observed in mature leaves of
deciduous species Acer rufinerve on exposure to high light (Oguchi et al. 2005).
However, it is likely that the second layer of palisade cells in some samples of Q.
pyrenaica was already formed before transfer.
In summary, leaves of both oaks strongly acclimated photosynthetic capacity to
high light via adjustments in physiological and morphological features. The nature of
Anexo I - 22
such adjustments varied with the time of exposure relative to the time of leaf expansion,
being quite similar in both species.
Acknowledgements
This work was supported by the Consejería de Medio Ambiente y Desarrollo General de
la Comunidad Autónoma de Madrid. J. Rodríguez-Calcerrada was supported by a
scholarship from the Consejería de Educación de la Comunidad de Madrid (C.M.) and
the Fondo Social Europeo (F.S.E.), whereas P. Reich’s participation was supported in
part by the National Science Foundation LTER program.
References
Aranda, I., L.F. Bergasa, L. Gil and J.A. Pardos. 2001. Effects of relative irradiance on
the leaf structure of Fagus sylvatica L. seedlings planted in the understory of a
Pinus sylvestris L. stand after thinning. Ann. For. Sci. 58:673-680.
Baker, N.R. and K. Oxborough. 2004. Chlorophyll fluorescence as a probe of
photosynthetic productivity. In, Papageorgiou, C. and Govindjee (eds.) Chlorophyll
a fluorescence: a signature of photosynthesis, pp: 65-82. Springer, The Netherlands.
Barnes, J.D., L. Balaguer, E. Manrique and A.W. Davison. 1992. A reappraisal of the
use of DMSO for the extraction and determination of chlorophyll a and b in lichens
and higher plants. Env. Exp. Bot. 32:85-100.
Bernacchi, C.J., E.L. Singsaas, C. Pimentel, A.R. Portis and S.P. Long. 2001. Improved
temperature response functions for models of Rubisco-limited photosynthesis. Plant
Cell Environ. 24:253-259.
Anexo I - 23
Bradstreet, R.B. 1965. The Kjeldahl Method for Organic Nitrogen. Academic Press,
New York, USA.
Cao, K-F. 2000. Leaf anatomy and chlorophyll content of 12 woody species in
contrasting light conditions in a Bornean heath forest. Can. J. Bot. 78:1245-1253.
Chow, W.S. 1994. Photoprotection and photoinhibitory damage. Adv. Mol. Cell Biol.
10:151-196.
Dreyer, E, X. Le Roux, M. Montpied, F.A. Daudet and F. Masson. 2001. Temperature
response of leaf photosynthesis capacity in seedlings from seven temperate tree
species. Tree Physiol. 21:223-232
Ellsworth, D.S. and P.B. Reich. 1992. Leaf mass per area, nitrogen content and
photosynthetic carbon gain in Acer saccharum seedlings in contrasting forest light
environments. Funct. Ecol. 6:423-435.
Eschrich, W., R. Burchardt and S. Essiamah. 1989. The induction of sun and shade
leaves of the European beech (Fagus sylvatica L.): anatomical studies. Trees 3:1-10.
Evans, J.R. and H. Poorter. 2001. Photosynthetic acclimation of plants to growth
irradiance: the relative importance of specific leaf area and nitrogen partitioning in
maximizing carbon gain. Plant Cell Environ. 24:755-767.
Farquhar, G.D., S. von Caemmerer and J.A. Berry. 1980. A biochemical model of
photosynthetic CO2 assimilation on leaves of C3 species. Planta 149:78-90.
Frak, E., X. Le Roux, P. Millard, E. Dreyer, G. Jaouen, B. Saint-Joanis and R. Wendler.
2001. Changes in total leaf nitrogen and partitioning of leaf nitrogen drive
photosynthetic acclimation to light in fully developed walnut leaves. Plant Cell
Environ. 24:1279-1288.
Anexo I - 24
Gómez-Aparicio, L., F. Valladares and R. Zamora. 2006. Differential light responses of
Mediterranean tree saplings: linking ecophysiology with regeneration niche in four
co-occurring species. Tree Physiol. 26:947-958.
Goulet, F. and P. Bellefleur. 1986. Leaf morphology plasticity in response to light
environment in deciduous tree species and its implications on forest succession.
Can. J. For. Res. 16:1192-1195.
Han, Q., M. Araki and Y. Chiba. 2006. Acclimation to irradiance of leaf photosynthesis
and associated nitrogen reallocation in photosynthetic apparatus in the year
following thinning of a young stand of Chamaecyparis obtusa. Photosynthetica
44:523-529.
Harley, P.C., R.B. Thomas, J.F. Reynolds and B.R. Strain. 1992. Modelling
photosynthesis of cotton grown in elevated CO2. Plant Cell Environ. 15:271-282.
Hikosaka, K. and I. Terashima. 1995. A model of the acclimation of photosynthesis in
the leaves of C3 plants to sun and shade with respect to nitrogen use. Plant Cell
Environ. 18:605-618.
Katahata, S-I., M. Naramoto, Y. Kakubari and Y. Mukai. 2007. Photosynthetic capacity
and nitrogen partitioning in foliage of the evergreen shrub Daphniphyllum humile
along a natural light gradient. Tree Physiol. 27:199-208
Kramer, D.M., G. Johnson, O. Kiirats and G.E. Edwards. 2004. New fluorescence
parameters for the determination of QA redox state and excitation energy fluxes.
Photosyn. Res. 79:209-218.
Külheim, C., J. Ågren and S. Jansson. 2002. Rapid regulation of light harvesting and
plant fitness in the field. Science 297:91-93.
Anexo I - 25
Lusk, C.H., I. Wright and P.B. Reich. 2003. Photosynthetic differences contribute to
competitive advantage of evergreen angiosperm trees over evergreen conifers in
productive habitats. New Phytol. 160:329-336.
Müller, P., X-P. Li and K.N. Niyogi. 2001. Non-photochemical quenching. A response
to excess light energy. Plant Physiol.125:1558-1566.
Miyazawa, S.-I. and I. Terashima. 2001. Slow development of leaf photosynthesis in an
evergreen broad-leaved tree, Castanopsis sieboldii: relationships between leaf
anatomical characteristics and photosynthetic rate. Plant Cell Environ. 24:279-291.
Naidu, S.L. and E.H. De Lucia. 1997a. Growth, allocation and water relations of shade-
grown Quercus rubra L. saplings exposed to a late-season canopy gap. Ann. Bot.
80:335-344.
Naidu, S.L. and E.H. De Lucia. 1997b. Acclimation of shade-developed leaves on
saplings exposed to late-season canopy gaps. Tree Physiol. 17:367-376.
Naidu, S.L. and E.H. De Lucia. 1998. Physiological and morphological acclimation of
shade-grown tree seedlings to late-season canopy gap formation. Plant Ecol. 138:27-
40.
Naramoto, M., S-I. Katahata, Y. Mukai and Y. Kakubari. 2006. Photosynthetic
acclimation and photoinhibition on exposure to high light in shade-developed leaves
of Fagus crenata seedlings. Flora 201:120-126.
Niinemets, Ü. 1997. Role of foliar nitrogen in light-harvesting and shade-tolerance in
four temperate deciduous woody species. Funct. Ecol. 11:518-531.
Niinemets, Ü. and J.D. Tenhunen. 1997. A model separating leaf structural and
physiological effects on carbon gain along light gradients for the shade-tolerant
species Acer saccharum. Plant Cell Environ. 20:845-866.
Anexo I - 26
Niinemets, Ü., O. Kull and J.D. Tenhunen. 1998. An analysis of light effects on foliar
morphology, physiology, and light interception in temperate deciduous woody
species of contrasting shade tolerance. Tree Physiol. 18:681-696.
Niinemets, Ü. and F. Valladares. 2004. Photosynthetic acclimation to simultaneous and
interacting environmental stresses along natural light gradients: optimality and
constraints. Plant Biol. 6:254-268.
Oguchi, R., K. Hikosaka and T. Hirose. 2003. Does the photosynthetic light-acclimation
need change in leaf anatomy? Plant Cell Environ. 26:505-512.
Oguchi, R., K. Hikosaka and T. Hirose. 2005. Leaf anatomy as a constraint for
photosynthetic acclimation: differential responses in leaf anatomy to increasing
growth irradiance among three deciduous trees. Plant Cell Environ. 28:916-927.
Ort, D.R. 2001. When there is too much light. Plant Physiol. 125:29-32.
Parelle, J., J-P. Roudaut and M. Ducrey. 2006. Light acclimation and photosynthetic
response of beech (Fagus sylvatica L.) saplings under artificial shading or natural
Mediterranean conditions. Ann. For. Sci. 63:257-266.
Paul, M.J. and C.H. Foyer. 2001. Sink regulation of photosynthesis. J. Exp. Bot.
52:1383-1400.
Piel, C., E. Frak, X. Le Roux and B. Genty. 2002. Effect of local irradiance on CO2
transfer conductance of mesophyll in walnut. J. Exp. Bot. 53:2423-2430.
Ramalho, J.C., T.L. Pons, H.W. Groeneveld, H.G. Azinheira and M.A. Nunes. 2000.
Photosynthetic acclimation to high light conditions in mature leaves of Coffea
arabica L.: role of xantophylls, quenching mechanisms and nitrogen nutrition. Aust.
J. Plant. Physiol. 27:43-51.
Anexo I - 27
Rascher, U., M. Liebig and Ü. Lüttge. 2000. Evaluation of instant light-response curves
of chlorophyll fluorescence parameters obtained with a portable chlorophyll
fluorometer on site in the field. Plant Cell Environ. 23:1397-1405.
Reich, P.B., D.S. Ellsworth, M.B. Walters, J.M. Vose, C. Gresham, J.C. Volin and
W.D. Bowman. 1999. Generality of leaf trait relationships: a test across six biomes.
Ecology: 80:1955-1969.
Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., J.A. Pardos, L. Gil, P.B. Reich and I. Aranda. 2007a. Light
response in seedlings of a temperate (Quercus petraea) and a sub-Mediterranean
species (Quercus pyrenaica): contrasting ecological strategies as potential keys to
regeneration performance in mixed marginal populations. Plant Ecol.
DOI:10.1007/s11258-007-9329-2.
Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., J.A. Pardos, L. Gil and I. Aranda. 2007b. Acclimation to light
in seedlings of Quercus petraea (Mattuschka) Liebl. and Quercus pyrenaica Willd.
planted along a forest-edge gradient. Trees 21:45-54.
Rosenqvist. E. and O. van Kooten. 2003. Chlorophyll fluorescence: a general
description and nomenclature. In, De Ell, J.R. and Toivonen, P.M.A. (eds.) Practical
applications of chlorophyll fluorescence in plant biology, pp: 31-77. Kluwer
Academic Publishers, The Netherlands.
Schurr, U., A. Walter and U. Rascher. 2006. Functional dynamics of plant growth and
photosynthesis – from steady-state to dynamics – from homogeneity to
heterogeneity. Plant Cell Environ. 29:340-352.
Seemann, J.R., T.D. Sharkey, J.L. Wang and B. Osmond. 1987. Environmental effects
on photosynthesis, nitrogen-use efficiency, and metabolite pools in leaves of sun
and shade plants. Plant Physiol. 84:796-802.
Anexo I - 28
Sims, D.A. and R.W. Pearcy. 1992. Response of leaf anatomy and photosynthetic
capacity in Alocasia macrorrhiza (Araceae) to a transfer from low to high light. Am.
J. Bot. 79:449-455.
Strauss-Debenedetti, S. and F.A. Bazzaz. 1991. Plasticity and acclimation to light in
tropical Moraceae of different sucessional positions. Oecologia 87:377-387.
Terashima, I. and Y Inoue. 1984. Comparative photosynthetic properties of palisade
tissue chloroplasts and spongy tissue chloroplasts of Camelia japonica L.:
functional adjustments of the photosynthetic apparatus to light environment within a
leaf. Plant Cell Physiol. 25:555-563.
Tognetti, R., G. Minotta, S. Pinzauti, M. Michelozzi and M. Borghetti. 1998.
Acclimation to changing light conditions of long-term shade-grown beech (Fagus
sylvatica L.) seedlings of different geographic origins. Trees 12:326-333.
Valladares, F., E. Martínez-Ferri, L. Balaguer, E. Pérez-Corona and E. Manrique. 2000.
Low leaf-level response to light and nutrients in Mediterranean evergreen oaks: a
conservative resource-use strategy? New Phytol. 148:79-91.
Walters, R.G. 2005. Towards an understanding of photosynthetic acclimation. J. Exp.
Bot. 56:435-447.
White, A.J. and C. Critchley. 1999. Rapid light curves: A new fluorescence method to
assess the state of the photosynthetic apparatus. Photosynth. Res. 59:63-72.
Wright, I.J., P.B. Reich and M. Westoby. 2001. Strategy-shifts in leaf physiology,
structure and nutrient content between species of high and low rainfall, and high and
low nutrient habitats. Funct. Ecol. 15:423-434.
Yamashita, N., A. Ishida, H. Kushima and N. Tanaka. 2000. Acclimation to sudden
increase in light favoring an invasive over native trees in subtropical islands, Japan.
Oecologia 125:412-419.
Anexo I - 29
Yang, D.H., J. Webster, Z. Adam, M. Lindahl and B. Andersson. 1998. Induction of
acclimative proteolysis of the light-harvesting chlorophyll a/b protein of
photosystem II in response to elevated light intensities. Plant Physiol. 118:827-834.
Yin, A.H. and G.N. Johnson. 2000. Photosynthetic acclimation of higher plants to
growth in fluctuating light environments. Photosynth. Res. 63:97-107.
Anexo I - 30
Table 1. Means (± S.E.) of gas exchange parameters (n = 4-5). Different letters indicate
significantly different treatment means at P < 0.05 (Tukey’s HSD test following
ANOVA), for both species combined when Pinteraction ≥ 0.05. Statistically significant
differences between species at P < 0.05 are denoted with an asterisk (ns: P ≥ 0.05), for
all treatments combined when Pinteraction ≥ 0.05. Abbreviations are LL: plants in low
light, BF: plants transferred to high light before leaf flushing, AF: plants transferred to
high light after leaf flushing, HL: plants in high light, Aamax (μmol m-2 s-1):
photosynthetic capacity per unit area, Vacmax (μmol m-2 s-1): maximum rate of
carboxylation per unit area, Jamax (μmol m-2 s-1): maximum rate of electron transport per
unit area, Ammax (μmol g-1 s-1): photosynthetic capacity per unit mass, Vm
cmax (μmol g-1 s-
1): maximum rate of carboxylation per unit mass, Jmmax (μmol g-1 s-1): maximum rate of
electron transport per unit mass, Jmax/Vcmax (μmol μmol-1): ratio of maximum electron
transport to maximum carboxylation.
Variable LL BF AF HLQ. pyr. 20.5 ± 1.5 33.9 ± 2.7 36.2 ± 2.2 41.9 ± 5.0Q. pet. 24.8 ± 1.5 34.1 ± 2.0 34.8 ± 2.3 35.4 ± 1.3Q. pyr. 54.0 ± 4.4 70.8 ± 5.8 72.9 ± 8.5 77.2 ± 4.8Q. pet. 57.9 ± 3.9 70.5 ± 1.2 76.9 ± 9.7 86.3 ± 10.6Q. pyr. 87 ± 9 144 ± 12 156 ± 14 183 ± 22Q. pet. 106 ± 5 149 ± 9 151 ± 13 158 ± 11Q. pyr. 0.50 ± 0.04 0.46 ± 0.04 0.73 ± 0.06 0.61 ± 0.11Q. pet. 0.68 ± 0.06 0.59 ± 0.04 0.85 ± 0.03 0.60 ± 0.04Q. pyr. 1.32 ± 0.08 0.97 ± 0.08 1.47 ± 0.20 1.12 ± 0.13Q. pet. 1.58 ± 0.12 1.22 ± 0.06 1.89 ± 0.23 1.48 ± 0.22Q. pyr. 2.14 ± 0.22 1.96 ± 0.14 3.15 ± 0.36 2.68 ± 0.49Q. pet. 2.89 ± 0.21 2.57 ± 0.18 3.70 ± 0.20 2.71 ± 0.26Q. pyr. 1.63 ± 0.15 2.04 ± 0.16 2.19 ± 0.14 2.37 ± 0.21Q. pet. 1.86 ± 0.16 2.11 ± 0.14 2.01 ± 0.14 1.87 ± 0.13
V mcmax
J mmax
J max/V cmax
A amax
V acmax
J amax
A mmax
Treatment
b b
b
b
a
a
*
*
ns
a
a
a
ns
ns
ns
*
a ab b
a
b
a
a
a
ab
Species
ab
ab
a
a
ab
bb
b
b
Anexo I - 31
Table 2. Means (± S.E.) of gas exchange parameters (n = 4-5). Different letters indicate
significantly different treatment means at P < 0.05 (Tukey’s HSD test following
ANOVA), for both species combined when Pinteraction ≥ 0.05. Statistically significant
differences between species at P < 0.05 are denoted with an asterisk (ns: P ≥ 0.05), for
all treatments combined when Pinteraction ≥ 0.05. Abbreviations are JETR (μmol m-2 s-1):
maximum electron transport rate from fluorescence, qL(1100): photochemical
quenching at 1100 μmol m-2 s-1 PPFD, ΦPSII(1100): effective photochemical quantum
yield of PSII at 1100 μmol m-2 s-1 PPFD, ΦNPQ(1100): yield of downregulatory non-
photochemical dissipation of energy at 1100 μmol m-2 s-1 PPFD, bΦPSII: curvature of
light response of ΦPSII, bΦNPQ: curvature of light response of ΦNPQ. See Table 1 for
abbreviations of treatments.
Variable LL BF AF HLQ. pyr. 53 ± 9 123 ± 12 123 ± 12 140 ± 16Q. pet. 61 ± 6 93 ± 16 93 ± 13 107 ± 20
Q. pyr. 0.13 ± 0.02 0.25 ± 0.03 0.23 ± 0.02 0.27 ± 0.03Q. pet. 0.12 ± 0.01 0.19 ± 0.03 0.23 ± 0.03 0.25 ± 0.06
Q. pyr. 0.12 ± 0.01 0.26 ± 0.02 0.26 ± 0.02 0.29 ± 0.03Q. pet. 0.13 ± 0.01 0.20 ± 0.03 0.20 ± 0.03 0.23 ± 0.04
Q. pyr. 0.63 ± 0.01 0.50 ± 0.04 0.50 ± 0.02 0.50 ± 0.04Q. pet. 0.59 ± 0.02 0.55 ± 0.03 0.58 ± 0.03 0.53 ± 0.02
Q. pyr. 4.30 ± 0.6 1.74 ± 0.2 1.47 ± 0.2 1.57 ± 0.2Q. pet. 2.89 ± 0.5 2.26 ± 0.5 2.41 ± 0.6 1.84 ± 0.6
Q. pyr. 4.11 ± 0.6 1.29 ± 0.2 1.12 ± 0.2 1.35 ± 0.2Q. pet. 2.69 ± 0.5 1.74 ± 0.3 2.08 ± 0.5 1.7 ± 0.6
Treatment
J ETR
qL(1100)
ΦPSII(1100)
ΦNPQ(1100)
b ΦPSII(10-3)
b ΦNPQ(10-3)
ns
ns
Species
*
ns
*
ns
a
a
a
b
b
b a
a
a
b
ab
a
a
b b
b
b
b b
b
a
a
a
b
Anexo I - 32
Table 3. Means (± S.E.) of gas exchange parameters (n = 4-5). Different letters indicate
significantly different treatment means at P < 0.05 (Tukey’s HSD test following
ANOVA), for both species combined when Pinteraction ≥ 0.05. Statistically significant
differences between species at P < 0.05 are denoted with an asterisk (ns: P ≥ 0.05), for
all treatments combined when Pinteraction ≥ 0.05. Abbreviations are Nm (mg g-1): nitrogen
content per unit leaf mass, Na (g m-2): nitrogen content per unit leaf area, Pl (%):
nitrogen fraction in light-harvesting components, Pb (%): nitrogen fraction in electron
transport proteins, Pr (%): nitrogen fraction in Rubisco, Ps (%): nitrogen fraction in
structural components, PNUE (μmol gN-1 s-1): photosynthetic nitrogen use efficiency. See
Table 1 for abbreviations of treatments.
Variable LL BF AF HLQ. pyr. 29.9 ± 1.8 27.5 ± 1.4 28.8 ± 1.0 26.9 ± 0.9Q. pet. 35.1 ± 1.1 28.5 ± 1.1 32.2 ± 1.06 27.2 ± 1.2Q. pyr. 1.23 ± 0.10 1.99 ± 0.10 1.44 ± 0.07 1.93 ± 0.11Q. pet. 1.29 ± 0.05 1.61 ± 0.11 1.33 ± 0.15 1.61 ± 0.11Q. pyr. 24.9 ± 2.5 19.9 ± 2.8 18.5 ± 1.4 18.2 ± 1.7Q. pet. 30.7 ± 1.2 23.9 ± 2.3 25.2 ± 2.7 20.3 ± 1.8Q. pyr. 5.7 ± 0.4 5.8 ± 0.6 8.8 ± 1.1 7.7 ± 1.3Q. pet. 6.5 ± 0.3 7.1 ± 0.4 9.2 ± 0.4 8.0 ± 0.8Q. pyr. 34.4 ± 0.9 28.2 ± 3.5 39.9 ± 5.5 31.8 ± 3.8Q. pet. 35.2 ± 3.2 33.5 ± 2.6 45.7 ± 4.4 42.9 ± 6.5Q. pyr. 35.0 ± 2.9 46.0 ± 6.2 32.8 ± 7.4 42.4 ± 5.7Q. pet. 27.6 ± 4.4 35.4 ± 3.2 19.9 ± 5.6 28.8 ± 7.8Q. pyr. 16.9 ± 1.4 17.1 ± 1.3 25.3 ± 2.2 22.1 ± 3.5Q. pet. 19.2 ± 1.2 20.6 ± 1.4 26.8 ± 1.5 22.4 ± 1.7
Species
P b
P r
P s
P NUE
a
b
aN m
N a
P l
ab
a
ab
abb
b
a
b
a
ab
b
a
ns
*
ns
b
a
b
a
ab
a
a
*
*
*
ns
a
a
a
Treatment
ab
a
a
Anexo I - 33
Table 4. Means (± S.E.) of gas exchange parameters (n = 4-5). Different letters indicate
significantly different treatment means at P < 0.05 (Tukey’s HSD test following
ANOVA); differences specified for each species when Pinteraction < 0.05. Statistically
significant differences between species at P < 0.05 are denoted with an asterisk (ns: P ≥
0.05), for all treatments combined when Pinteraction ≥ 0.05. Abbreviations are MA (g m-2):
leaf dry mass per area, TL (μm): leaf thickness, TE (μm): epidermis thickness, TPP (μm):
palisade parenchyma thickness, TSP (μm): spongy parenchyma thickness. See Table 1
for abbreviations of treatments.
Variable LL BF AF HLQ. pyr. 40.9 ± 1.0 72.6 ± 1.5 50.3 ± 2.2 67.9 ± 3.7Q. pet. 37.4 ± 1.4 56.6 ± 2.2 40.9 ± 2.9 58.7 ± 2.5Q. pyr. 91 ± 3 a 132 ± 8 bc 112 ± 6 ab 154 ± 13 cQ. pet. 101 ± 4 a 134 ± 7 b 99 ± 3 a 128 ± 4 b
Q. pyr. 24.2 ± 1.3 28.3 ± 1.3 27.0 ± 0.9 28.5 ± 2.5Q. pet. 25.0 ± 0.9 27.4 ± 1.2 25.9 ± 1.5 26.4 ± 0.7Q. pyr. 26.3 ± 1.0 a 59.1 ± 6.2 bc 41.7 ± 5.7 ab 75.1 ± 7.0 cQ. pet. 30.5 ± 1.1 a 69.5 ± 5.6 b 30.9 ± 1.9 a 59.1 ± 2.9 b
Q. pyr. 40.3 ± 2.0 44.4 ± 3.3 43.2 ± 1.4 50.0 ± 4.3Q. pet. 45.3 ± 2.3 37.5 ± 3.6 41.7 ± 1.2 42.1 ± 2.3
a
ns
ns a
Treatment
a
c a
Species
*
ns
ns
a a
M A
T L
T E
T PP
T SP
a
b a
a
a
Anexo I - 34
Figure legends
Figure 1. Variation of photochemical and non-photochemical yields of absorbed energy
with light [ΦPSII = m+a exp(-b ppfd); ΦNPQ = m (1-exp(-b ppfd)); ΦNO = m-a (exp(-b
ppfd))] in seedlings of Q. pyrenaica (a, c, e, g) and Q. petraea (b, d, f, h). ΦPSII:
triangles, ΦNPQ: squares, ΦNO: circles. Vertical lines indicate PPFD at which ΦPSII =
ΦNPQ. Data points are means (n = 4-5) ± S.E.
Figure 2. Relationships between leaf nitrogen estimated in a) Rubisco (Pr), b)
photosynthetic electron transport (Pb), c) light harvesting (Pl) and d) structural
components (Ps), and e) nitrogen content (Nm), with mass-based photosynthesis in LL
(circles), HL (squares), BF (triangles) and AF (diamonds) seedlings of Q. petraea (open
symbols, dashed lines) and Q. pyrenaica (filled symbols, continuous lines). Regression
lines are a): y = 0.45 ln x - 0.73 for Q. pyrenaica and y = 0.28 ln x - 0.17 for Q. petraea,
b): y = 0.49 ln x - 0.25 for Q. pyrenaica and y = 0.57 ln x - 0.36 for Q. petraea, d): y = -
0.49 ln x + 2.58 for Q. pyrenaica and y = -0.36 ln x + 2.07 for Q. petraea; regression
lines indicated when P ≤ 0.1. Notice that x-axis scales are different.
Figure 3. Transverse sections of leaves of HL (a, e), BF (b, f), AF (c, g) and LL (d, h)
plants of Q. pyrenaica (a-d) and Q. petraea (e-h). Light micrograph magnification is
400X. Depth of sections is 20-30 μm.
Anexo I - 35
Figure 1.
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
PPFD (μmol m-2 s-1)
ΦPS
II; Φ
NPQ
; ΦN
O
0 250 500 750 100012501500 0 250 500 750 100012501500
g h (HL)
0.0
0.20.4
0.60.8
1.0e f (AF)
0.0
0.20.4
0.60.8
1.0c d (BF)
0.0
0.20.4
0.60.8
1.0a b (LL)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
PPFD (μmol m-2 s-1)
ΦPS
II; Φ
NPQ
; ΦN
O
0 250 500 750 100012501500 0 250 500 750 100012501500 0 250 500 750 100012501500
g h (HL)
0.0
0.20.4
0.60.8
1.0e f (AF)
0.0
0.20.4
0.60.8
1.0c d (BF)
0.0
0.20.4
0.60.8
1.0a b (LL)
Anexo I - 36
Figure 2.
Pr (%) Pb (%)
Nm (mg N g-1)
Ps (%)Pl (%)20 30 40 50 60 70A
mm
ax(μ
mol
CO
2g-1
s-1)
R2 = 0.24; P = 0.04 R2 = 0.31; P = 0.02 dR2 = 0.24; P = 0.04 R2 = 0.31; P = 0.02R2 = 0.24; P = 0.04 R2 = 0.31; P = 0.02 d
10 20 30 400.00.20.40.60.81.01.2
R2 = 0.02; P > 0.10 R2 = 0.00; P > 0.10 cR2 = 0.02; P > 0.10 R2 = 0.00; P > 0.10R2 = 0.02; P > 0.10 R2 = 0.00; P > 0.10 c
10 20 30 40
R2 = 0.18; P = 0.08 R2 = 0.41; P = 0.006 a
10 20 30 40
R2 = 0.18; P = 0.08 R2 = 0.41; P = 0.006 aR2 = 0.18; P = 0.08 R2 = 0.41; P = 0.006R2 = 0.18; P = 0.08 R2 = 0.41; P = 0.006 a
0.00.20.40.60.81.01.2
2 4 6 8 10 12
R2 = 0.40; P = 0.006 R2 = 0.72; P = 0.000 b
2 4 6 8 10 12
R2 = 0.40; P = 0.006 R2 = 0.72; P = 0.000 bR2 = 0.40; P = 0.006 R2 = 0.72; P = 0.000R2 = 0.40; P = 0.006 R2 = 0.72; P = 0.000 b
20 25 30 35 40
R2 = 0.16; P > 0.10 R2 = 0.14; P > 0.10 e
20 25 30 35 40
R2 = 0.16; P > 0.10 R2 = 0.14; P > 0.10 eR2 = 0.16; P > 0.10 R2 = 0.14; P > 0.10R2 = 0.16; P > 0.10 R2 = 0.14; P > 0.10 e
0.00.20.40.60.81.01.2
Anexo I - 37
Figure 3.
(a)
(e)(e)
50 µm
(c)(c)
(g)(g)
(d)(d)
(h)
(b)(b)
(f)(f)
50 µm
Anexo I - 38
ANEXO II
Light response in seedlings of a temperate (Quercus petraea) and a sub-
Mediterranean species (Quercus pyrenaica): contrasting ecological
strategies as potential keys to regeneration performance in mixed
marginal populations
Manuscrito en prensa en la revista Plant Ecology, DOI: 10.1007/s11258-007-9329-2
Autores: Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., Pardos J.A., Gil L., Reich P.B., Aranda I.
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
12
3 Light response in seedlings of a temperate (Quercus petraea)
4 and a sub-Mediterranean species (Quercus pyrenaica):
5 contrasting ecological strategies as potential keys to
6 regeneration performance in mixed marginal populations
7 Jesus Rodrıguez-Calcerrada Jose Alberto Pardos
8 Luis Gil Peter B. Reich Ismael Aranda
9 Received: 18 September 2006 / Accepted: 12 June 200710 � Springer Science+Business Media B.V. 2007
11
12 Abstract In order to understand better the ecol-
13 ogy of the temperate species Quercus petraea and
14 the sub-Mediterranean species Quercus pyrenaica,
15 two deciduous oaks, seedlings were raised in two
16 contrasting light environments (SH, 5.3% full
17 sunlight vs. HL, 70% full sunlight) for 2 years,
18 and a subset of the SH seedlings were transferred
19 to HL (SH–HL) in the summer of the second year.
20 We predicted that Q. pyrenaica would behave more
21 as a stress-tolerant species, with lower specific leaf
22 area (SLA), allocation to leaf mass, and growth rate
23 and less responsiveness to light in these metrics,
24 than Q. petraea, presumed to be more competitive
25 when resources, especially light and water, are
26abundant. Seedlings of Q. petraea had larger leaves
27with higher SLA, and exhibited a greater relative
28growth rate (RGR) in both SH and HL. They also
29displayed a higher proportion of biomass in stems
30(SMF), and a lower root to shoot ratio (R/S) in HL
31than those of Q. pyrenaica, which sprouted pro-
32fusely, and had higher rates of photosynthesis (An)
33and stomatal conductance (gwv), but lower whole-
34plant net assimilation rate (NAR). On exposure to a
35sudden increase in light, SH–HL seedlings of both
36species showed a short period of photoinhibition,
37but fully acclimated photosynthetic features within
3846 days after transference; height, main stem
39diameter, RGR and NAR all increased at the end
40of the experiment compared to SH seedlings, with
41these increases more pronounced in Q. petraea.
42Observed differences in traits and responses to light
43confirmed a contrasting ecology at the seedling
44stage in Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica in consonance
45with differences in their overall distribution. We
46discuss how the characteristics of Q. petraea may
47limit the availability of suitable regeneration niches
48to microsites of high-resource availability in mar-
49ginal populations of Mediterranean climate, with
50potential negative consequences for its recruitment
51under predicted climatic changes.
52
53Keywords Acclimation to light � Ecological
54requirements � Competitive ability � Marginal
55populations
A1 J. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada � J. A. Pardos � L. GilA2 Unidad de Anatomıa, Fisiologıa y Genetica Forestal,
A3 Escuela Tecnica Superior de Ingenieros de Montes,
A4 Universidad Politecnica de Madrid, Ciudad Universitaria
A5 s/n, Madrid 28040, Spain
A6 J. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada � J. A. Pardos �A7 L. Gil � I. ArandaA8 Unidad Mixta INA-UPM, Madrid 28040, Spain
A9 P. B. Reich
A10 Department of Forest Resources, University of Minnesota,
A11 St. Paul, MN 55108, USA
A12 I. Aranda (&)
A13 Centro Nacional de Investigacion Forestal (CIFOR),
A14 Instituto Nacional de Investigacion Agraria y Alimentaria
A15 (INIA), Apdo. 8111, Madrid 28080, Spain
A16 e-mail: [email protected]
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
Plant Ecol
DOI 10.1007/s11258-007-9329-2
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
56 Introduction
57 The existence of a transitional area between the
58 Oceanic and Mediterranean regions in the Iberian
59 Peninsula favours the occurrence of mixed stands of
60 species with contrasting ecological requirements.
61 There are many woody temperate trees in Mediter-
62 ranean habitats in a relict situation (e.g. Pinus
63 sylvestris, Ilex aquifolium, Frangula alnus, Fagus
64 sylvatica, Quercus petraea) which is partly explained
65 by their being more sensitive to local environmental
66 stress conditions than co-occurring species that are at
67 an optimum of their distribution. Usually drought
68 arises as the principal limiting factor for these
69 populations, operating either at the formation and
70 dispersal of seeds (Hampe 2005) or the establishment
71 of seedlings (Aranda et al. 2000; Castro et al. 2004;
72 Valladares et al. 2005). The result is a patchy
73 distribution at a landscape scale where individuals
74 are constrained to relatively humid microsites. None-
75 theless, the identification of key ecological charac-
76 teristics in seedlings through the study of responses to
77 light (e.g. shade-tolerance, acclimation potential and
78 competitive ability) can provide valuable insights
79 about niche segregation and recruitment potential
80 even in drought-prone habitats. Comparative eco-
81 physiological studies of closely related species car-
82 ried out in controlled environments are useful for this
83 purpose (Ashton and Berlyn 1994; Valladares et al.
84 2002a; Miyazawa and Lechowicz 2004).
85 Interspecific differences under common-environment
86 conditions may indicate different selection pressures in
87 their original habitats. Plant functional traits differ
88 among species from a wide range of climate and
89 habitat types in relation to the variation of the factors
90 that determine the outcome of regeneration (Westoby
91 et al. 2002; Reich et al. 2003; Wright et al. 2005).
92 Species with high-specific leaf area, high-net assim-
93 ilation rate, high partitioning of biomass to shoots and
94 a rapid growth rate are likely to exhibit a high
95 competitive potential in sites where interspecific
96 competition for light is a key factor for regeneration
97 (Poorter and de Jong 1999). In contrast, species
98 adapted to arid- or semi-arid areas usually have
99 leaves with high mass per unit area, a great
100 partitioning of biomass to roots, a high root to shoot
101 ratio and a conservative growth strategy (Chapin
102 et al. 1993; Reich et al. 1999). This suite of traits
103 provides a greater resistance to water stress, but may
104result in a less competitive ability to intercept light
105than that of fast-growing trees.
106Responsiveness to light is also related with
107adaptation to the environmental conditions existing
108in the habitat. For instance, late successional species
109show lower phenotypic plasticity to light (Chazdon
110et al. 1996; Ribeiro et al. 2005) and lower acclima-
111tion potential to increasing light (Fetcher et al. 1983;
112Strauss-Debenedetti and Bazzaz 1991) than early
113successional species. Similarly, responsiveness to
114resource availability is relatively low in some
115Mediterranean woody species, as a result of an
116adaptation to limiting stressful environments
117(Valladares et al. 2002b; Chambel et al. 2005), so
118that one might expect a different response to light
119between seedlings of a sub-Mediterranean and a
120temperate species of similar successional status. The
121objective of this study was to identify ecological
122characteristics in seedlings of two co-occurring oaks
123differing markedly in their distribution, namely
124Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica, through the leaf- to
125whole-plant examination of short- to long-term
126acclimatory responses to light. The possible impli-
127cations of such responses in relation to low-latitude
128marginal population of Q. petraea are discussed
129herein. Based on Grime’s classification of plant
130functional types (1977), we hypothesized that seed-
131lings of the temperate Q. petraea would show
132features of a more competitive species while those
133of the sub-Mediterranean Q. pyrenaica would reflect
134a more stress-tolerant character. Particularly we
135anticipated a more conservative growth pattern, and
136a lower responsiveness to light (both lower pheno-
137typic plasticity and acclimation potential to a sudden
138increase in light availability) in Q. pyrenaica than in
139Q. petraea.
140Materials and methods
141Study species and experimental design
142Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica are two deciduous
143white oaks (section: Lepidobalanus) forming late-
144successional forests in Atlantic and sub-Mediterranean
145areas, respectively. Q. pyrenaica extends from the
146southwest of France to northern Morocco while
147Q. petraea is distributed from the southern Scandi-
148navian Peninsula to the northern Iberian Peninsula,
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
149 where it coexists with Q. pyrenaica in a number of
150 scattered stands.
151 In the autumn of 2003 acorns of both species were
152 harvested in a small population of Q. petraea near the
153 southern edge of its distribution (‘‘El Hayedo de
154 Montejo’’ forest, 41870 N, 38300 W, 1,300 masl). The
155 seeds were kept at 38C and 55% relative humidity until
156 the next spring. Acorns of similar size from five
157 different trees were then sown in 400-cm3 plastic pots
158 of 35 cm depth, filled with a mixture of peat and sand
159 (3:1, v/v) containing slow-release fertilizer (5 g dm�3).
160 Plants were cultivated inside a glasshouse under two
161 light treatments: shading (SH; double layer of neutral
162 shadecloth, 5.3% of full sunlight) and high light
163 (HL; no shadecloth, 70% of full sunlight, due to the
164 opacity of fibreglass claddings). Photosynthetically
165 active radiation (PAR) was measured using a
166 LICOR LI-185B irradiance meter equipped with a
167 LI-190SB quantum sensor. Average values of midday
168 PAR were 80 ± 7 mmoles m�2 s�1 in SH and
169 1050 ± 28 mmoles m�2 s�1 in HL. Although midday
170 temperature in HL was slightly higher than in SH
171 (33.7 ± 0.38C vs. 31.6 ± 0.28C) it was assumed that
172 13-fold differences in relative irradiance were more
173 important in explaining seedling responses.
174 At the end of the first growing season 80 seedlings
175 of similar size were transplanted singly to 3,000-cm3
176 plastic cylinders of 40 cm depth. Each pot contained
177 1.9 kg of the same type of substrate used the first year
178 and was again enriched with slow-release fertilizer. A
179 total of 20 individuals per species were maintained in
180 shade, distributed under four adjustable metal-framed
181 shading structures placed on two benches of the
182 glasshouse. Plants of the HL treatment were distrib-
183 uted between the shading structures at a sufficient
184 distance as to avoid shading. About 90 days after leaf
185 emergence, six plants per species were moved out of
186 the shade frames (SH–HL seedlings) and mixed
187 together with HL seedlings. Plants of all treatments
188 were periodically moved on their benches and
189 regularly watered over the course of the experiment.
190 Bud burst was synchronous in both species (first
191 week of March 2005), which precluded any differ-
192 ence in the length of the growth period. Temperature
193 and relative humidity into the glasshouse were in the
194 range of 15–398C and 50–90%, respectively.
195Physiological variables—gas exchange and
196chlorophyll fluorescence
197Physiological acclimation was explored over the
19846 days that followed the transference of SH plants
199(from 6 June [day 0] to 21 July [day 46]). Gas
200exchange and chlorophyll a fluorescence measure-
201ments were periodically conducted (more thoroughly
202immediately after transference) on one leaf per plant
203and five individuals per species and treatment. Leaves
204were selected from the first flush of growth and
205maintained for further analysis, if possible. Gas
206exchange and chlorophyll fluorescence was also
207measured on second-flush leaves of HL and SH–HL
208seedlings on day 46.
209Photosynthesis (An) and stomatal conductance
210(gwv) were measured with an IRGA (LCpro Analyt-
211ical Development Corporation, UK), at saturating
212light (1,000 mmol m�2 s�1 for HL seedlings and
213700 mmol m�2 s�1 for SH and SH–HL) and 365 ppm
214CO2. A red/blue light emitting diode supplied mea-
215suring light. Temperature into the leaf chamber was
216set to leaf temperature being around 258C in all cases.
217In order to avoid excessive temperature inside the
218glasshouse, gas exchange measurements started at
21908:00 h and continued until 11:00 h local time. Prior
220to measurements, shade plants were allowed to
221acclimate to a level of artificial light similar to the
222measuring light for a period of 10–15 min.
223Chlorophyll fluorescence was measured with a
224pulse-modulated fluorometer (FMS 2, Hansatech
225Instruments Ltd., UK). Maximum photochemical
226efficiency of photosystem II (PS II) (Fv/
227Fm = [Fm � Fo]/Fm) was calculated after measuring
228maximal (Fm) and minimal fluorescence (Fo) at dawn.
229After measuring leaf gas exchange, effective photo-
230chemical efficiency of PS II (UPSII) was calculated as
231(Fm0 � Fs)/Fm
0, where Fm0 is the maximal fluores-
232cence in light and Fs is the steady-state light-adapted
233fluorescence. Dark- and light-adapted fluorescence
234was measured in the same area to estimate non-
235photochemical quenching (NPQ = [Fm � Fm0]/Fm
0).
236Since sunlight was used as the actinic light, mea-
237surements were made on cloudless days at roughly
238the same hour, avoiding either shading the sample
239area or modifying the leaf angle.
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
240 Specific leaf area and chlorophyll content
241 Chlorophyll content was estimated on one first-flush
242 leaf from five individuals per species and treatment in
243 three dates (days 0, 37 and 61 from transference). For
244 chlorophyll analysis, one leaf disc was cut and
245 immersed in a tube containing 5 ml of dimethyl
246 sulfoxide. Tubes were bathed in darkness for 5 h at
247 608C and the absorbance of dimethyl sulfoxide was
248 further measured at 648.2 and 664.9 nm wavelength
249 with a spectrophotometer, determining chlorophyll
250 content per unit of leaf mass (Chlmass). Values of
251 specific leaf area (SLA) were used to calculate
252 chlorophyll content on a leaf area basis (Chlarea).
253 Leaf morphology and plant architecture
254 The SLA was determined on one fully exposed leaf
255 from the first flush of growth in five individuals per
256 species and treatment. Discs of known area were cut,
257 oven-dried at 708C for 48 h and then weighed to
258 estimate SLA as the ratio between the area and its dry
259 mass. At day 61, SLA of second-flush leaves was also
260 determined in HL and SH–HL seedlings. Internode
261 length (IL) was calculated by dividing the length
262 between the lowest leaf and the tip of the main stem
263 by the number of nodes. Mean leaf size (LA) was
264 calculated by dividing the total leaf area of the plant
265 (TLA) at the end of the experiment by the number of
266 leaves produced. In order to estimate the self-shading
267 in a seedling (SS) a rough index was calculated by
268 dividing TLA by the shoot height.
269 Growth and biomass distribution
270 Height and stem diameter at the root collar were
271 measured at the time of transplanting (end of the first
272 year), and in 3 days along the second growing season
273 (days 0, 38 and 67).
274 At the moment of transplanting, six seedlings per
275 species from the HL and SH treatments were
276 harvested. At the end of the experiment (day 67),
277 another six seedlings per species were harvested in
278 the HL, SH and SH–HL treatments. The leaves,
279 stems and roots were dried to a constant weight for
280 3–6 days, and further weighed separately. All of the
281 leaves on each plant were separated as pertaining to
282 the main stem versus the sprouts, as well as to the
283 first-flush of growth versus the following flushes.
284Leaf area ratio (LAR; total leaf area/total plant mass),
285leaf mass fraction (LMF; leaf mass/total plant mass),
286stem mass fraction (SMF; stem mass/total plant
287mass), root mass fraction (RMF; root mass/total plant
288mass) and root to shoot ratio (R/S; root mass/shoot
289mass) were calculated. The relative growth rate
290(RGR) for each species and light treatment combi-
291nation was determined using the Eq. 1:
RGR ¼lnðM2Þ � lnðM1Þ
D2 � D1ð Þ; ð1Þ
293293where M2 was the total plant-dry mass at the final
294harvest, M1 was the total plant dry mass at the time of
295transplanting, D2 was the day of the final harvest and
296D1 was the time of transplanting. The net assimilation
297rate (NAR) was calculated using the Eq. 2:
298
NAR ¼ln(TLA2)� ln(TLA1)� �
TLA2 � TLA1
� �
M2 �M1
� �
D2 � D1ð Þ; ð2Þ
300300where TLA2 was the total leaf area at the final
301harvest, obtained by measuring the area of all the
302leaves with an image analyser (Delta-T Devices LTD,
303UK), and TLA1 was the total leaf area at the time of
304transplanting, which was estimated as the product of
305LMF by SLA.
306Statistical analysis
307Effects of species and light were tested by analysis of
308variance (ANOVA). A repeated measures approach
309was followed for all variables except those measured
310only at the end of the experiment. Despite variability
311among dates of measurement, no seasonal trend was
312observed in any variable in HL or SH seedlings (date
313effect at least P > 0.1). A significant interaction
314between species and light factors was considered as
315indicative of interspecific differences in plasticity
316(Schlichting 1986). Acclimation of the various traits
317studied on each species was evaluated comparing the
318means of the light treatments (HL, SH and SH–HL)
319by Tukey’s HSD test. The impact of transference on
320each species was examined comparing the maximum
321variation of each SH–HL plant upon exposure to light
322with respect to the mean value for SH plants. Logistic
323or lineal models were fitted to individual plants to
324evaluate the velocity of acclimation of physiological
325variables; independent parameters of each curve
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
326 (n = 5) were then compared using ANOVA. Variables
327 were arcsine or log-transformed to enhance homo-
328 scedasticity. Significance level was 5%.
329 Results
330 Gas exchange parameters
331 Both the rate of photosynthesis (An) and stomatal
332 conductance (gwv) were higher inQ. pyrenaica than in
333 Q. petraea in HL, but not in SH (Table 1; Fig. 1a, b).
334 Gas exchange of SH–HL plants declined below values
335 of SH plants for the week following transference
336 (Fig. 1c, d). The impact of the sudden increase in light
337 did not significantly differ among species. Photoinhi-
338 bition was temporary; An and gwv gradually increased
339 in shade-formed leaves so that they did not differ
340significantly from those of HL plants at the end of the
341measuring period. Leaves of SH–HL plants developed
342after transference had gas exchange rates not signifi-
343cantly different from second-flush HL leaves (16.6 in
344HL vs. 17.7 mmol m�2 s�1 in SH–HL for An [both
345species combined; P > 0.1] and 402 in HL vs.
346364 mmol m�2 s�1 in SH–HL for gwv [both species
347combined P > 0.1]).
348Chlorophyll fluorescence parameters
349Light regime had a strong effect on the non-photo-
350chemical quenching (NPQ) and the effective quantum
351yield (UPSII), but not on the maximum quantum yield
352of PS II at dawn (Fv/Fm) (Table 1; Fig. 2a–c),
353indicating a daily build-up of photoinhibition revers-
354ible overnight. There were no statistically significant
355differences between Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica in
Table 1 Two-way analysis of variance aimed to test the effects of light, species and the interaction of both factors on leaf and plant
traits
Variables Factors
Species Light Species · light
Physiology A * *** *
gwv * *** **
FvFm n.s. n.s. n.s.
UPSII n.s. *** n.s.
NPQ n.s. *** n.s.
Chlorophyll content Chlmass *** *** **
Chlarea ** n.s. *
Morphology and architecture SLA * *** n.s.
LA ** * n.s.
TLA *** *** ***
IL * * n.s.
SS n.s. *** **
Growth and biomass distribution Height *** *** ***
Diameter *** *** ***
Total plant mass ** *** **
LAR n.s. n.s. n.s.
R/S *** ** **
RMF *** ** **
LMF n.s. * n.s.
SMF *** n.s. **
A repeated measures approach (ANOVAR) was followed for those variables repeatedly measured throughout the experiment
*** P < 0.001; ** P < 0.01; *P < 0.05; n.s. P � 0.05
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
356 any chlorophyll fluorescence parameter. Transference
357 of shade-acclimated plants to HL affected the activity
358 of PS II (Fig. 2d–f). Immediately after transference,
359 Fv/Fm of SH–HL plants declined with respect to SH
360 plants, the reduction being slightly higher in Q. pyre-
361 naica (0.76 vs. 0.80 on day 2; P < 0.05). UPSII also
362 decreased with respect to SH plants (0.24, minimum
363 value inQ. pyrenaica on day 2, and 0.31 the minimum
364 value in Q. petraea on day 1; P < 0.05), while a nearly
365 3-fold increase over HL values occurred on NPQ in
366 both species. By the second to fifth day after
367 transference all chlorophyll fluorescence parameters
368 began to recover, so that 46 days later shade-
369 developed leaves reached values not significantly
370 different from leaves continuously subjected to high
371 light. The acclimation of chlorophyll fluorescence
372 parameters was slightly more rapid in Q. pyrenaica
373 (P < 0.05 for Fv/Fm and UPSII; P = 0.11 for NPQ)
374 (Fig. 2d–f). High-light formed leaves of SH–HL
375 plants had also values of UPSII and NPQ not signif-
376 icantly different from those of HL plants (0.54 in HL
377 vs. 0.57 in SH–HL for UPSII [both species combined;
378 P > 0.1] and 0.97 in HL vs. 0.79 in SH–HL for NPQ
379 [both species combined P > 0.1]).
380Chlorophyll content
381Chlorophyll content (either Chlmass as Chlarea) was
382higher in Q. petraea in both environments, but
383especially marked was the difference in SH (Tables 1
384and 2A). After transference, Chlmass declined in SH–
385HL plants to HL values (Table 2A), earlier in
386Q. pyrenaica (day 37, not shown). Chlarea was lowest
387in SH–HL leaves on day 61.
388Leaf morphology and plant architecture
389As expected, specific leaf area (SLA) was greatly
390increased by shading, and was slightly higher in
391Q. petraea in both light treatments (Tables 1, 2B).
392Interspecific difference in total leaf area (TLA) was
393only significant in HL, while the leaf size (LA) was
394significantly higher in Q. petraea than in Q. pyrena-
395ica. The ratio between TLA and shoot height, used as
396an index of self-shading (SS), was lower in Q. petraea
397in HL. Although this index may give a good
398estimation of within-plant self-shading in HL, given
399the huge differences in height between the two
400species, this may not be the case in SH, where leaf
HL SH
An
(µm
ole
s m
-2s-1
)
An
(% H
L)
Days after transference
HL SH
gw
v (m
mo
les
m-2s-1
)
gw
v (%
HL
)
Days after transference
0
5
10
15
20
0
100
200
300
400
500
20
40
60
80
100
0 20 30
20
40
60
80
100
120
b
a
d
c
4010
0 20 30 4010
Fig. 1 Plasticity to light (a, b) and acclimation of shade-grown
seedlings to high light (c, d) on Q. pyrenaica (grey symbols)
and Q. petraea (white symbols). (a, b) Mean values (+1 SE) of
photosynthesis (An) and stomatal conductance (gwv) of high
light (HL) and shade (SH) seedlings. (c, d) Mean values (±SE)
of An and gwv of transferred seedlings (SH–HL), expressed as a
percentage of HL mean value (thick line). The thin solid line
and the thin dotted line indicate mean percent values of
Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica in SH, respectively
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
401 arrangement along the stem should be considered. HL
402 seedlings of Q. petraea had twofold longer leaf
403 internodes than those of Q. pyrenaica (Tables 1, 2B).
404 SLA of shade-developed leaves decreased signifi-
405 cantly in both species, but by 61 days after transfer-
406 ence SLA did not reach HL values (Table 2B). Newly
407 developed leaves of SH–HL seedlings had similar
408 SLA as second-flush HL ones (125 in HL vs.
409 131 cm2 g�1 in SH–HL [both species combined
410 P > 0.1]). SH–HL seedlings had higher TLA, LA and
411 SS than SH seedlings; in the case of LA, the increase
412 in light had no effect in Q. pyrenaica (Table 2B).
413 Growth
414 All seedlings flushed two or three times in HL and
415 once in SH. Interspecific differences were more
416 evident in HL (Tables 1, 2C). Total plant-dry mass,
417 height and main-stem diameter, and RGR, were all
418 higher in Q. petraea. Differences in growth metrics
419between species were minimal in shade; hence
420plasticity in these variables was greater in Q. petraea.
421The pattern of shoot growth was also different in each
422species. In Q. pyrenaica new flushes did not emerge
423from apical or near-apical buds but mostly from basal
424sprouts near the root-collar, giving most seedlings a
425spherical-shaped aspect with older leaves shaded by
426the new ones. The net assimilation rate (NAR) was
427higher in Q. petraea, while no differences in LAR
428were apparent between species or light treatments.
429All SH–HL plants flushed at least once after trans-
430ference, showing an increase in growth with respect
431to SH plants, which was more evident in Q. petraea.
432Differences between species for SH–HL seedlings
433held similar to those in HL (Table 2C).
434Distribution of biomass
435Biomass distribution differed more between species
436than among light environments. In HL, the species
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
HL SH
HL SH
HL SH
Pre
da
wn
Fv
/F
m
Pd
. F
v/F
m (
% H
L)
Days after transference
ΦΦ P
S I
I(%
HL
)
ΦΦ P
SII
N
PQ
NP
Q (
% H
L)
0 10 20 30 40
Days after transference
0 10 20 30 40
Days after transference
0 10 20 30 40
80
85
90
95
100
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
a
b
c f
e
dFig. 2 Plasticity to light
(a–c) and acclimation of
shade-grown seedlings to
high light (d–f) on
Q. pyrenaica (grey symbols)
and Q. petraea (white
symbols). (a–c) Mean
values (+1 SE) of predawn
maximum photochemical
efficiency of PS II (Fv/Fm),
effective photochemical
efficiency of PS II (UPSII)
and non-photochemical
quenching (NPQ) of high
light (HL) and shade (SH)
seedlings. (d–f) Mean
values (±SE) of Fv/Fm, UPSII
and NPQ of transferred
seedlings (SH–HL),
expressed as a percentage of
HL mean value (thick line).
The thin solid line and the
thin dotted line indicate
mean percent values of
Q. petraea and
Q. pyrenaica in SH,
respectively
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
Table 2 Mean values (±SE) of variables related with chlorophyll content (A), leaf morphology and plant architecture (B), and growth and biomass distribution (C) 2 months
after moving SH-grown plants to HL (SH–HL plants)
Variables SH SH–HL HL
Q. pyrenaica Q. petraea Q. pyrenaica Q. petraea Q. pyrenaica Q. petraea
(A) Chlmass(mg g�1) 17.4 (1.0)b** 24.2 (0.6)b 10.5 (0.4)a** 13.1 (0.5)a 10.6 (0.7)a* 12.6 (0.6)a
Chlarea (g m�2) 0.71 (0.10)ab** 0.90 (0.04)c 0.60 (0.05)a 0.67 (0.07)a 0.74 (0.09)b 0.80 (0.09)b
(B) SLA (cm2 g�1) 244 (9)c* 268 (8)c 175 (9)b 196 (7)b 143 (8)a 157 (1)a
LA (cm2) 15.8 (2.1)a* 22.8 (2.6)a 19.2 (2.0)a** 31.3 (3.8)b 21.1 (2.9)a* 27.6 (1.2)ab
TLA (m2) 0.02 (0.001)a 0.03 (0.001)a 0.06 (0.01)b 0.1 (0.02)b 0.14 (0.01)c** 0.21 (0.01)c
IL (mm) 4.8 (2.1) 6 (2.0) No data No data 5.8 (0.6)** 12.8 (1.6)
SS (cm2 cm�1) 8.7 (1.2)a 12.1 (1.6)a 18.3 (3.4)b 16.5 (1.9)b 42.9 (3.5)c** 27.6 (1.7)c
(C) Height (cm) 23.9 (3.2)a 22.7 (1.6)a 32.8 (4.4)a** 58.8 (11.3)b 32.6 (1.3)a** 75.9 (4.6)b
Diameter (mm) 4.9 (0.3)a 5.5 (0.3)a 5.7 (0.6)a** 9.2 (0.6)b 8.9 (0.6)b** 13.2 (0.4)c
Total plant mass (g) 5.7 (0.8)a 7.4 (0.7)a 14.9 (2.7)b* 25.0 (4.1)b 39.9 (3.1)c** 64.2 (4.9)c
LAR (cm2 g�1) 35.6 (2.1)a 36.8 (3.8)a 38.9 (3.1)a 37.7 (1.8)a 35.0 (1.7)a 32.7 (1.7)a
NAR (g m�2 day�1) 1.6 1.8 4.0 4.8 6.5 8.5
RGR (mg g�1 day�1) 5.2 6.4 14.3 17.9 20.2 25.4
Notice that SLA, Chlmass and Chlarea is of first-flush leaves, and that LA is calculated from all leaves (i.e. including those newly formed in after transference in SH–HL plants)
Different letters indicate significant differences among light treatments within each species. The symbol indicates a significant difference between Q. pyrenaica and Q. petraea
within each light treatment (* P < 0.1 and ** P < 0.05)
Plan
tEcol
123
Journal
:11258
Disp
atch:
22-6-2007
Pages
:13
Article
No.:
9329
hLE
hTYPESET
MSCode:
VEGE731
hCP
hDISK
44
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
437 had similar biomass fraction in leaves (LMF), but
438 the fraction in stems (SMF) was higher, and in
439 roots (RMF) was lower, in Q. petraea than in
440 Q. pyrenaica (Table 1; Fig. 3); accordingly, the
441 root to shoot ratio (R/S) was greater in Q. pyrenaica
442 (1.55 ± 0.05 vs. 0.94 ± 0.07 g g�1). Proportion of
443 biomass from sprouts was 28% of total aerial
444 biomass in Q. pyrenaica whereas it was negligible
445 in Q. petraea. Light barely modified distribution of
446 biomass in Q. pyrenaica but it did in Q. petraea,
447 SH seedlings having lower LMF and higher RMF.
448 Transference of shade-grown plants modified bio-
449 mass partitioning. Distribution of biomass in leaves
450 and stems increased at the expense of biomass
451 partitioned to roots, more markedly in Q. petraea
452 (Fig. 3). Number of flushes and leaves newly
453 produced in HL after transference was similar in
454 both species (not shown). However, larger leaves of
455 Q. petraea resulted in higher biomass proportion of
456 new to shade-grown leaves compared to Q. pyrena-
457 ica (83% vs. 68.4%; P < 0.01). While SH–HL
458 seedlings of Q. petraea flushed from apical buds,
459 most seedlings of Q. pyrenaica flushed from basal
460 buds (0% vs. 20% above-ground biomass in sprouts
461 in Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica, respectively).
462Discussion
463Species differences in ecophysiological traits and
464in long-term responses to light
465The species differed in their response to light
466availability, especially regarding growth-related
467parameters. Seedlings of Q. petraea in HL had a
468faster growth rate likely associated with its higher
469NAR and SLA (Veneklaas and Poorter 1998). Lower
470light-saturated rates of net photosynthesis per unit
471area in Q. petraea was compensated for by morpho-
472logical and architectural traits—larger leaves, longer
473internodes and taller shoots—that likely increased
474both the plant’s efficiency for light capture and the
475overall carbon gain (Niinemets et al. 2002; Brites and
476Valladares 2005). On the other hand, both the
477sprouting habit and shorter internode length in
478Q. pyrenaica increased self-shading, which translated
479into a lower NAR despite its higher instantaneous leaf
480gas exchange rates in fully exposed leaves (Kama-
481luddin and Grace 1993; Valladares et al. 2002b).
482Lower growth rate of Q. pyrenaica could also be
483related to a higher storage of non-structural carbohy-
484drates in the roots, as is often the case with sprouting
485species (Kruger and Reich 1997; Pausas et al. 2004;
486Schwilk and Ackerly 2005), or a greater carbon use in
487root respiration (Lambers et al. 1998). Provided likely
488ontogenetic effects, the inherent conservative growth
489of Q. pyrenaica seedlings point to an adaptive stress-
490tolerance strategy in the species (Chapin et al. 1993;
491Reich et al. 2003; Valladares et al. 2005), which is
492consistent with the hypothesis of a high phenotypic
493inertia in genotypes specialized to stressful environ-
494ments (Valladares et al. 2000; Valladares et al.
4952002b; Chambel et al. 2005).
496Increases of chlorophyll concentration and specific
497leaf area in response to shade were consistent with an
498optimizing light-capture strategy reported in most
499species. At this respect, although an intermediate
500degree of shade-tolerance has been noted in seedlings
501of both species (Kelly 2002; Baraza et al. 2004), the
502higher SLA, Chlmass and LA exhibited by seedlings
503of Q. petraea in deep shade could reflect a greater
504capacity to tolerate shade (Niinemets and Kull 1994;
505King 2003). However, the results at the plant-level
506(mainly, rapid growth in high light, lower leaf mass
507fraction and similar leaf area ratio in shade compared
508to HL) were at odds with this conclusion (Walters
HLSH SH-HL
Bio
ma
ss d
istr
ibu
tio
n (
% )
0
20
40
60
80
100
aa aaba b
a
ab
a a
a b
aa a
ab a
*
*
*
*
Fig. 3 Percent fraction of biomass distributed to leaves (dotted
area), stems (hatched area) and roots (open area) at the end of
the experiment on seedlings of Q. pyrenaica (grey bars) and
Q. petraea (white bars). Different letters indicate significant
differences among light treatments within each species. An
asterisk indicates a significant difference between Q. pyrenaica
and Q. petraea within each light treatment (P < 0.05)
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
509 and Reich 2000). Two years under deep shade could
510 severely limit the maintenance of a positive carbon
511 balance once carbohydrate supply from the acorns
512 was exhausted. The large root system generated in the
513 first year and the continuous lack of new surplus
514 photosynthate may explain the fewer and smaller
515 leaves produced in shade with respect to high light,
516 and both the higher fractional proportion of root
517 biomass and lower of leaf biomass. Values of RMF in
518 HL in this study were similar to the ones observed for
519 Q. pyrenaica and Q. robur (a closely-related species
520 to Q. petraea) grown under optimal conditions
521 (Antunez et al. 2001), supporting that RMF was
522 unusually high in our shade treatment. Further, we
523 must consider that individual acclimatory responses
524 to resources do not always match across-species
525 evolutionary trends (see Valladares and Sanchez-
526 Gomez 2006).
527 Acclimation to a sudden increase in irradiance
528 Our results indicated a rapid acclimation of shade-
529 developed foliage to a higher light environment, as
530 previously found in seedlings of other deciduous oaks
531 (Naidu and DeLucia 1998). Species’ response was
532 rather similar regarding leaf physiological traits, but
533 clearly distinct in growth-related metrics. On
534 exposure to high light, shade-developed leaves
535 experienced a much higher radiation load that they
536 could utilize in photosynthesis, resulting in a reduc-
537 tion in the maximum quantum yield of PS II at dawn
538 (Fv/Fm), indicative of photoinhibition (Maxwell and
539 Johnson 2000). The rapid onset of photoprotective
540 mechanisms (NPQ) contributed to dissipate part of
541 the excess of energy, preventing more severe dam-
542 ages through a down-regulation of PS II (as indicated
543 by a temporary reduction in UPSII). But photosyn-
544 thetic features rapidly acclimated to the new light
545 intensity. Within days, the effective photochemical
546 efficiency of PS II increased in parallel to a recovery
547 in Fv/Fm and the relaxation of non-photochemical
548 quenching, suggesting a rapid reorganization of PS II
549 (Strauss-Debenedetti and Bazzaz 1991; Yamashita
550 et al. 2000; Cai et al. 2005). Photosynthesis was also
551 gradually increasing in parallel to an increase in
552 stomatal conductance, whereas chlorophyll concen-
553 tration in shade-grown leaves decreased on exposure
554 to high light in both species as a result of chlorophyll
555 degradation. Acclimation of shade-developed leaves
556may be particularly important in Mediterranean
557environments, where summer water stress restricts
558the probability of forming new flushes. However,
559transferred plants produced a new flush whose leaves
560were functionally similar to leaves continuously
561submitted to high light, which likely contributed to
562explain overall plant acclimation (Naidu and DeLucia
5631998; Yamashita et al. 2000) and the greater accli-
564mation potential in seedlings of Q. petraea under
565these controlled conditions. The higher proportion of
566newly formed surface area in high light in Q. petraea
567than in Q. pyrenaica contributed to reach a higher net
568assimilation rate and growth after transference.
569Besides, there was a differential pattern of growth
570on exposure to high light between the two oaks. The
571less conservative response of the seedlings of Q. pet-
572raea, i.e. both the lower sprouting and root to shoot
573ratio, reveals a differential shift in carbohydrate
574allocation of enhanced partitioning to main-stem,
575which may give a competitive advantage in terms of
576suppression of neighbouring vegetation and improved
577light harvesting.
578Diverse ecological characteristics at the seedlings
579stage help to explain varying success in sub-
580Mediterranean habitats
581Seedlings of Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica differed in
582ecophysiological traits and responses, which suggests
583they might have contrasting competitive ability, and a
584segregation of regeneration niches according to
585resources’ availability. Such differences could play
586a role in the differential regeneration success of the
587species in coexisting sub-Mediterranean populations.
588Both the rapid growth and acclimation potential
589showed by Q. petraea are likely to enhance its
590competitive ability in non-water-limited and produc-
591tive sites where among-species competition for
592resources is the driving force of regeneration (Keddy
593et al. 1997), as they enable overtopping of slower
594growing competitors (Kuppers 1989; Cornelissen
595et al. 1996). But in Mediterranean ecosystems
596recruitment relies to a greater extent on the capacity
597of seedlings to endure the combination of multiple
598stresses and disturbances, such as nutrient or water
599shortages, wildfires or herbivore damages. Several
600features exhibited by seedlings of Q. petraea are less
601suitable to such conditions (Villar et al. 2004). First,
602lower root to shoot ratio can be related with either a
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
603 more limited access to belowground resources or a
604 lower ability to recover from above-ground distur-
605 bances. Second, high radiation may be a potential
606 source of stress, especially in periods of strong water
607 deficit and limited photosynthetic activity; even
608 though the leaf area to plant biomass ratio was
609 similar between species, higher self-shading in
610 Q. pyrenaica seedlings minimizes the leaf area
611 exposed to high-intensity radiation, thus maintaining
612 water balance by reducing transpiration at the plant
613 level and avoiding the probability of suffering severe
614 photoinhibition and overheating in open sites (Bragg
615 and Westoby 2002). Further, the sprouting habit of
616 Q. pyrenaica observed in this study at the seedling
617 stage is a typical trait of the species (Calvo et al.
618 2003), which constitutes an advantage to thrive in
619 fire-prone habitats and unstable hill slopes (Sakai
620 et al. 1995; Kruger and Reich 1997; Bond and
621 Midgley 2003).
622 These results are consistent with the modest
623 presence of Q. petraea in Mediterranean ecosystems,
624 where it only forms small stands in favourable areas
625 at high altitudes or northern exposures. Small-scale
626 habitat heterogeneity in less suitable, low-latitude
627 areas can thus play an important role in the recruit-
628 ment of this species. For instance, Pardo et al. (2004)
629 compared two nearby stands of Q. petraea and
630 Q. pyrenaica within a forest in a Mediterranean mid-
631 mountain site (the ‘‘Hayedo de Montejo’’ forest) and
632 found out that the former was at a site of deeper and
633 more humid soil. However, a recent inventory of the
634 whole forest addressing the evolution of vegetation
635 since year 1994 showed that Q. petraea was not able
636 to spread over open areas, and that under the forest
637 canopy the increase in measurable saplings was lower
638 compared to the increase of Q. pyrenaica (Nanos
639 et al. unpublished results). It is very likely that future
640 warming and severity of droughts will accelerate the
641 reduction of suitable regeneration niches for this and
642 likely many other temperate trees near the southern
643 edge of distribution, increasing the probability of
644 extinction of such populations (Willi et al. 2006).
645 Acknowledgements We thank Sven Mutke, Rebecca646 Montgomery, Alvaro Soto and Ruben Milla for valuable647 comments and suggestions. We are also grateful to Jesus648 Alonso for technical assistance and Maria del Carmen del Rey649 for help in plant measurements. This work was supported by650 the Consejerıa de Medio Ambiente y Desarrollo General de la651 Comunidad Autonoma de Madrid. J. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada
652was supported by a scholarship from the Consejerıa de653Educacion de la Comunidad de Madrid (C.M.) and the654Fondo Social Europeo (F.S.E.).
655References
656Antunez I, Retamosa EC, Villar R (2001) Relative growth rate657in phylogenetically related deciduous and evergreen658woody species. Oecologia 128:172–180659Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (2000) Water relations and gas660exchange in Fagus sylvatica L. and Quercus petraea
661(Mattuschka) Liebl. in a mixed stand at their southern662limit of distribution in Europe. Trees 14:344–352663Ashton PMS, Berlyn GP (1994) A comparison of leaf physi-664ology and anatomy of Quercus (section Erythrobalanus-
665Fagaceae) species in different light environments. Am J666Bot 81:589–597667Baraza E, Gomez JM, Hodar JA, Zamora R (2004) Herbivory668has a greater impact in shade than in sun: response of669Quercus pyrenaica seedlings to multifactorial environ-670mental variation. Can J Bot 82:357–364671Bond WJ, Midgley JJ (2003) The evolutionary ecology of672sprouting in woody plants. Int J Plant Sci 164:103–114673Bragg JG, Westoby M (2002) Leaf size and foraging for light674in a schlerophyll woodland. Funct Ecol 16:633–639675Brites D, Valladares F (2005) Implications of opposite phyl-676lotaxis for light interception efficiency of Mediterranean677woody plants. Trees 19:671–679678Cai Z-Q, Rijkers T, Bongers F (2005) Photosynthetic accli-679mation to light changes in tropical monsoon forest680woody species differing in adult stature. Tree Physiol68125:1023–1031682Calvo L, Santalla S, Marcos E, Valbuena L, Tarrega T, Luis E683(2003) Regeneration after wildfire in communities domi-684nated by Pinus pinaster, an obligate seeder, and in others685dominated by Quercus pyrenaica, a typical resprouter. For686Ecol Manage 184:209–223687Castro J, Zamora R, Hodar JA, Gomez JM (2004) Seedling688establishment of a boreal tree species (Pinus sylvestris) at689its southernmost distribution limit: consequences of being690a marginal Mediterranean habitat. J Ecol 92:266–277691Chambel MR, Climent J, Alıa R, Valladares F (2005) Pheno-692typic plasticity: a useful framework for understanding693adaptation in forest species. Investigacion Agraria: Sist-694emas y Recursos Forestales 14:334–344695Chapin FS III, Autumn K, Pugnaire F (1993) Evolution of696suites of traits in response to environmental stress. Am697Nat 142:78–92698Chazdon RL, Pearcy RW Lee DW, Fetcher N (1996) Photo-699synthetic responses of tropical forest plants to contrasting700light environments. In: Mulkey SS, Chazdon RL, Smith701AP (eds) Tropical forest plant ecophysiology. Chapman &702Hall, New York, pp 5–55703Cornelissen JHC, Castro Dıez P, Hunt R (1996) Seedling704growth, allocation and leaf attributes in a wide range of705woody plant species and types. J Ecol 84:755–765706Fetcher N, Strain BR, Oberbauer SF (1983) Effects of light707regime on the growth, leaf morphology and water708relations of seedlings of two species of tropical trees.709Oecologia 58:314–319
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
710 Grime JP (1977) Evidence for the existence of three primary711 strategies in plants and its relevance to ecological and712 evolutionary theory. Am Nat 111:1169–1194713 Hampe A (2005) Fecundity limits in Frangula alnus (Rhamn-714 aceae) relict populations at the species’ southern range715 margin. Oecologia 143:377–386716 Kamaluddin M, Grace J (1993) Growth and photosynthesis of717 tropical forest tree seedlings (Bischofia javanica Blume)718 as influenced by a change in light availability. Tree719 Physiol 13:189–201720 Keddy PA, Twolan-Strutt L, Shipley B (1997) Experimental721 evidence that interspecific competitive asymmetry in-722 creases with soil productivity. Oikos 80:253–256723 Kelly DL (2002) The regeneration of Q. petraea (sessile oak)724 in southwest Ireland: a 25-year experimental study. For725 Ecol Manage 166:207–226726 King DA (2003) Allocation of above-ground growth is related727 to light in temperate deciduous saplings. Funct Ecol728 17:482–488729 Kruger EL, Reich PB (1997) Responses of hardwood regen-730 eration to fire in mesic forest openings. III. Whole-plant731 growth, biomass distribution, and nitrogen and carbohy-732 drate relations. Can J For Res 27:1841–1850733 Kuppers M (1989) Ecological significance of above-ground734 architectural patterns in woody plants: a question of cost-735 benefit relationships. Trends Ecol Evol 4:375–379736 Lambers H, Scheurwater I, Mata C, Nagel OW (1998) Root737 respiration of fast-and slow-growing plants, as dependent738 on genotype and nitrogen supply: a major clue to the739 functioning of slow-growing plants. In: Lambers H,740 Poorter H, Van Vuuren MMI (eds) Inherent variation in741 plant growth. Physiological mechanisms and ecological742 consequences. Backhuys Publishers, Leiden, The Neth-743 erlands, pp 139–157744 Maxwell K, Johnson GN (2000) Chlorophyll fluorescence – a745 practical guide. J Exp Bot 51:659–668746 Miyazawa K, Lechowicz MJ (2004) Comparative seedling747 ecology of eight North American spruce (Picea) species in748 relation to their geographic ranges. Ann Bot 94:635–644749 Naidu SL, DeLucia EH (1998) Physiological and morpholog-750 ical acclimation of shade-grown tree seedlings to late-751 season canopy gap formation. Plant Ecol 138:27–40752 Niinemets U, Kull K (1994) Leaf weight per area and leaf size of753 85 Estonian woody species in relation to shade-tolerance754 and light availability. For Ecol Manage 70:1–10755 Niinemets U, Portsmuth A, Truus L (2002) Leaf structural and756 photosynthetic characteristics, and biomass allocation to757 foliage in relation to foliar nitrogen content and tree size758 in three Betula species. Ann Bot 89:191–204759 Pardo F, Gil L, Pardos JA (2004) Structure and composition of760 pole-stage stands developed in an ancient wood pasture in761 central Spain. Forestry 77:67–74762 Pausas JG, Bradstock RA, Keith DA, Keeley JE, GCTE (global763 change of terrestrial ecosystems) fire network (2004) Plant764 functional traits in relation to fire in crown-fire ecosys-765 tems. Ecology 85:1085–1100766 Poorter H, de Jong R (1999) A comparison of specific leaf area,767 chemical composition and leaf construction costs of field768 plants from 15 habitats differing in productivity. New769 Phytol 143:163–176
770Reich PB, Ellsworth DS, Walters MB, Vose JM, Gresham771C, Volin JC, Bowman WD (1999) Generality of leaf772trait relationships: a test across six biomes. Ecology77380:1955–1969774Reich PB, Wright IJ, Cavender-Bares J, Craine JM, Oleksyn J,775Westoby M, Walters MB (2003) The evolution of plant776functional variation: traits, spectra, and strategies. Int J777Plant Sci 164(suppl 3):143–164778Ribeiro RV, Souza GM, Oliveira RF, Machado EC (2005)779Photosynthetic responses of tropical tree species from780different successional groups under contrasting irradiance781conditions. Revista Brasileira de Botanica 28:149–161782Sakai A, Ohsawa T, Oshawa M (1995) Adaptive significance783of sprouting of Euptelea polyandra, a deciduous tree784growing on steep slopes with shallow soil. J Plant Res785108:377–386786Schlichting CD (1986) The evolution of phenotypic plasticity787in plants. Annu Rev Ecol Syst 17:667–693788Schwilk DW, Ackerly DD (2005) Is there a cost to resprout-789ing? Seedling growth rate and drought tolerance in790sprouting and nonsprouting Ceanothus (Rhamnaceae).791Am J Bot 92:404–410792Strauss-Debenedetti S, Bazzaz FA (1991) Plasticity and793acclimation to light in tropical Moraceae of different794successional positions. Oecologia 87:377–387795Valladares F, Sanchez-Gomez D (2006) Ecophysiological traits796associated with drought in Mediterranean tree seedlings:797individual responses versus interspecific trends in eleven798species. Plant Biol 8:688–697799Valladares F, Martinez-Ferri E, Balaguer L, Perez-Corona E,800Manrique E (2000) Low leaf-level response to light and801nutrients in Mediterranean evergreen oaks: a conservative802resource-use strategy? New Phytol 148:79–91803Valladares F, Chico JM, Aranda I, Balaguer L, Dizengremel P,804Manrique E, Dreyer E (2002a) The greater seedling high-805light tolerant of Quercus robar over Fagus sylvatica is806linked to a greater physiological plasticity. Trees80716:395–403808Valladares F, Balaguer L, Martinez-Ferri E, Perez-Corona E,809Manrique E (2002b) Plasticity, instability and canalization:810is the phenotypic variation in seedlings of schlerophyll oaks811consistent with the environmental unpredictability of812Mediterranean ecosystems? New Phytol 156:457–467813Valladares F, Arrieta S, Aranda I, Lorenzo D, Sanchez-Gomez814D, Tena D, Suarez F, Pardos JA (2005) Shade-tolerance,815photoinhibition sensitivity and phenotypic plasticity of816Ilex aquifolium in continental Mediterranean sites. Tree817Physiol 25:1041–1052818Veneklaas EJ, Poorter L (1998) Growth and carbon partition-819ing of tropical tree seedlings in contrasting light envi-820ronments. In: Lambers H, Poorter H, Van Vuuren MMI821(eds) Inherent variation in plant growth. Physiological822mechanisms and ecological consequences. Backhuys823Publishers, Leiden, The Netherlands, pp 337–361824Villar R, Ruız-Robleto J, Quero JL, Porter H, Valladares F,825Maranon T (2004) Tasas de crecimiento en especies826lenosas: aspectos funcionales e implicaciones ecologicas.827In: Valladares F (ed) Ecologıa del bosque mediterraneo en828un mundo cambiante. Ministerio de Medio Ambiente,829Madrid, pp 191–227
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
UNCORRECTEDPROOF
830 Walters MB, Reich PB (2000) Seed size, nitrogen supply, and831 growth rate affect tree seedling survival in deep shade.832 Ecology 81:1887–1901833 Westoby M, Falster DS, Moles AT, Vesk PA, Wright IJ (2002)834 Plant ecological strategies: some leading dimensions of835 variation between species. AnnuRev Ecol Syst 33:125–159836 Willi Y, Van Buskirk J, Hoffmann AA (2006) Limits to the837 adaptive potential of small populations. Annu Rev Ecol838 Syst 37:433–458
839Wright IJ, Reich PB, Cornelissen JHC, Falster DS, Groom PK,840Hikosaka K, Lee W, Lusk CH, Niinemets U, Oleksyn J,841Osada N, Poorter H, Warton DI, Westoby M (2005)842Modulation of leaf economic traits and trait relationship843by climate. Global Ecol Biogeogr 14:411–421844Yamashita N, Ishida A, Kushima H, Tanaka N (2000) Accli-845mation to sudden increase in light favoring an invasive846over native trees in subtropical islands, Japan. Oecologia847125:412–419
848
Plant Ecol
123
Journal : 11258 Dispatch : 22-6-2007 Pages : 13
Article No. : 9329 h LE h TYPESET
MS Code : VEGE731 h CP h DISK4 4
ANEXO III
Summer field performance of Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl and Quercus
pyrenaica Willd. seedlings planted in three sites with contrasting canopy
cover
Publicado en la revista New Forests 33: 67-80 (2007)
Autores: Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., Pardos J.A., Gil L., Aranda I.
Abstract In 2000, one-year-old seedlings of pyrenean oak (Quercus pyrenaicaWilld.) and sessile oak (Quercus petraea [Matt.] Liebl) were planted in a thinnedand an unthinned plot in a pinewood (Pinus sylvestris), and in a nearby clearing.In summer 2002 and 2003, water relations and gas exchange parameters weremeasured to address the impact of drought on the seedlings. Chlorophyll afluorescence was also measured to explore leaf photochemistry and a possiblenon-stomatal limitation to photosynthesis (A). Reduction in stomatal conduc-tance (g) in response to the decrease of predawn water potential (Ypd) resultedthe main cause affecting net carbon uptake. Water potential at midday (Ymd)was similar in both species but Quercus petraea was more sensitive to soil waterdeployment occurred along summer, showing slightly lower Ypd because worserecover of water potential during night. Rate of photosynthesis was higher inQ. pyrenaica probably in relation to its greater leaf mass per area (LMA) andnitrogen content per leaf area (Na). Mortality was highest in the clearing andlowest in the thinned pinewood. Throughout the summer, soil moisture washigher in the thinned area, possibly because of the reduction in tree transpiringsurface and interception of rainfall. Accordingly, Ypd of both species was higherin the thinned site.
Keywords Gas exchange Æ Water potential Æ Fv/Fm Æ Oaks Æ Thinning
J. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada Æ J. A. Pardos Æ L. GilUnidad de Anatomıa, Fisiologıa y Genetica Forestal. Escuela Tecnica Superior de Ingenierosde Montes, Universidad Politecnica de Madrid, Ciudad Universitaria s/n, E-28040 Madrid,Spain
I. Aranda (&)Centro de Mejora Genetica Forestal (CIFOR), Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones Agrarias(INIA), Apdo. 8111, E-28080 Madrid, Spaine-mail: [email protected]
123
New Forests (2007) 33:67–80DOI 10.1007/s11056-006-9014-7
Summer field performance of Quercus petraea (Matt.)Liebl and Quercus pyrenaica Willd seedlings, plantedin three sites with contrasting canopy cover
J. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada Æ J. A. Pardos Æ L. Gil ÆI. Aranda
Received: 23 May 2006 / Accepted: 30 May 2006 / Published online: 20 October 2006� Springer Science+Business Media B.V. 2006
Introduction
Water stress caused by drought is the main constraint to natural and artificialregeneration in Mediterranean forest ecosystems. Irregular rainfall, high tempera-tures and vapour pressure deficit often faced by seedlings during summer reducetheir water potential, conditioning most of their physiological responses. Deep-rooting habit allows Quercus species to forage for water within the soil profile andsustain higher photosynthetic rates than other shallow-rooted species during thegrowing season, conferring a competitive advantage in dry-prone sites (Bahari et al.1985; Dickson and Tomlinson 1996; Wilson and Hanson 2003). At leaf level, osmoticadjustment (Abrams 1988; Aranda et al. 1996), strong stomatal control capacity(Bahari et al. 1985; Abrams 1990) and stability of photosynthetic metabolism up tosevere water stress (Epron et al. 1992; Damesin and Rambal 1995; Valladares et al.2005) are also typical drought-tolerant mechanisms in oaks. Regarding speciesstudied here, Quercus pyrenaica has been described as more tolerant to drought thanQuercus petraea in comparative studies with adult trees (Aranda et al. 1996) andwith seedlings under glasshouse conditions (Aranda et al. 2004b). However, despitethe large area covered by Q. pyrenaica in the Iberian Peninsula few works have beenundertaken aimed to discern the mechanisms underlying its resistance to drought atthe juvenile stage (Gallego et al. 1994; Mediavilla and Escudero 2003).
Stomatal limitation is the most frequent cause of assimilation impairment in dryperiods, in relation to stomata closure and decreasing inflow of CO2 to mesophyllcells. Non-stomatal limitations may also occur, especially under high water stress,favoured by stomata closure (Powles 1984; Faria et al. 1998). As a drop of photo-synthesis substrate occurs, accumulation of NADPH and ATP enhances an excess ofenergy that plants rapidly cope with by heat dissipation in the antennae of lightharvesting complexes of photosystem II (PS II). This response balances lightabsorption and utilization, avoiding injury of PS II and longer lasting occurrence ofphotoinhibition (Nogues and Alegre 2002; Franco 2004). Chlorophyll a fluorescenceof leaves permits to assess photoinhibitory responses to stresses affecting photosyn-thetic apparatus, such as water stress or light in excess (Maxwell and Johnson 2000).
Both the extent of drought and seedling susceptibility to drought varies acrossplanting sites. During summer, seedlings growing in open areas are exposed tohigher air and soil temperatures, higher vapour pressure deficit, and lower soil wateravailability than those in the understory (Aussenac 2000; Redding et al. 2003).Canopy protection is often necessary to ensure the success of reforestations carriedout in the Mediterranean basin (Gomez-Aparicio et al. 2004). Accordingly, anincreasing number of oak plantations have been conducted under secondary coniferforests, such as those formed by Pinus sylvestris. However, limits between facilitationand competition are not easily drawn. Excessive belowground competition andsummer rainfall interception in high-density stands may enhance soil waterdeployment, limiting seedling establishment (Dalton and Messina 1994; Valladaresand Pearcy 2002; Valladares et al. 2004). In addition, it has been pointed out thatcanopy effects over seedlings change with both site aridity and fertility, (Holmgrenet al. 1997; Machado et al. 2003), so that suitability of shelterwood has to be testedfor a particular region. In this regard, many studies have intended to ascertain mostconvenient stand densities for natural and artificial regeneration through morpho-logical and physiological responses, survival and growth of understory seedlings
68 New Forests (2007) 33:67–80
123
(Collet et al. 1997, 2001; Gemmel et al. 1996; Agestam et al. 2003). The outcome ofnurse—target plants interaction is likely to be dependent of the ecology of thespecies. At this respect, although Q. petraea is said to be more shade-tolerant thanQ. pyrenaica we are not aware of any published work comparing functionality ofjuvenile seedlings of both species at different light environments.
In this study we aimed to address the influence of planting site on the survival ofQ. pyrenaica and Q. petraea seedlings, analysing the physiological mechanismsunderlying their responses to summer drought (water status, leaf gas exchange andphotoinhibition). Both oak species have flush type leaf development so that waterstress effects on leaf parameters was analysed in leaves that had developed undernon-stressed conditions in late spring. We hypothesized that survival is lower in openareas than in shelterwoods and, in turn, in dense shelterwoods than in light ones, andsecondly, that performance of Q. pyrenaica seedlings is better than that of Q. petraeain terms of water relations and survival.
Material and methods
The study site was located at Montejo de la Sierra (41�7¢ N, 3�30¢ W), in the ‘‘Sis-tema Central’’ of the Iberian Peninsula at 1,300 m above sea level. The experimentalsite was an even-aged Scots pine plantation carried out in 1958, southeastern ori-ented and 15% medium slope. It is close to the ‘‘Montejo de la Sierra’’ beech–oakforest, where Quercus petraea can be found in one of its southernmost populations ofEurope, co-occurring with Mediterranean mountain species such as Quercus pyre-naica (Gil et al. 1999). The soil is derived from micaceous gneiss to micacites sub-strate, generally well drained deep and fertile.
In 1998, a small area (2,000 m2) of the Scots pine stand, on level with an adjacentsite with the original tree density (unthinned area), was thinned to 75% of initialdensity (thinned area) (Table 1). In 2000, a total of 500 one-year-old seedlings ofQuercus petraea and Q. pyrenaica cultivated from seeds collected in the nearbybeech–oak forest were alternatively underplanted among rows of pines in two plotsin the unthinned and thinned sites. Understory vegetation was scarce in both plots;only bracken fern [Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn] was relatively abundant in thethinned site. Two hundred and fifty seedlings of the two species were also planted ina nearby clearing after brushing out 2 m wide stripes of low-size shrubs, consistingmainly of Adenocarpus hispanicus (Lam.) DC., Adenocarpus complicatus (L.) Gayand Juniperus communis L.
Table 1 Characteristics of the three experimental sites; n = 10–30 for GSF, n=5 for PPFDmax andVPDmax (±SE)
Clearing Shelterwood
Thinned Unthinned
Basal area (m2 ha–1) 0 53.6 65.8Density (trees ha–1) 0 800 1,067Dominant height (m) 0 21.6 22.5GSF (%) 95.2 ± 0.3 23.6 ± 1.0 19.3 ± 0.7PPFDmax (lmol m–2 s–1) 1332 ± 61 675 ± 110 365 ± 16VPDmax (KPa) 3.11 ± 0.04 2.58 ± 0.02 2.51 ± 0.02
New Forests (2007) 33:67–80 69
123
Seedling survival was examined at the end of the first year and at the end of theexperiment (4th year). Leaf gas exchange, chlorophyll fluorescence and water statuswere measured in the first week of July and August 2002, and July, August andSeptember 2003. Five seedlings of each species were chosen avoiding the edge of theplots and one first-flush, completely expanded leaf from the upper third part of thecrown, selected for measurements. A portable infrared gas exchange analyser(IRGA LCA 4 Analytical Development Corporation, UK) was used to mea-sure photosynthesis (A, lmol CO2 m–2 s–1) and stomatal conductance (g, mmolH2O m–2 s–1) at early morning (10.00–11.00 h) and midday (12.00–13.00 h). Mea-surements were carried out under natural conditions, thus measurements in theforest understory were often made under non-saturating light conditions. Chloro-phyll a fluorescence was measured in the same leaf before dawn and at midday witha portable pulse-modulated fluorometer (FMS 2, Hansatech Instruments Ltd., UK)in order to obtain maximum photochemical efficiency of PS II (Fv/Fm, Fv = Fm – Fo,where Fm is the maximum fluorescence and Fo the minimum fluorescence emitted byleaves). At midday, leaves were darkened for a period of c 15 min before mea-surements. Predawn (Ypd, MPa) and midday water potential (Ymd, MPa) weremeasured with a pressure chamber (PMS Instrument Co. 7000, Corvallis Oregon). Ineach date, leaf mass per area (LMA, mg cm–2), chlorophyll and nitrogen concen-tration were analysed in sampled leaves. LMA was estimated by dividing the area ofa leaf disc by its dried weight. Chlorophyll content was examined spectrophoto-metrically after incubating leaf discs in 5 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide during 4 h at 65�C;values were expressed on an area (Chla) and mass (Chlm) basis. Nitrogen contentwas analysed in dried leaves, excluding petioles, following Kjeldahl procedure;values were expressed on an area (Na) and mass (Nm) basis. In the second samplingyear, it was not possible measuring plants in the clearing.
To characterize environment of each plot, light and soil moisture were quantifiedalong the last year of the study. Understory light availability was measured usinghemispherical photographs. Thirty photographs over the shoot tip of plants (10 inthe clearing) were taken around the plots centre in the evening to avoid directradiation exposition. A Nikon FM camera supplied with a sigma 8 mm fisheye wasused to photographs acquisition. Afterwards they were scanned (Olympus ES-10,Olympus Optical Co Europe GMBH) and further analysed with Hemiview 2.1Canopy Analysis Software (Delta-T), to determine global radiation (GSF; %)reaching the point where the photograph had been taken (Table 1); GSF is a sur-rogate of canopy opening ranging from 0% (no visible sky) to 100% (no plantobscures the sky) (Rich et al. 1993). Maximum daily water vapour deficit (VPDmax)and photosynthetic photon flux density (PPFDmax) were calculated as the average ofthe five highest values in the daytime. Measurements of PPFD were made with aquanta sensor mounted on the IRGA cuvette while air temperature and relativehumidity flowing inside the chamber were used to calculate VPD.
One-metre long PVC tubes were introduced into the soil to follow seasonalchanges in water content at various depths (10, 20, 40, 60 and 80 cm) with a TDR(Trase System I, Soil Moisture Equipment, USA). A total of six tubes were ran-domly introduced in the unthinned, and thinned plots, avoiding a one-metre widtharea either side of the rows of pines. It was not possible measuring soil moisture inthe clearing so that three additional tubes were buried in an adjacent firebreak tomake an estimate of soil moisture in the clearing.
70 New Forests (2007) 33:67–80
123
Two-way analysis of variance (ANOVA), considering site and species as mainfactors, was run to examine leaf characteristics of seedlings within each date (i.e.,water potential, gas exchange, chlorophyll fluorescence, LMA and biochemicalcomposition). Ypd was controlled by ANCOVA when testing species and site effectson leaf gas exchange and Fv/Fm. Since leaf gas exchange was not obtained at satu-rating light, measuring PPFD was considered a covariate when testing seasonal andinterannual variability, and differences of A and g between the two species. Forwardstepwise multiple regression analysis was performed to assess the contribution of leafparameters on net assimilation variability. When necessary, data were square root orlog transformed to meet assumptions of normality and homoscedasticity. In all casesadopted significance level was 5%.
Results
Light availability to seedlings (GSF and PPFDmax) and evaporative demand(VPDmax) were highest in the clearing and lowest in the unthinned site (Table 1).Soil moisture in the thinned plot was higher than in the unthinned and firebreakplots, except at 40 cm depth, across all dates (Table 2). Soil moisture at 10 cm depthwas gradually decreasing from the first measurement in early July to 4th August2003, recovering after first rainfall events occurred (Fig. 1). In deeper layers, soilmoisture continued to decrease up to early October. Mortality at the end of the firstyear was much higher in the clearing than in the pine understory. By the end of thestudy period, mortality for both species was almost total in the clearing, lowest in thethinned site and intermediate in the unthinned site (Fig. 2).
Plants flushed only once along the vegetative period so that leaves expanded onlate May during non-limiting soil water conditions. Leaf water potential was rela-tively high at the beginning of summer, declined as summer progressed and recov-ered rapidly after late-season rains (Fig. 3), following seasonal evolution of topsoilmoisture (0–10 cm). Seedlings water potentials in 2002 were considerably lower asthis year was drier than 2003. In 2002, 37% of Ypd values were lower than –1.5 MPaunder the pinewood, while in the following year the lowest value was –1.2 MPa.Considering species, predawn water potential was higher in Quercus pyrenaica inalmost all dates (P-value <0.05 in August and September 2003) (Fig. 3a), but therewere no significant differences between species at midday (Fig. 3b). Ypd was lowestin the unthinned area and highest in the thinned area in both years. It is worth notingthat in 2002 Ypd in the unthinned area was even lower than in the clearing (Fig. 3a).
A, g, and Fv/Fm were affected differently by water stress along summer. Pooleddata for the 2 years showed that midday A and g values decreased steeply as Ypd
decreased, while Fv/Fm showed high stability up to –3 MPa (Fig. 4a, b, d); intrinsic
Table 2 Volumetric soilmoisture measured from 7 Julyto 12 September 2003 in thethinned and the unthinnedplots, and a nearby firebreak(±SE; n = 3)
Depth (cm) Soil moisture
Firebreak Thinned Unthinned
10 10.6 ± 1.1 14.9 ± 0.7 12.2 ± 0.720 10.7 ± 1.2 16.6 ± 0.5 14.4 ± 0.640 11.9 ± 1.1 11.8 ± 1.1 14.1 ± 0.660 12.2 ± 1.4 16.3 ± 1.1 8.7 ± 0.680 13.3 ± 2.0 18.8 ± 1.6 10.8 ± 0.9
New Forests (2007) 33:67–80 71
123
water use efficiency (IWUE, A/g) increased as seedlings were subjected to increasingwater stress (Fig. 4c). Multiple regression analysis showed that g explained 58.3%and 68.7% of the variability observed in A for Q. pyrenaica and Q. petraea,respectively. When only values of Ypd < –1 MPa were selected for this analysis thecontribution of g was similar and the role of Fv/Fm was again non-significant. In 2002mean predawn Fv/Fm in August was higher than 0.8, except in the clearing
0
0
0
10
20
30
0
10
20
30
0
10
20
30
7/03 8/03 9/03 10/03 11/03 12/03
Vol
umet
ric
soil
moi
stur
e (%
)
Date
10 cm
20 cm
40 cm
60 cm
80 cm
10
20
30
40
10
20
30
Fig. 1 Seasonal variation ofsoil moisture (%) at variousdepths in the thinned(squares), unthinned(triangles) and firebreak plots(crosses) in 2003. Arrowsindicate dates in which waterpotential was measured
72 New Forests (2007) 33:67–80
123
0
20
40
60
80
100
Year 1 Year 4Cl. Th. Un. Cl. Th. Un. Cl. Th. Un. Cl. Th. Un.
Mor
talit
y (%
)
Year 1 Year 4
a b
Fig. 2 Mortality of Q. petraea (a) and Q. pyrenaica (b) seedlings planted in a clearing (white bars), athinned pinewood (dashed bars) and an unthinned pinewood (black bars) at the end of the first yearand the fourth year after planting
–3
–2.5
–2
–1.5
–1
–0.5
0Th.Un. Cl.
July 02
Th.Un. Cl.
August 02
Th.Un. Cl.
July 03
Th.Un. Cl.
August 03
Th.Un. Cl.
September 03
a
–4
–3.5
–3
–2.5
–2
–1.5
–1
–0.5
b
Q. petraea
Q. pyrenaica
ab
b
ab
ab
*
*
a
b
.. . . .
u
.. . . . . .
Q. petraea
Q. pyrenaica
b
– – –
––––
pd(M
Pa)
Ψm
d(M
Pa)
Ψ
Fig. 3 Seasonal evolution of predawn (a) and midday leaf water potential (b) in seedlings ofQuercus pyrenaica (white bars) and Quercus petraea (grey bars) planted in a thinned pinewood, anunthinned pinewood and a clearing. Species differences within a date were marked: *(P < 0.05).Different letters indicated site differences after Tukey’s test within a date
New Forests (2007) 33:67–80 73
123
(0.75 ± 0.02 for the two species). Down-regulation of PS II at midday was evident inboth species, which brought about a declining in Fv/Fm, again to a higher extent inthe clearing than in the thinned or unthinned sites (0.65 ± 0.03, 0.76 ± 0.01 and0.77 ± 0.01, respectively; P-value < 0.0014). Fv/Fm values lower than 0.8 were nevermeasured in any date of 2003 at midday.
2O
m–2
s–1F v
/Fm
IWU
E;
µm
ol C
O m
ol H
O2
2–1
pd; MPa
2
4
6
8
10 a
b
40
80
120A
;µ
mol
CO
2m
–2s–1
40
80
120c
0.4
0.6
0.8
d
–4–3–2–100.2
g; m
mol
H
Ψ
Fig. 4 Midday response ofphotosynthesis (a), stomatalconductance (b), maximumphotochemical efficiency(c) and intrinsic water useefficiency (d) to decreasingpredawn leaf water potential inseedlings of Q. pyrenaica(white symbols) and Q. petraea(grey symbols) planted in aclearing (triangles), a thinnedpinewood (circles) and anunthinned pinewood (squares)
74 New Forests (2007) 33:67–80
123
Insofar as measurements of gas exchange were not conducted at saturating light,it is difficult to compare photosynthetic performance between species. However,representing A against the spectrum of PPFD registered at the time of measure-ments made in 2003, it is clear that Quercus pyrenaica reached higher values of A atequal PPFD than Quercus petraea (Fig. 5). Quercus pyrenaica had also significantlyhigher LMA and Na. Superior Na despite similar Nm was the result of greater LMAin Quercus pyrenaica, which also explain that Chla were similar in both speciesdespite lower Chlm in this species (Table 3).
Discussion
Although stands tend to close after thinning, depending on how remaining trees andunderstory vegetation take advantage of the increase in resources availability(Kozlowski et al. 1991), in this study, we observed that the effects of a 4-year-oldthinning were still evident. Reduction in stand density brought about modificationsin environmental characteristics (i.e., light and soil moisture) that were facilitativefor the establishment of seedlings. Lower transpiring surface due to thinning of thepinewood might have been the major factor contributing to the higher wateravailability in this site (Aussenac 2000). However, other factors such as canopy andlitter rainfall interception should not be ruled out. Stogsdili et al. (1992) suggestedthat the effect of increased throughfall in thinned stands could be more importantthan the reduction in soil water usage. Litter accumulation in the unthinned plotcould also have enhanced surface soil layers desiccation because of precipitationinterception, particularly in summer months when only small rainfall events (lessthan 5 mm) were recorded (Kropfl et al. 2002).
Negative exponential relationship between soil moisture and seedling predawnwater potential causes great variation in water status following slight changes in soil
A;
mol
esC
O2
m–2
s–1
PPFD
0
2
4
6
8
10
0 500 1000 1500
nai Th.Q. pyre ca –Q. petraea – Th.Q. pyrenaica – Un.Q. petraea – Un.
Fig. 5 Relationship between photosynthetic photon flux density (PPFD) and photosynthesis (A) in2003, for seedlings of Q. pyrenaica (white symbols) and Q. petraea (grey symbols) planted in thethinned pinewood (circles) and the unthinned pinewood (squares). Equations were: A = 2.71 * Ln
(PPFD) – 10.1; r2: 0.84, P < 0.001 (Q. pyrenaica in the thinned pinewood); A = 1.19 * Ln (PPFD) –3.5; r2: 0.83, P < 0.001 (Q. pyrenaica in the unthinned pinewood); A = 1.59 * Ln (PPFD) – 5.2; r2:0.71, P < 0.001 (Q. petraea in the thinned pinewood); A = 1.05 * Ln (PPFD) – 3.0; r2: 0.80, P < 0.001(Q. petraea in the unthinned pinewood)
New Forests (2007) 33:67–80 75
123
Ta
ble
3L
ea
fm
ass
pe
ra
rea
(LM
A),
ma
ss-b
ase
dn
itro
gen
con
ten
t(N
m),
are
a-b
ase
dn
itro
gen
con
ten
t(N
a),
ma
ss-b
ase
dch
loro
ph
yll
con
ten
t(C
hl m
)a
nd
are
a-b
ase
dch
loro
ph
yll
con
ten
t(C
hl a
)in
see
dli
ng
so
fQ
.p
yre
na
ica
an
dQ
.p
etra
eag
row
ing
inth
eth
inn
ed
,u
nth
inn
ed
an
dcl
ea
rin
gp
lots
.A
ve
rag
ev
alu
es(±
SE
;n
=5
)st
ati
stic
all
yd
iffe
ren
tw
ere
ma
rke
d:
*(P
<0
.05)
,*
*(P
<0
.01)
,*
**
(P<
0.0
01)
Cle
arin
gT
hin
ne
dS
ite
Co
ntr
ol
P-v
alu
e
Q.
py
ren
aic
aQ
.p
etra
eaQ
.p
yre
na
ica
Q.
pet
raea
Q.
py
ren
aic
aQ
.p
etra
eaS
pe
cie
sS
ite
Inte
ract
ion
LM
A(m
gcm
–2)
8.3
9±
0.3
26
.98
±0
.28
5.2
3±
0.1
54
.26
±0
.14
.7±
0.1
3.9
9±
0.1
**
**
**
n.s
.C
hl m
(mg
g–1)
10
.12
±0
.75
12
.85
±0
.79
12
.13
±0
.43
13
.4±
0.4
11
4.3
1±
0.4
61
5.0
6±
0.5
3*
**
**
n.s
.C
hl a
(gm
–2)
0.8
48±
0.0
73
0.8
87±
0.0
470
.624
±0
.015
0.5
64
±0
.013
0.6
66±
0.0
170
.607
±0
.01
8n
.s.
**
*n
.s.
Nm
(mg
g–1)
21
.6±
1.6
21
.8±
0.7
20
.4±
0.7
18
.0±
1.0
19
.1±
0.5
18
.8±
0.6
n.s
.n
.s.
n.s
.N
a(g
m–1)
1.8
1±
0.1
71
.56
±0
.11
.0±
0.0
30
.78
±0
.04
0.9
±0
.03
0.7
2±
0.0
3*
**
*n
.s.
76 New Forests (2007) 33:67–80
123
moisture (Aranda et al. 1996; Kozlowski and Pallardy 1997), highlighting theimportance of minor differences in soil moisture between planting sites. Differencesin plant water status across sites may partly explain the results of mortality. Lowestwater potential in the unthinned understory seedlings across all dates may explainhigher mortality with respect to the thinned area. For instance, in 2002 Ypd inQ. petraea reached almost –2.5 MPa in the unthinned site, which is below waterpotential at turgor loss (–2.2 MPa) found in seedlings of Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaicagrowing under dense shelterwood (Rodrıguez-Calcerrada, unpublished data). Inaddition to low soil water content, low water potential in the unthinned understoryseedlings could be ascribed to a smaller root system, resulting from both a strongcarbon limitation beneath the forest canopy, where rarely saturating values wereattained during the exposition to sunflecks (Fig. 4), and a likely enhanced biomassallocation to shoots rather than roots compared to a higher light environment(Montgomery 2004).
Mortality was much higher in the clearing even though water potential in 2002was higher than in the unthinned area. This suggests that high mortality in theclearing probably occurred in the first year after planting, when plants lacking anextensive root system cannot meet high evaporative demand on open sites, sufferinga stronger transplant shock than under canopy protection (Johnson 1994). In addi-tion, mean predawn Fv/Fm in August was below the optimal range of c 0.84 in theclearing (Bjorkman and Demmig 1987) while midday Fv/Fm was lower than in thethinned or unthinned understories along the gradient of Ypd for both species. Pho-toinhibitory responses in the clearing reveal an inherent susceptibility to high irra-diance related with the late-successional character of both species (Kitao et al. 2000;Valladares et al. 2002, 2004).
Overall, these results highlight the necessity of shade to ensure the success ofplantations with Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica in Mediterranean environments.Shelterwood would be particularly recommended to minimize drought-relatedmortality and photoinhibition during early phases of establishment (Evans 1984;Gomez-Aparicio et al. 2004). Nonetheless, thinning of highly dense stands prior toafforestations may ameliorate growth conditions as both light and seedlings waterstatus improve with respect to stands with the original density (Dalton and Messina1994; Aranda et al. 2004a).
Regarding species, it was surprising the slight difference between Q. pyrenaicaand Q. petraea in response to water stress. Decrease of seedling water potentialaffected negatively stomatal conductance and net assimilation. The relationshipbetween IWUE versus Ypd indicated that reduction in g caused by water stress washigher than reduction in A, indicating that stomatal closure was the main factorhampering net CO2 assimilation. Stability of Fv/Fm along the gradient of water stresssupports the high stability of photosynthetic apparatus up to severe water stress as ithas been already addressed in other works studying photosynthetic responses ofMediterranean species to drought (Flexas and Medrano 2002; Valladares et al.2005). Interspecific differences were found in Ypd, which was slightly lower inQ. petraea, probably in relation to a smaller or shallower root development thatrestrict its soil water acquisition (Castell et al. 1994; Asbjornsen et al. 2004). Dif-ferences were statistically significant just in 2003 in the thinned site, suggesting thatseedlings of Q. pyrenaica were more able to reflect the improvement in wateravailability associated to thinning when conditions are not so harsh as to equallystress both species, as occurred in 2002. Furthermore, Q. pyrenaica exhibited higher
New Forests (2007) 33:67–80 77
123
photosynthetic capacity in the relatively drought-free 2003 year. Higher LMA couldimply a greater accumulation of nitrogen and photosynthetic tissue per unit of leafarea, which increases area-based photosynthesis. Higher chlorophyll content in Q.petraea even when light is not a limited resource can be ascribed to a preferentialallocation of nitrogen to light harvesting, which reduces nitrogen availability tocarboxylation enzymes and may limit photosynthesis at higher PPFD (Seemannet al. 1987). Both lower LMA and higher chlorophyll concentration could be relatedto a greater tolerance to shade in agreement with a trade-off between drought versusshade-tolerance (Abrams et al. 1994; Aranda et al. 2005). Although Q. petraea isconsidered an intermediate shade-tolerant species in central Europe, light require-ments may differ with habitat such that its capacity to establish in shade may bemore pronounced in Mediterranean populations than in northern areas of its geo-graphic range (Kelly 2002).
Acknowledgements This research has been supported by the Consejerıa de Medio Ambiente yDesarrollo General de la Comunidad Autonoma de Madrid. J. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada was supportedby a scolarship from the Consejerıa de Educacion de la Comunidad de Madrid (C.A.M.) and theFondo Social Europeo (F.S.E.). We gratefully acknowledge Sven Mutke for reviewing this manu-script.
References
Abrams MD (1988) Sources of variation in osmotic potentials with special reference to NorthAmerican tree species. For Sci 34:1030–1046
Abrams MD (1990) Adaptations and responses to drought in Quercus species of North America.Tree Physiol 7:227–238
Abrams MD, Kubiske ME, Mostoller SA (1994) Relating wet and dry year ecophysiology to leafstructure in contrasting temperate tree species. Ecology 75:123–133
Agestam E, Eko P-M, Nilsson U, Welander NT (2003) The effects of shelterwood density and sitepreparation on natural regeneration of Fagus sylvatica in southern Sweden. For Ecol Manage176:61–73
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos J (1996) Seasonal water relations of three broadleaved species (Fagussylvatica L, Quercus petraea (Mattuschka) Liebl and Quercus pyrenaica Willd) in a mixed standin the centre of the Iberian Peninsula. For Ecol Manage 84:219–229
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (2004a) Improvement of growth conditions and gas exchange of Fagussylvatica L. seedlings planted below a recently thinned Pinus sylvestris L. stand. Trees 18:211–220
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (2004b) Osmotic adjustment in two temperate oak species [Quercuspyrenaica Willd and Quercus petraea (Matt.) Lieb] of the Iberian Peninsula in response todrought. Invest Agrar Sist Recur For 13:339–345 (in Spanish, with English abstract)
Aranda I, Castro L, Pardos M, Gil L, Pardos JA (2005) Effects of the interaction between droughtand shade on water relations, gas exchange and morphological traits in cork oak (Quercus suberL.) seedlings. For Ecol Manage 210:117–129
Asbjornsen H, Vogt KA, Ashton MS (2004) Synergistic response of oak, pine and shrub seedlings toedge environment and drought in a fragmented tropical highland oak forest, Oaxaca, Mexico.For Ecol Manage 192:313–334
Aussenac G (2000) Interactions between forest stands and microclimate: ecophysiological aspectsand consequences for silviculture. Ann For Sci 57:287–301
Bahari ZA, Pallardy SG, Parker WC (1985) Photosynthesis, water relations, and drought adaptationin six woody species of oak-hickory forests in central Missouri. For Sci 31:557–569
Bjorkman O, Demmig B (1987) Photon yield of O2 evolution and chlorophyll fluorescence char-acteristics at 77 K among vascular plants of diverse origins. Planta 170:489–504
Castell C, Terradas J, Tenhunen JD (1994) Water relations, gas exchange, and growth of resproutsand mature plants shoots of Arbutus unedo L. and Quercus ilex L. Oecologia 98:201–211
78 New Forests (2007) 33:67–80
123
Collet C, Colin F, Bernier F (1997) Height growth, shoot elongation and branch development ofyoung Quercus pubescens grown under different levels of resource availability. Ann Sci For54:65–81
Collet C, Lanter O, Pardos M (2001) Effects of canopy opening on height and diameter growth innaturally regenerated beech seedlings. Ann For Sci 58:127–134
Dalton CT, Messina MG (1994) Water relations and growth of loblolly pine seedlings planted undera shelterwood and in a clear-cut. Tree Physiol 15:19–26
Damesin C, Rambal S (1995) Field study of leaf photosynthetic performance by a Mediterraneandeciduous oak tree (Quercus pubescens) during a severe summer drought. New Phytol 131:159–167
Dickson RE, Tomlinson PT (1996) Oak growth, development and carbon metabolism in response towater stress. Ann Sci For 53:181–196
Epron D, Dreyer E, Breda N (1992) Photosynthesis of oak trees [Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl.]during drought under field conditions: diurnal course of net CO2 assimilation and photochemicalefficiency of photosystem II. Plant Cell Environ 15:809–820
Evans J (1984) Silviculture of broadleaved woodland. HMSO, Forestry Commission Bulletin 62,London, 232 pp
Faria T, Silverio D, Breia E, Cabral R, Abadıa A, Abadıa J, Pereira JS, Chaves MM (1998) Dif-ferences in the response of carbon assimilation to summer stress (water deficits, high light andtemperature) in four Mediterranean tree species. Physiol Plant 102:419–428
Flexas J, Medrano H (2002) Drought-inhibition of photosynthesis in C3 plants: stomatal and non-stomatal limitations revisited. Ann Bot 89:183–189
Franco C (2004) Estrategias funcionais de plantas lenosas das savanas do Brasil Central:Relacao aodeficit hıdrico e ao regime luminoso. In: Cabrera HM (ed) Fisiologıa Ecologica en plantas –Mecanismos y respuestas a estres en los ecosistemas. Valparaıso, Chile, pp 173–188
Gallego HA, Rico M, Moreno G, Santa Regina I (1994) Leaf water potential and stomatal con-ductance in Quercus pyrenaica Willd. forest: vertical gradients and response to environmentalfactors. Tree Physiol 14:1039–1047
Gemmel P, Nilsson U, Welander T (1996) Development of oak and beech seedlings planted undervarying shelterwood densities and with different site preparation methods in southern Sweden.New For 12:141–161
Gil L, Pardo F, Aranda I, Pardos JA (1999) El Hayedo de Montejo: Pasado y Presente. Comunidadde Madrid, Madrid
Gomez-Aparicio L, Zamora R, Gomez JM, Hodar JA, Castro J, Baraza E (2004) Applying plantfacilitation to forest restoration: a meta-analysis of the use of shrubs as nurse plants. Ecol Appl14:1128–1138
Holmgren M, Scheffer M, Huston MA (1997) The interplay of facilitation and competition in plantcommunities. Ecology 78:1966–1975
Johnson PS (1994) The silviculture of northern red oak. USDA For Serv Gen Tech Rep NC-173:33–68
Kelly DL (2002) The regeneration of Q. petraea (sessile oak) in southwest Ireland: a 25-yearexperimental study. For Ecol Manage 166:207–226
Kitao M, Lei TT, Koike T, Tobita H, Maruyama Y (2000) Susceptibility to photoinhibition of threedeciduous broadleaf tree species with different successional traits raised under various lightregimes. Plant Cell Environ 23:81–89
Kozlowski TT, Kramer PJ, Pallardy SG (1991) The physiological ecology of woody plants. AcademicPress, San Diego, California, 657 pp
Kozlowski TT, Pallardy SG (1997) Physiology of woody plants. Academic Press, San Diego, Cali-fornia. 411 pp
Kropfl AI, Cecchi GA, Villasuso NM, Distel RA (2002) The influence of Larrea divaricata on soilmoisture and on water status and growth of Stipa tenuis in southern Argentina. J Arid Environ52:29–35
Machado JL, Walters MB, Reich PB (2003) Below-ground resources limit seedling growth in forestunderstories but do not alter biomass distribution. Ann For Sci 60:319–330
Maxwell K, Johnson GN (2000) Chlorophyll fluorescence – a practical guide. J Exp Bot 51:659–668Mediavilla S, Escudero A (2003) Mature trees versus seedlings: differences in leaf traits and gas
exchange patterns in three co-occurring Mediterranean oaks. Ann For Sci 60:455–460Montgomery R (2004) Relative importance of photosynthetic physiology and biomass allocation for
tree seedling growth across a broad light gradient. Tree Physiol 24:155–167
New Forests (2007) 33:67–80 79
123
Nogues S, Alegre L (2002) An increase in water deficit has no impact on the photosynthetic capacityof field-grown Mediterranean plants. Funct Plant Biol 29:621–630
Powles SB (1984) Photoinhibition of photosynthesis induced by visible light. Annu Rev Plant Physiol35:15–44
Redding TE, Hope GD, Fortin M-J, Schmidt MG, Bailey WG (2003) Spatial patterns of soil tem-perature and moisture across subalpine forest-clearcut edges in the southern interior of BritishColumbia. Can J Soil Sci 83:121–130
Rich PM, Clark DB, Clark DA, Oberbauer SF (1993) Long-term study of solar radiation regimes ina tropical wet forest using quantum sensors and hemispherical photography. Agric For Meteorol65:107–127
Seemann JR, Sharkey TD, Wang JL, Osmond CB (1987) Environmental effects on photosynthesis,nitrogen-use efficiency, and metabolite pools in leaves of sun and shade plants. Plant Physiol84:796–802
Stogsdili WR Jr, Wittwer RF, Hennessey TC, Dougherty PM (1992) Water use in thinned loblollypine plantations. For Ecol Manage 50:233–245
Valladares F, Pearcy RW (2002) Drought can be more critical in the shade than in the sun: a fieldstudy of carbon gain and photo-inhibition in a Californian shrub during a dry El Nino year. PlantCell Environ 25:749–759
Valladares F, Chico JM, Aranda I, Balaguer L, Dizengremel P, Manrique E, Dreyer E (2002) Thegreater seedling high-light tolerance of Quercus robur over Fagus sylvatica is linked to a greaterphysiological plasticity. Trees 16:395–403
Valladares F, Aranda I, Sanchez-Gomez D (2004) La luz como factor ecologico y evolutivo para lasplantas y su interaccion con el agua. In: Valladares F (ed) Ecologıa del bosque mediterraneo enun ambiente cambiante. Ministerio de Medio Ambiente, Madrid, Espana, pp 335–369
Valladares F, Dobarro I, Sanchez-Gomez D, Pearcy RW (2005) Photoinhibition and drought inMediterranean woody saplings:scaling effects and interactions in sun and shade phenotypes.J Exp Bot 56:483–494
Wilson KB, Hanson PJ (2003) Deciduous hardwood photosynthesis:species differences, temporalpatterns, and responses to soil-water deficits. In: Hanson P, Wullschleger S (eds) NorthAmerican temperate deciduous forest responses to changing precipitation regimes. Springer-Verlag, New York, USA, pp 35–47
80 New Forests (2007) 33:67–80
123
ANEXO IV
Acclimation to light in seedlings of Quercus petraea (Mattuschka) Liebl.
and Quercus pyrenaica Willd. planted along a forest-edge gradient
Publicado en la revista Trees 21: 45-54 (2007)
Autores: Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., Pardos J.A., Gil L., Aranda I.
Trees (2007) 21:45–54DOI 10.1007/s00468-006-0095-x
ORIGINAL ARTICLE
Acclimation to light in seedlings of Quercus petraea (Mattuschka)Liebl. and Quercus pyrenaica Willd. planted along aforest-edge gradientJ. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada · J. A. Pardos · L. Gil ·I. Aranda
Received: 22 September 2005 / Revised: 8 August 2006 / Accepted: 31 August 2006 / Published online: 10 October 2006C© Springer-Verlag 2006
Abstract Photosynthetic acclimation of two co-occurringdeciduous oaks (Quercus petraea and Quercus pyrenaica)to a natural light gradient was studied during one grow-ing season. In the spring of 2003, 90 seedlings per specieswere planted along a transect resulting from a dense Pi-nus sylvestris stand, an adjacent thinned area and a 10-m-wide firebreak (16.5–60.9% Global Site Factor (GSF)). Intwo dates of the following summer, we measured leaf gasexchange, carboxylation efficiency (CE), chlorophyll andnitrogen content, light–response curves of chlorophyll a flu-orescence parameters, and leaf mass per area (LMA). Sum-mer was mild, as evidenced by leaf predawn water potential(�pd), which reduced the interactive effect of water stress onthe response of seedlings to light. Q. pyrenaica had higherLMA, CE, stomatal conductance (gs max) and photosynthesisper unit area (Aa
max) than Q. petraea at all growth irradiances.Aa
max, LMA, gs max and electron transport rate (ETR) all in-creased with light availability (GSF) in a similar fashion inboth species. Light had also a clear effect on the organiza-tion of Photosystem II (PS II), as deduced by chlorophyll afluorescence curves. Chlorophyll concentration (Chlm) de-
Communicated by U. Luttge
J. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada · J. A. Pardos · L. GilUnidad de Anatomıa, Fisiologıa y Genetica Forestal. EscuelaTecnica Superior de Ingenieros de Montes, UniversidadPolitecnica de Madrid,Ciudad Universitaria s/n,28040 Madrid, Spain
I. Aranda (�)Centro de Investigacion Forestal (CIFOR), Instituto Nacional deInvestigacion Agraria y Alimentaria (INIA),Carretera de La Coruna Km 7.5,28040 Madrid, Spaine-mail: [email protected]
creased with increasing light availability in Q. pyrenaica butit did not in Q. petraea. Seedlings of Q. petraea acclimatedto higher irradiances showed a greater non-photochemicalquenching (NPQ) than those of Q. pyrenaica. This suggests ahigher susceptibility to high light in Q. petraea, which wouldbe consistent with a better adaptation to shade, inferred fromthe lower LMA or the lower rate of photosynthesis.
Keywords Quercus petraea . Quercus pyrenaica . Lightgradients . Photosynthetic acclimation . Chlorophyll afluorescence curves
Introduction
Acclimation to available light is achieved by an integral re-sponse at all plant levels. At leaf-level, a combination of sev-eral physiological and morphological changes are involvedin the photosynthetic acclimation to the prevailing light en-vironment. Changes in foliar nitrogen concentration and par-titioning of nitrogen between the components of the photo-synthetic apparatus play a role (Seemann et al. 1987; Evans1989; Niinemets 1997; Niinemets and Tenhunen 1997; LeRoux et al. 2001). The structural change that occurs in re-sponse to growth irradiance is also an important factor ina number of studies (Niinemets and Kull 1998; Evans andPoorter 2001; Muraoka et al. 2002; Robakowski et al. 2003;Niinemets and Valladares 2004); light increases mass perunit area (LMA), giving higher rates of area-based photo-synthesis in leaves with superior nitrogen content per unitarea (e.g. Reich et al. 1999). Yet the amount of photosyn-thetic machinery usually remains constant under differentgrowth irradiances, resulting in unaltered mass-based pho-tosynthesis (Evans and Poorter 2001).
Springer
46 Trees (2007) 21:45–54
Light-induced photosynthetic adjustments vary withspecies’ light requirements (Ashton and Berlyn 1994; Naiduand DeLucia 1997; Valladares et al. 2002). Very shade-tolerant species show a limited photosynthetic plasticity(Valladares et al. 2000a; Mitchell 2001; Griffin et al. 2004)as well as a lower photosynthetic capacity in high light. Thisimplies that a smaller fraction of absorbed energy is dissi-pated in carbon fixation, so that plants lacking alternativemechanisms to cope with excess energy will be more likelyexposed to photoinhibitory damages on the photosyntheticapparatus (Ogren 1991). On the other hand, high photo-synthetic capacity of shade-intolerant species is positivelyrelated to the rate of respiration in low light and thus entailsa compromise for their long-term survival in the understory(Kaelke et al. 2001).
Non-photochemical quenching (NPQ) is involved in thethermal dissipation of excess energy. Xanthophyll cycle-dependent conformational changes in the light-harvestingcomplexes of PS II (LHC II) quench energy as heat in lieu ofdriving photochemistry (Walters and Horton 1993; Mulleret al. 2001), contributing to protect chloroplasts from ox-idative damage. A correlation of NPQ with growth irradi-ance has been observed in some species (Rosenqvist 2001;Einhorn et al. 2004), but not in others (Johnson et al. 1993;Anderson et al. 2001; Rosenqvist 2001), and the relation-ship of NPQ with species’ light requirements is yet far fromclear. Estimates of NPQ under ambient light conditions areaffected by fluctuating and often non-saturating irradiances.Chlorophyll a fluorescence curves in response to actinic lightprovide a reliable estimate of both the NPQ and the electrontransport rate that leaves display at saturating PPFD (Whiteand Critchley 1999).
Studies of acclimation to light carried out across naturallight gradients will be affected by the co-variation of air tem-perature, vapour pressure deficit and soil moisture (Ellsworthand Reich 1992; Muraoka et al. 1997; Valladares and Pearcy1997; Jifon and Syvertsen 2003; Redding et al. 2003), aswell as by changes in the spectral quality of light (Lei andLechowicz 1998). Even though a more realistic interpretationcan be deduced from such studies, one cannot easily separatethe interaction among all these factors. Microclimatic vari-ations linked to high-irradiance expositions are related withthe inability of some shade species to perform adequatelyout of tree canopy protection (Ellsworth and Reich 1992;Sipe and Bazzaz 1994), which is likely to be more dramaticin Mediterranean forest ecosystems (Faria et al. 1998).
The objectives of this study were (i) to examine the varia-tion of leaf photosynthetic characteristics along a forest-edgegradient in two contrasting oaks, namely Quercus petraeaand Quercus pyrenaica, (ii) to compare their acclimatoryresponses to the range of available light generated in thisgradient, and (iii) to discuss the ecological significance ofsuch responses. Q. petraea is a deciduous species and Q.
pyrenaica is a semi-deciduous marcescent species constitut-ing late-successional forests in temperate and Mediterraneanenvironments, respectively. A moderate degree of shade tol-erance is referred in both Q. pyrenaica (Baraza et al. 2004)and Q. petraea (Brzeziecki and Kienast 1994; von Lupke1998; Kelly 2002), while a higher sensitivity to water stresshas been pointed out in Q. petraea (Aranda et al. 1996, 2004).Traits conducive to a higher drought-resistance (e.g. highroot to shoot ratio, or high leaf mass per area) may restrictthe capacity of a plant to optimise light capture in low-lightenvironments, which is underlying the theory of a trade-offbetween drought and shade tolerance (Abrams 1990, Abramset al. 1994; Kubiske et al. 1996). Our hypotheses were(i) that leaf photosynthetic characteristics would change inrelation to light availability, (ii) that the degree of variationwould differ between both species, and (iii) that according toa trade-off between drought and shade tolerance, Q. petraeawould show both a higher capacity to tolerate shade and ahigher sensitivity to high light. To test these hypotheses, theacclimatory responses to a light-availability gradient werestudied in seedlings of Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica duringone growing season.
Material and methods
The study was conducted in a mature Pinus sylvestris stand,at 1250 m a.s.l. This stand is located near the beech-oakforest of Montejo de la Sierra (41◦7′ N, 3◦30′ W), whereseveral temperate species at the southern boundary of theirgeographic range (e.g. Q. petraea, Fagus sylvatica) are co-occurring with other species at an optimum of their distri-bution (e.g. Q. pyrenaica). In early spring of 2003, one-year-old seedlings of Q. pyrenaica and Q. petraea wereplanted along a 150-m-long SW–NE aligned transect run-ning from a firebreak edge to the pinewood interior. Ninetyseedlings per species were alternately planted 1.5-m sepa-rated in the understory of a dense stand (1067 trees ha−1
density and 65.8 m2 ha−1 basal area), a contiguous thinnedarea (800 trees ha−1 density and 53.6 m2 ha−1 basal area)and in the centre of an adjacent 10-m-wide SE-oriented fire-break, forming the edge of the stand. Understory vegetationwas almost absent, except for the sparse presence of Pterid-ium aquilinum L. (Kuhn). Ferns were more abundant in thethinned stand adjoining the firebreak, which had been colo-nized by patches of pioneer woody shrubs (Genista floridaL., Adenocarpus hispanicus (Lam.) and Rubus ulmifoliusSchott.). The terrain was gently sloping (15%).
The following summer several leaf parameters were anal-ysed in order to evaluate the acclimation of the seedlings.Measurements were made in early summer (21–23 June)and late summer (26–28 August). Leaf gas exchange mea-surements were performed with a portable infrared gas
Springer
Trees (2007) 21:45–54 47
analyser (IRGA LCA 4 Analytical Development Corpora-tion, UK), on attached leaves. For each species and site(dense pinewood, thinned pinewood and firebreak), fourmeasurements were made on each four different seedlings(three in August). Area-based rate of photosynthesis (Aa
max)and stomatal conductance (gs max) at saturating light (c1300 and 900 µmoles m−2 s−1 for edge and understoryseedlings, respectively) were initially measured at ambientCO2 (365 ppm) and down to 300, 200 and 100 ppm, throughreducing CO2 concentration entering the system with an ab-sorbing reactive (soda lime). Temperature inside the cuvettewas set to 25◦C. Carboxylation efficiency (CE) was esti-mated as the initial slope of the net assimilation rate againstthe intercellular concentration of CO2 (Ci). Due to the in-duction time for full photosynthetic activation, the leaf wassubmitted to near-saturating light for a period of c 15 minbefore starting the first measurements (three readings weretaken at each CO2 concentration). During this period, leaftemperature was measured with a copper–constantan ther-mocouple (24–30◦C). Measurements were made from 9.30to 11.30 local time, in order to avoid either excessive airtemperature (23.2◦C in June and 25◦C in August) or VPD(1.3 KPa in June and 1.7 KPa in August) that could lead todiurnal leaf water deficit.
Acclimation of PS II was examined by means of light–response curves of chlorophyll a fluorescence parametersin intact leaves. Curves were made with a portable pulse-modulated fluorometer (FMS 2, Hansatech Instruments Ltd.,UK). The unit was pre-programmed to gradually increaselight provided by a halogen lamp (Osram 64255, 25 W8 V). Prior to measurements, leaves were acclimated todark for 30 min with dark-adaptation leaf-clips. The fibre-optic cable linked to the light source was attached to theleaf-clip through an adapter that prevented variation of thedistance from the light source to the sample and expo-sition to ambient light. After measurement of minimumfluorescence in the dark-adapted leaf (F0) with a measur-ing light <0.05 µmol m−2 s−1, a 0.8 s saturating pulse(6600 µmol m−2 s−1) was applied, and maximum fluores-cence measured (Fm) to calculate potential quantum yieldof photosystem II (PSII) (Fv/Fm = (Fm–Fo)/Fm). Immedi-ately halogen lamp was turned on, and a new saturatingpulse applied (F′
m) after steady-state fluorescence (Fs) wasachieved. Time for reaching steady fluorescence varied fromapproximately 3 min at lower light intensities to 30 s atthe highest light level. Before changing to the next lightlevel, a 5 s far-red light pulse was applied to drain electronsfrom acceptors of PS II and measure light-adapted mini-mum fluorescence (F′
0). Light was increased in ten stepsfrom 26 to 1500 µmol m−2 s−1. At each actinic light wecalculated: the effective quantum yield of PSII (φPSII =(F′
m − Fs)/F′m), the efficiency of open reaction centres
(F′v/F′
m = (F′m − F′
0)/F′m), the photochemical quench-
ing (qP = (F′m − Fs)/(F′
m − F′0)), the non-photochemical
quenching (NPQ = (Fm − F′m)/F′
m), and the electron trans-port rate (ETR = øPSII × 0.5 × 0.84 × PPFD). Chlorophylla fluorescence curves were not realized under steady-stateconditions since Fm takes much longer to stabilize than Fs
(White and Critchley 1999). Measurements were performedon five seedlings per species and site. Two curves per sitewere alternately made to standardize environmental variationwithin a day.
The water status of the seedlings was estimated by mea-suring the leaf water potential at dawn (�pd) and at midday(�md). Measurements were made with a pressure chamber(PMS Instrument Co. 7000, Corvallis Oregon) in 23 June and28 August. Five plants per species and site were measured ateach date. The same leaves were used to estimate leaf massper area (LMA), and chlorophyll and nitrogen concentrationon an area (Chla, Na) and a mass basis (Chlm, Nm). Two discswere cut in the field. One was immersed in tubes containing5 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and kept in dark. In thelaboratory tubes were bathed at 60◦C for 5 h. After that, ab-sorbance of the chlorophyll solved in DMSO was measuredwith a spectrophotometer at 648.2 and 664.9 nm, to estimatechlorophyll concentration. The other disc was oven-driedfor 2 days at 65◦C and weighed to calculate LMA. Nitrogencontent of leaves, petioles excluded, was determined usingthe Kjeldahl procedure. Nitrogen partitioning among photo-synthetic processes was estimated from the ratios of Chl/N,CE/N and ETRmax/N. The relative importance of photosyn-thetic processes was assessed by calculating CE/Chl andETRmax/Chl.
Hemispherical photographs were made to give an estima-tion of the proportion of light a plant was exposed to withrespect to an open place (Global Site Factor, GSF, %). Rain-fall was registered with a rain gauge (Delta-T) at the top ofa 16-m research tower located within a neighbouring stand.One air temperature sensor and one relative humidity sen-sor, both connected to a data-logger (HOBO H8 Pro, Onset)were placed in each site. Data acquisition was programmedto take readings at 10-min intervals. Additionally, volumetricsoil moisture was periodically recorded with a TDR (TraseSystem I, Soil Moisture Equipment, USA) at 10, 20, 40, 60and 80 cm depth in three probes per site.
The relationships between light availability (i.e. GSF) andleaf attributes, as well as among leaf attributes, were inves-tigated using correlation and regression analysis. Pearson’scorrelation analysis was used to explore the statistical signif-icance of the relationship and then a regression equation wasfitted to describe it. Analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) wasused to test the difference between Q. petraea and Q. pyre-naica in each trait, where GSF was the co-variable. Somevariables were log-transformed prior to run the analyses.When date was a significant factor (p<0.05), a different func-tion was adjusted for data of June and August. Non-linear
Springer
48 Trees (2007) 21:45–54
functions were fitted to describe the evolution of chloro-phyll fluorescence parameters with actinic light (Rascheret al. 2000). Marquardt method was selected to estimate theindependent parameters of the functions. Species and sitedifferences in leaf water potential were tested by two-wayanalysis of variance (ANOVA).
Results
Environmental parameters
The firebreak – forest interior transect generated a light gra-dient (GSF) that ranged from 60.9 to 31.9% in the firebreak,28.9 to 17.2% in the thinned site and 24.2 to 16.5% in thedense site. Daily maxima for air temperature and VPD wereon average 2.5◦C and 0.3 KPa higher in the edge than inthe dense and thinned sites, where almost identical valueswere observed (Fig. 1a, b). Soil moisture was highest in thethinned stand (Fig. 1c), probably because of lower evapo-ration than in the edge, and lower overall water uptake bytrees than in the dense site. The passage of several coldfronts produced 55.4 mm of rain between 5 and 25 August(Fig. 1d), which amounted to 67% of total summer rain-fall. This rendered temperatures and VPD lower than typi-cally at this time of the year, and lower than at the end ofJune.
Leaf water potential
Both �pd and �md decreased slight but significantly(p<0.001 and p<0.05, respectively) in August. In both dates,�pd was lowest in the dense stand whereas �md was lowest inthe edge (Table 1). There were no statistically significant dif-ferences between Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica in both �pd
and �md. Relatively high values of �pd (minimum valuesaround − 1 MPa) evidenced a mild water stress.
Light–response curves of chlorophyll fluorescenceparameters
Chlorophyll fluorescence parameters followed a non-linearresponse to increasing actinic light. NPQ and ETR increased,
V P
Dm
ax(K
Pa)
Tm
ax (º
C)
So
il m
oist
ure
(%)
Rai
n f
all
(mm
)
Date
0.51.01.52.02.53.03.5
a
15
20
25
30b
5
10
15
20c
0
5
10
15
20
25
21-6 6-7 21-7 5-8 20-8 4-9 19-9
d
V P
Dm
ax(K
Pa)
Tm
ax (º
C)
0.51.01.52.02.53.03.5
a
0.51.01.52.02.53.03.5
a
15
20
25
30b
15
20
25
30b
5
10
15
20c
5
10
15
20c
0
5
10
15
20
25
21-6 6-7 21-7 5-8 20-8 4-9 19-
d
0
5
10
15
20
25
21-6 6-7 21-7 5-8 20-8 4-9 19-
0
5
10
15
20
25
21-6 6-7 21-7 5-8 20-8 4-9 19-
d
Fig. 1 Daily maximum VPD a, daily maximum temperature b andmean values (n = 3) of soil moisture at 10 cm depth c, registered inthe dense stand (black line, triangles), the thinned stand (dashed line,squares) and the edge (dotted line, crosses) throughout the summer of2004; d precipitation in the study area
while qP, F′v/F′
m and φPSII all decreased as leaves weresubmitted to increasing light (Fig. 2). This pattern was similarin both dates, but in August NPQmax was lower (p<0.01), qPat a common PPFD was higher (p<0.01), and ETR saturatedboth at a higher value and a higher PPFD (p<0.05) than inJune (Fig. 2).
NPQmax and ETRmax increased with GSF (Fig. 3a, b).Q. petraea showed a more plastic response of NPQ to light
Table 1 Means ( ± SE) of predawn leaf water potential (�pd, − MPa) and midday leaf water potential (�md, − MPa)
Edge Thinned stand Dense stand p-valueQ. pyrenaica Q. petraea Q. pyrenaica Q. petraea Q. pyrenaica Q. petraea Species Site sp × site
June �pd 0.1 (0.03) 0.1 (0.01) 0.2 (0.04) 0.2 (0.1) 0.3 (0.02) 0.3 (0.05) 0.76 <0.001∗ 0.547�md 1.9 (0.1) 1.9 (0.1) 1.5 (0.1) 1.3 (0.1) 1.2 (0.1) 1.4 (0.1) 0.954 <0.001∗ 0.382
August �pd 0.5 (0.1) 0.4 (0.1) 0.5 (0.1) 0.4 (0.04) 1.0 (0.2) 0.6 (0.02) 0.089 0.016∗ 0.621�md 2.3 (0.2) 2.3 (0.3) 1.9 (0.3) 1.8 (0.1) 2.1 (0.1) 1.9 (0.1) 0.375 0.013∗ 0.826
ANOVA p-values (∗p<0.05) are indicated for species and site differences, and the interaction of both factors
Springer
Trees (2007) 21:45–54 49
Fv
/Fm
qP
0
20
40
60
80
0 400 800 1200
e
1600
j
400 800 1200
ΦΦ ΦΦP
SII
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.4
0.6
0.8
c
i
h
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
NP
Q
b g
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
a f
PPFD (µµµµmol m-2 s-1)
m+(1-m)*exp(-b*ppfd)
m*(1-exp(-b*ppfd))
d
m*(1-exp(-b*ppfd))
m+a*exp(-b*ppfd)
m+a*exp(-b*ppfd)
0
PPFD (µµµµmol m-2 s-1)
ET
R (
µµ µµm
ol
e-
m-2
s-1
)F
v/F
mqP
0
20
40
60
80
0
20
40
60
80
0 400 800 1200
e
1600
j
400 800 1200
ΦΦ ΦΦP
SII
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.4
0.6
0.8
c
i
h
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
NP
Q
b g
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
a f
PPFD (µµµµmol m-2 s-1)
m+(1-m)*exp(-b*ppfd)
m*(1-exp(-b*ppfd))
d
m*(1-exp(-b*ppfd))
m+a*exp(-b*ppfd)
m+a*exp(-b*ppfd)
0
PPFD (µµµµmol m-2 s-1)
ET
R (
µµ µµm
ol
e-
m-2
s-1
)
Fig. 2 Light–response curves of photochemical quenching a, f, non-photochemical quenching b, g, efficiency of open reaction centres c, h,effective quantum yield d, i and electron transport rate e, j for seedlingsof Q. pyrenaica (circles) and Q. petraea (squares), growing in the edgeof the forest (open symbols), the thinned stand (grey symbols) and thedense stand (black symbols). Left panels are from 22 to 23 June a–eand right panels are from 27 to 28 August f–j. Error bars omitted forclarity (n = 3–5)
availability than Q. pyrenaica (species × GSF interaction,p<0.001) so that NPQmax was significantly higher in Q.petraea in the more exposed site. F′
v/F′m decreased with in-
creasing GSF, more pronouncedly in Q. petraea (species ×GSF interaction, p<0.001) (Fig. 3c). φPSII showed a low plas-ticity to light availability (Fig. 2). Since φPSII is the productof qP and F′
v/F′m, decreasing F′
v/F′m with light counter-
acted the higher capacity to maintain reaction centres oxi-dized (i.e. qP) for a given actinic light showed by more ex-posed seedlings (Fig. 3d). Fv/Fm did not correlate with light
Table 2 Regression analysis of the relationship between some leafattributes (light-saturated stomatal conductance [gs max], carboxyla-tion efficiency [CE], maximum electron transport rate [ETRmax], leafmass per area [LMA] and area-based nitrogen content [Na]) and light-saturated area-based photosynthesis [Aa
max] for seedlings of Q. petraeaand Q. pyrenaica
Species Variable × p-value R2
Q. pyrenaica gs max 0.001 0.46CE 0.012 0.37ln ETRmax 0.000 0.68LMA 0.001 0.45ln Na 0.003 0.4
Q. petraea gs max 0.002 0.42CE 0.000 0.66ln ETRmax 0.001 0.46LMA 0.107 0.13ln Na 0.483 0.03
availability and was similar in both species. All chlorophyllfluorescence parameters saturated at higher PPFD as theywere exposed to increasing GSF (data not shown). ETRmax
correlated positively with Aamax (Table 2).
Gas exchange
Aamax, gs max and CE were significantly higher in Q. pyre-
naica (all p<0.05) across all GSF (species × GSF inter-action, p>0.15) (Fig. 4). The variation of Aa
max and gs max
with light was similar in both species (Fig. 4a, b). A smallreduction in gs max occurred in both species on August(p<0.05), though Aa
max showed no decline (p>0.05). Ammax
was also higher in Q. pyrenaica (p<0.05), especially in thelower-light extreme of the gradient (species × GSF inter-action, p = 0.1). Am
max showed no relationship with GSFin Q. pyrenaica and a weak relationship in Q. petraea(Fig. 4c). CE increased significantly with light in Q. pyre-naica (Fig. 4d). CE and gs max correlated positively with Aa
max
(Table 2).
Morphological and biochemical variables
Mean LMA was higher in Q. pyrenaica across environments(p<0.05), but neither nitrogen nor chlorophyll content diddiffer significantly between Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica(Fig. 5). LMA was positively correlated with GSF in bothspecies (Fig. 5a). Light had no effect on either Nm or Na
(Fig. 5b, c). Chlm decreased with increasing light availabilityin Q. pyrenaica, but not in Q. petraea (species × GSF inter-action, p<0.05) (Fig. 5d). When expressed on an area basis,chlorophyll content increased with light only in Q. petraea(species × GSF interaction, p<0.01) (Fig. 5e). Variationof light barely affected nitrogen partitioning to componentsof photosynthetic system. CE/N and ETRmax/N showed a
Springer
50 Trees (2007) 21:45–54
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
NP
Qm
ax
GSF (%) GSF (%)
ET
Rm
ax
( µµ µµm
ol
e-
m-2
s-1
)
a
b
c
Fv
/F
m1
00
0
p < 0.05; R2: 0.37
p < 0.05; R2: 0.42
p < 0.001; R2: 0.64
p < 0.001; R2: 0.88
0.2
0.4
0.6d
qP
10
00
p < 0.001; R2: 0.82
p < 0.001; R2: 0.84
p < 0.01; R2: 0.64
p < 0.05; R2: 0.44
p < 0.001; R2: 0.74
p < 0.001; R2: 0.67
p < 0.01; R2: 0.60
p < 0.05; R2: 0.54
p < 0.001; R2: 0.75
p = 0.052; R2: 0.18
0
Fig. 3 Relationship ofmaximum non-photochemicalquenching a, maximum electrontransport rate b, efficiency ofopen reaction centres at 1000PPFD c and photochemicalquenching at 1000 PPFD d toglobal site factor (GSF) forseedlings of Q. petraea (greyline, filled symbols) and Q.pyrenaica (black line, opensymbols). A different regressionwas fitted for data of June(continuous line, circles) orAugust (dashed line, squares)when date was a significantfactor (p<0.05)
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
p < 0.001; R2: 0.52
p < 0.001; R2: 0.53
p < 0.05; R2: 0.25
p < 0.01; R2: 0.88
p < 0.05; R2: 0.47
p < 0.01; R2: 0.81
p < 0.01; R2: 0.57
p < 0.05; R2: 0.58
p < 0.05; R2: 0.43
Aa
ma
x( µµ µµ
mol
CO
2m
-2s
-1)
gs
ma
x(m
mol
H20
m-2
s-1
)
Am
ma
x ( µµ µµm
ol
CO
2g
-1s-1)
CE
( µµ µµ
mol C
O2
m-2
s-1)
GSF (%) GSF (%)
a c
b d
Fig. 4 Relationship oflight-saturated rate ofphotosynthesis per unit area a,light-saturated rate of stomatalconductance b, light-saturatedrate of photosynthesis per unitdry mass c and carboxylationefficiency d to global site factor(GSF) for seedlings of Q.petraea (grey line, filledsymbols) and Q. pyrenaica(black line, open symbols). Adifferent regression was fittedfor data of June (continuousline, circles) or August (dashedline, squares) when date was asignificant factor (p<0.05)
trend to increase with light, but not statistically significant,whereas Chl/N decreased with light only in Q. pyrenaica(species × GSF interaction, p<0.05); Chl/N, CE/N andETRmax/N increased in August (data not shown). ETRmax ex-pressed per unit chlorophyll increased with light, the increase
being higher in Q. pyrenaica (species × GSF interaction,p<0.05) (Fig. 5f). LMA and Na were positively correlatedwith Aa
max in Q. pyrenaica (Table 2). No significant relation-ship was found when nitrogen was expressed on a dry massbasis (data not shown).
Springer
Trees (2007) 21:45–54 51
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
f
p < 0.05; R2: 0.29
p < 0.001; R2: 0.68
ET
Rm
ax /Chl
( µµ µµm
ol e-g C
hl -1s
-1)
GSF (%) GSF (%)
0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0
Na
(gm
-2)
79
1113151719212325
d
p < 0.001; R2: 0.35
Chlm
(mg g
-1)
79
1113151719212325
d
p < 0.001; R2: 0.35
Chlm
(mg g
-1)
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40N
m(m
g g-1
)
b
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40N
m(m
g g-1
)
b
c
0.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91.0
Chla
(g m-2)
e
p < 0.05; R2: 0.42
p < 0.05; R2: 0.28
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70a
p < 0.05; R2: 0.36
p < 0.05; R2: 0.27
LM
A (
g m
- 22 22)
Fig. 5 Relationship of leafmass per area a, nitrogencontent per unit dry mass b,nitrogen content per unit area c,chlorophyll content per unit drymass d, chlorophyll content perunit area e and maximumelectron transport rate per unitchlorophyll f to global sitefactor (GSF) for seedlings of Q.petraea (grey line, filledsymbols) and Q. pyrenaica(black line, open symbols). Adifferent regression was fittedfor data of June (continuousline, circles) or August (dashedline, squares) when date was asignificant factor (p<0.05)
Discussion
Variation of soil moisture, air temperature and VPD acrossthe forest-edge transect, confirm the uncertainties in fieldstudies of light acclimation in attributing the observed re-sponses to light. However, elevated precipitation recordedin the summer of 2004 reduced the effect of water stress,which is not common in Mediterranean environments. Pho-tosynthetic capacity increased non-linearly with light avail-ability in both species. This agrees with a number of stud-ies with oaks wherein maximum photosynthetic capacity(Hodges and Gardiner 1993; Ashton and Berlyn 1994) aswell as optimum growth (Gardiner and Hodges 1998) isachieved at intermediate irradiances. Light had no signifi-cant effect on foliar nitrogen concentration. The partition-ing of nitrogen among the components of the photosyn-thetic apparatus (estimated as Chl/N, CE/N and ETRmax/N)was also poorly conditioned by light. However, variation ofETRmax/Chl was consistent with an adjustment of photosyn-
thetic performance to the available light reported previously(e.g. Evans and Poorter 2001). Light-induced acclimationof the PS II brought about a greater capacity to deal withhigh PPFD. Together with higher electron transport rate,higher-light plants had also greater NPQ. This allowed alarger fraction of PS II reaction centres to remain open (i.ehigher qP than in the understory at a common PPFD), whichreduces energy in excess and thus the susceptibility to ox-idative damages (Demmig-Adams 1990; Ogren 1991). Lightacclimation of NPQ is consistent with the larger pool size ofxanthophyll cycle pigments observed in seedlings exposedto high irradiances (Barker and Adams 1997; Maxwell andJohnson 2000), as NPQ is related to the xanthophyll cy-cle activity. Besides, significant increases in Chl/N, CE/Nand ETRmax/N from June to August suggested an ontogeny-induced greater nitrogen investment in photosynthetic com-ponents (Niinemets and Tenhunen 1997; Miyazawa andTerashima 2001), which increased the capacity to use light inphotochemistry.
Springer
52 Trees (2007) 21:45–54
It is difficult to assess what is limiting a larger increaseof photosynthetic capacity with light in these species. An in-ability to increase foliar nitrogen concentration in response tolight, as well as weak changes in the partitioning among thephotosynthetic components could have precluded a larger re-sponsiveness of photosynthesis. Furthermore, several workshave suggested shifts in temperature and VPD as factors lim-iting potential for photosynthetic acclimation in high-lightenvironments (Niinemets and Valladares 2004). Plants mayacclimate to high VPD and temperature by increasing boththe cuticle thickness and the epidermal cell wall thickness inorder to reduce water loss. This may imply an increase in theratio of non-photosynthetic to total leaf biomass (Strauss-Debenedetti and Berlyn 1994) that leads to an invariableAm
max across light environments (Montgomery 2004 ), as wasfound in the more drought-resistant Q. pyrenaica. Underthe hypothesis of Q. petraea being more tolerant to shadethan Q. pyrenaica, a less plastic response was expected inthe former (Strauss-Debenedetti and Bazzaz 1991; Ashtonand Berlyn 1994; Valladares et al. 2002), which was notconsistent with the similar light-related shifts observed inboth species. A limited plasticity to light has been observedin some Mediterranean species in relation to a conservativeresource-use strategy (Valladares et al. 2000b; Chambel et al.2005). This could help to explain the similar photosyntheticplasticity in these species.
However, some attributes in seedlings of Q. petraea sug-gested a higher susceptibility to high light and a betterperformance in shade than those of Q. pyrenaica. Non-photochemical quenching is a response to an excess of en-ergy. Such excess is partly related to the absorption of lightand the capacity of a plant to use it in photosynthesis. LowAmax together with a high chlorophyll concentration in themore exposed seedlings of Q. petraea is likely to increasesuch imbalance, triggering NPQ (Faria et al. 1998; Kyparissiset al. 2000; Martınez-Ferri et al. 2000; Williams et al. 2003).The rapid onset of NPQ suggested a higher sensitivity to ele-vated PPFD in Q. petraea. However, it contributed to keep ahigh oxidative state of electron acceptors (Rosenqvist 2001;Souza et al. 2004). As stated above, this may be useful inavoiding chronic photoinhibition, which is consistent withthe similar potential quantum yield of PS II (Fv/Fm) ob-served in Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica. How severe droughtevents will affect the capacity for thermal regulation remainsunanswered, but it is likely that a greater imbalance willtake place if stomatal limitations of photosynthesis becomeimportant. Caution must be taken when interpreting rapidchlorophyll fluorescence curves, as the ETR may be under-estimated (White and Critchley 1999; Rosenqvist 2001).
The capability of a plant to establish in low light mayrely either on the capacity to maximise net carbon gain (i.e.low LMA and high Am
max) (e.g. Givnish 1988 ), or on theresistance to herbivore damages and the minimisation of
carbon losses (i.e. tough leaves with high LMA and lowAm
max) (e.g. Walters and Reich 1999 ). Having Q. petraeaand Q. pyrenaica leaves that live for less than 1 year, oneexpects interspecific differences in the maximisation of lightcapturing area and net carbon gain to be determinant of theircompetitive ability in shade. Lower LMA in seedlings of Q.petraea across the light-availability gradient is suggesting abetter suitability to shade than in those of Q. pyrenaica, asit entails an optimisation of carbon investment with respectto light acquisition (Niinemets and Kull 1994; King 2003;Kitao et al. 2006). Besides, leaves of Q. petraea had nogreater nitrogen concentration that could increase the sus-ceptibility to foliar feeders. Am
max in the lower-light extremeof the gradient was lower in Q. petraea than in Q. pyrenaica.The effect that low rates of photosynthesis may have on thenet carbon balance of shaded seedlings is not straightforward,as a positive correlation between mass-based photosynthe-sis and maintenance respiration rate (Reich et al 1998; Luskand del Pozo 2002) may reflect a low metabolic potentialand thus a better adaptation to low light in Q. petraea (Luskand Reich 2000).
The results of this study are restricted to the seedlingstage, since the responses showed at early ages may differfrom those of adult trees (Cavender-Bares and Bazzaz 2000).However, similar differences in LMA and Amax were foundbetween both species when comparing adult trees (Gil et al.1999). Studies of plant architecture and biomass allocationare needed to confirm the different capacity of both species totake advantage of light availability suggested here (Sipe andBazzaz 1994; Delagrange et al. 2004; Gratzer et al. 2004).
Acknowledgements We thank Dr. Sven Mutke for helpful com-ments on early versions of this manuscript. We acknowledge theadvices of two anonymous reviewers. This research has been sup-ported by the Consejerıa de Medio Ambiente y Desarrollo Generalde la Comunidad Autonoma de Madrid. J. Rodrıguez-Calcerrada wassupported by a scholarship from the Consejerıa de Educacion dela Comunidad de Madrid (C.A.M.) and the Fondo Social Europeo(F.S.E.).
References
Abrams MD (1990) Adaptation and responses to drought in Quercusspecies of North America. Tree Physiol 7:227–238
Abrams MD, Kubiske ME, Mostoller SA (1994) Relating wet and dryyear ecophysiology to leaf structure in contrasting temperate treespecies. Ecology 75:123–133
Anderson JM, Chow WS, Park YI, Franklin LA, Robinson SP-A, vanHasselt PR (2001) Response of Tradescantia albiflora to growthirradiance: change versus changeability. Photosynth Res 67:103–112
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos J (1996) Seasonal water relations of threebroadleaved species (Fagus sylvatica L, Quercus petraea (Mat-tuschka) Liebl and Quercus pyrenaica Willd) in a mixed standin the centre of the Iberian Peninsula. For Ecol Manage 84:219–229
Springer
Trees (2007) 21:45–54 53
Aranda I, Gil L, Pardos JA (2004) Osmotic adjustment in two temperateoak species [Quercus pyrenaica Willd and Quercus petraea (Matt.)Lieb] of the Iberian Peninsula in response to drought. Invest Agrar:Sist Recur For 13:339–345
Ashton PMS, Berlyn GP (1994) A comparison of leaf physiol-ogy and anatomy of Quercus (section Erythrobalanus-Fagaceae)species in different light environments. Am J Bot 81:589–597
Baraza E, Gomez JM, Hodar JA, Zamora R (2004) Herbivory has agreater impact in shade than in sun: response of Quercus pyre-naica seedlings to multifactorial environmental variation. Can JBot 82:357–364
Barker DH, Adams III WW (1997) The xanthophyll cycle and en-ergy dissipation in differently oriented faces of the cactus Opuntiamacrorhiza. Oecologia 109:353–361
Brzeziecki B, Kienast F (1994) Classifying the life-history strategiesof trees on the basis of the Grimian model. For Ecol Manage69:167–187
Cavender-Bares J, Bazzaz FA (2000) Changes in drought responsestrategies with ontogeny in Quercus rubra: implications forscaling from seedlings to mature trees. Oecologia 124:8–18
Chambel MR, Climent J, Alıa R, Valladares F (2005) Pheno-typic plasticity: a useful framework for understanding adapta-tion in forest species. Invest Agrar: Sist Recur For 14:334–344
Delagrange S, Messier C, Lechowicz M, Dizengremel P (2004) Phys-iological, morphological and allocational plasticity in understorydeciduous trees: importance of plant size and light availability.Tree Physiol 24:775–784
Demmig-Adams B (1990) Carotenoids and photoprotection in plants:a role for the xanthophyll zeaxanthin. Biochim Biophys Acta1020:1–24
Einhorn KS, Rosenqvist E, Leverenz JW (2004) Photoinhibition inseedlings of Fraxinus and Fagus under natural light condi-tions: implications for forest regeneration? Oecologia 140:241–251
Ellsworth DS, Reich PB (1992) Leaf mass per area, nitrogen con-tent and photosynthetic carbon gain in Acer saccharum seedlingsin contrasting forest light environments. Funct Ecol 6:423–435
Evans JR (1989) Photosynthesis and nitrogen relationships in leaves ofC3 plants. Oecologia 78:9–19
Evans JR, Poorter H (2001) Photosynthetic acclimation of plants togrowth irradiance: the relative importance of specific leaf areaand nitrogen partitioning in maximizing carbon gain. Plant CellEnviron 24:755–767
Faria T, Silverio D, Breia E, Cabral R, Abadıa A, Abadıa J, Pereira JS,Chaves MM (1998) Differences in the response of carbon assimi-lation to summer stress (water deficits, high light and temperature)in four Mediterranean tree species. Physiol Plant 102:419–428
Gardiner ES, Hodges JD (1998) Growth and biomass distribution ofcherrybark oak (Quercus pagoda Raf.) seedlings as influenced bylight availability. For Ecol Manage 108:127–134
Gil L, Pardo F, Aranda I, Pardos JA (1999) El Hayedo de Montejo,Pasado y Presente. Comunidad de Madrid, Espana
Givnish TJ (1988) Adaptation to sun and shade: a whole-plant perspec-tive. Aust J Plant Physiol 15:63–92
Gratzer G, Darabant A, Chhetri PB, Bahadur Rai P, Eckmullner O(2004) Interspecific variation in the response of growth, crownmorphology, and survivorship to light of six tree species in theconifer belt of the Bhutan Himalayas. Can J For Res 34:1093–1107
Griffin JJ, Ranney TG, Pharr DM (2004) Photosynthesis, chlorophyllfluorescence, and carbohydrate content of Illicium taxa grownunder varied irradiance. J Am Soc Hort Sci 129:46–53
Hodges JD, Gardiner ES (1993) Ecology and physiology of oak regen-eration. In: Loftis D, McGee CE (eds) Symposium proceedingson oak regeneration: serious problems, practical recommenda-tions, Knoxville, TN, 8–10 September 1992. Gen. Tech. Rep. SE-84, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, SoutheasternForest Experiment Station, Asheville, NC, pp 54–65
Jifon JL, Syvertsen JP (2003) Moderate shade can increase net gasexchange and reduce photoinhibition in citrus leaves. Tree Physiol23:119–127
Johnson GN, Young AJ, Scholes JD, Horton P (1993) The dissipationof excess of excess excitation energy in British plant species. PlantCell Environ 16:673–679
Kaelke CM, Kruger EL, Reich PB (2001) Trade-offs in seedling sur-vival, growth, and physiology among hardwood species of con-trasting successional status along a light-availability gradient. CanJ For Res 31:1602–1616
Kelly DL (2002) The regeneration of Q. petraea (sessile oak) in south-west Ireland: a 25-year experimental study. For Ecol Manage166:207–226
King DA (2003) Allocation of above-ground growth is related to lightin temperate deciduous saplings. Funct Ecol 17:482–488
Kitao M, Lei TT, Koike T, Tobita H, Maruyama Y (2006) Tradeoffbetween shade adaptation and mitigation of photoinhibition inleaves of Quercus mongolica and Acer mono acclimated to deepshade. Tree Physiol 26:441–448
Kubiske ME, Abrams MD, Mostoller SA (1996) Stomatal and non-stomatal limitations of photosynthesis in relation to the droughtand shade tolerance of tree species in open and understory envi-ronments. Trees 11:76–82
Kyparissis A, Drilias P, Manetas Y (2000) Seasonal fluctuations inphotoprotective (xantophyll cycle) and photoselective (chloro-phylls) capacity in eight Mediterranean plant species belong-ing to two differents plant forms. Aust J Plant Physiol 27:265–272
Le Roux X, Walcroft AS, Daudet FA, Sinoquet H, Chaves MM,Rodrigues A, Osorio L (2001) Photosynthetic light acclimationin peach leaves: importance of changes in mass:area ratio, ni-trogen concentration and leaf nitrogen partitioning. Tree Physiol21:377–386
Lei TT, Lechowicz MJ (1998) Diverse responses of maple saplings toforest light regimes. Ann Bot 82:9–19
Lusk CH, Reich PB (2000) Relationships of leaf dark respiration withlight environment and tissue nitrogen content in juveniles of 11cold-temperate tree species. Oecologia 123:318–329
Lusk CH, del Pozo A (2002) Survival and growth of seedlings of 12Chilean rainforest trees in two light environments: gas exchangeand biomass distribution correlates. Aust Ecol 27:173–182
Martınez-Ferri E, Balaguer L, Valladares F, Chico JM, ManriqueE (2000) Energy dissipation in drought-avoiding and drought-tolerant tree species at midday during the Mediterranean summer.Tree Physiol 20:131–138
Maxwell K, Johnson GN (2000) Chlorophyll fluorescence – a practicalguide. J Exp Bot 51:659–668
Mitchell AK (2001) Growth limitations for conifer regeneration underalternative silvicultural systems in a coastal montane forest inBritish Columbia, Canada. For Ecol Manage 145:129–136
Miyazawa S-I, Terashima I (2001) Slow development of leaf photosyn-thesis in an evergreen broad-leaved tree, Castanopsis sieboldii:relationship between leaf anatomical characteristics and photo-synthetic rate. Plant Cell Environ 24:279–291
Montgomery R (2004) Relative importance of photosynthetic physiol-ogy and biomass allocation for tree seedling growth across a broadlight gradient. Tree Physiol 24:155–167
Muller P, Xiao-Ping L, Niyogi KK (2001) Non-photochemical quench-ing. A response to excess light energy. Plant Physiol 125:1558–1566
Springer
54 Trees (2007) 21:45–54
Muraoka H, Tang Y, Koizumi H, Washitani I (1997) Combined effectsof light and water availability on photosynthesis and growth ofArisaema heterophyllum in the forest understory and an open site.Oecologia 112:26–34
Muraoka H, Tang Y, Koizumi H, Washitani I (2002) Effects of lightand soil water availability on leaf photosynthesis and growth ofArisaema heterphyllum, a riparian forest understorey plant. J PlantRes 115:419–427
Naidu SL, DeLucia EH (1997) Acclimation of shade-developed leaveson saplings exposed to late-season canopy gaps. Tree Physiol17:367–376
Niinemets U (1997) Role of foliar nitrogen in light harvesting and shadetolerance of four temperate deciduous woody species. Funct Ecol11:518–531
Niinemets U, Kull O (1994) Leaf weight per area and leaf size of 85Estonian woody species in relation to shade tolerance and lightavailability. For Ecol Manage 70:1–10
Niinemets U, Tenhunen JD (1997) A model separating leaf structuraland physiological effects on carbon gain along light gradients forthe shade-tolerant species Acer saccharum. Plant Cell Environ20:845–866
Niinemets U, Kull O (1998) Stoichiometry of foliar carbon constituentsvaries along light gradients in temperate woody canopies: impli-cations for foliage morphological plasticity. Tree Physiol 18:467–479
Niinemets U, Valladares F (2004) Photosynthetic acclimation to simul-taneous and interacting environmental stresses along natural lightgradients: optimality and constraints. Plant Biol 6:254–268
Ogren E (1991) Prediction of photoinhibition of photosynthesisfrom measurements of fluoresce quenching components. Planta184:538–544
Rascher U, Liebig M, Luttge U (2000) Evaluation of instant light–response curves of chlorophyll fluorescence parameters obtainedwith a portable chlorophyll fluorometer on site in the field. PlantCell Environ 23:1397–1405
Redding TE, Hope GD, Fortin M-J, Schmidt MG, Bailey WG (2003)Spatial patterns of soil temperature and moisture across subalpineforest-clearcut edges in the southern interior of British Columbia.Can J Soil Sci 83:121–130
Reich PB, Walters MB, Tjoelker MG, Vanderklein D, Buschena C(1998) Photosynthesis and respiration rates depend on leaf androot morphology and nitrogen concentration in nine boreal treespecies differing in relative growth rate. Funct Ecol 12:395–405
Reich PB, Ellsworth DS, Walters MB, Vose JM, Gresham C, Volin JC,Bowman WD (1999) Generality of leaf trait relationships: a testacross six biomes. Ecology 80:1955–1969
Robakowski P, Montpied P, Dreyer E (2003) Plasticity of morphologi-cal and physiological traits in response to different levels of irra-diance in seedlings of silver fir (Abies alba Mill). Trees 17:431–441
Rosenqvist E (2001) Light acclimation maintains the redox state of thePS II electron acceptor QA within a narrow range over a broadrange of light intensities. Photosynth Res 70:299–310
Seemann JR, Sharkey TD, Wang JL, Osmond B (1987) Environmentaleffects on photosynthesis, nitrogen-use efficiency, and metabolitepools in leaves of sun and shade plants. Plant Physiol 84:796–802
Sipe TW, Bazzaz FA (1994) Gap partitioning among maples (Acer)in central New England: shoot architecture and photosynthesis.Ecology 75:2318–2332
Souza RP, Machado EC, Silva JAB, Lagoa AMMA, Silveira JAG (2004)Photosynthetic gas exchange, chlorophyll fluorescence and someassociated metabolic changes in cowpea (Vigna unguiculata) dur-ing water stress and recovery. Environ Exp Bot 51:45–56
Strauss-Debenedetti S, Bazzaz FA (1991) Plasticity and acclimationto light in tropical Moraceae of different sucessional positions.Oecologia 87:377–387
Strauss-Debenedetti S, Berlyn GP (1994) Leaf anatomical responsesto light in five tropical Moraceae of different successional status.Am J Bot 81:1582–1591
Valladares F, Wright SJ, Lasso E, Kitajima K, Pearcy RW (2000a)Plastic phenotypic response to light of 16 congeneric shrubs froma Panamanian rainforest. Ecology 81:1925–1936
Valladares F, Martınez-Ferri E, Balaguer L, Perez-Corona E, Man-rique E (2000b) Low leaf-level response to light and nutrients inMediterranean evergreen oaks: a conservative resource-use strat-egy. New Phytol 148:79–91
Valladares F, Pearcy RW (1997) Interactions between water stress,sun-shade acclimation, heat tolerance and photoinhibition in theschlerophyll Heteromeles arbutifolia. Plant Cell Environ 20:25–36
Valladares F, Chico JM, Aranda I, Balaguer L, Dizengremel P, Man-rique E, Dreyer E (2002) The greater seedling high-light toleranceof Quercus robur over Fagus sylvatica is linked to a greater phys-iological plasticity. Trees 16:395–403
von Lupke B (1998) Silvicultural methods of oak regeneration withspecial respect to shade-tolerant mixed species. For Ecol Manage106:19–26
Walters RG, Horton P (1993) Theoretical assessment of alternativemechanisms for non-photochemical quenching of PS II fluores-cence in barley leaves. Photosynth Res 46:119–139
Walters MB, Reich PB (1999) Low-light carbon balance and shade tol-erance in the seedlings of woody plants: do winter deciduous andbroad-leaved evergreen species differ? New Phytologist 143:143–154
White AJ, Critchley C (1999) Rapid light curves: a new fluorescencemethod to assess the state of the photosynthetic apparatus. Photo-synth Res 59:63–72
Williams EL, Hovenden MJ, Close DC (2003) Strategies of light energyutilization, dissipation and attenuation in six co-occurring alpineheath species in Tasmania. Funct Plant Biol 30:1205–1218
Springer
ANEXO V
Ability to avoid water stress in seedlings of two oak species is lower in a
dense forest understory than in a medium canopy gap
Manuscrito aceptado en la revista Forest Ecology and Management
Autores: Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., Pardos J.A., Gil L., Aranda I.
Ability to avoid water stress in seedlings of two oak species is lower in
a dense forest understory than in a medium canopy gap
J. Rodríguez-Calcerrada1, J.A. Pardos1, L. Gil1 and I. Aranda2, ∗
1 Unidad de Anatomía, Fisiología y Genética Forestal. Escuela Técnica Superior
de Ingenieros de Montes, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Ciudad Universitaria s/n,
E-28040, Madrid, Spain.
2 Centro de Investigación Forestal (CIFOR). Instituto Nacional de Investigación
Agraria y Alimentaria (INIA), Apdo. 8111, E-28080, Madrid, Spain.
Abstract
The ecophysiological response to summer drought in seedlings of two co-
occurring oak species (Quercus petraea and Quercus pyrenaica) outplanted below a
dense Pinus sylvestris stand and a medium canopy gap was examined in two
experiments carried out in central mountains of the Iberian Peninsula (Spain). Leaf
water relations and gas exchange were studied in the first experiment. For both species,
lower pre-dawn leaf water potential (Ψpd) evidenced a higher degree of water stress in
the understory seedlings, even though soil moisture was similar in both sites. Rates of
photosynthesis (Asat) and stomatal conductance (gsat) at saturating light were higher in
the gap seedlings in all measuring dates, but the earlier and more pronounced stress
imposed in the understory precluded the comparison of tolerance responses between
sites. Q. pyrenaica showed always higher Asat and gsat than Q. petraea, independently of
∗ Corresponding author. Tel.: +34-1-3476857; fax: +34-1-3572293. E-mail address: [email protected]
Anexo V - 1
Ψpd, which did not differ significantly between species. At the end of summer, values
of Asat/gsat and leaf carbon isotopic composition reflected a less efficient water use in Q.
pyrenaica. In the second experiment, growth and root development were examined in a
different set of seedlings planted in the same sites. Q. petraea allocated less biomass to
roots, and attained 20 % higher total plant dry mass than Q. pyrenaica at the end of the
second growing season in the field. For both species total plant dry mass and coarse
plus fine root dry mass reached at this time were approximately 3-fold higher in the gap.
Poor root development could explain the more limited access to water of seedlings
outplanted in the understory. This study reveals that seedlings of Q. petraea and Q.
pyrenaica planted under a dense, mature pine stand are more susceptible to summer
drought and present a delay in growth with respect to a medium canopy gap.
Keywords: Underplanting; Mediterranean forests; Light availability; Drought; Quercus
1. Introduction
Forestations in Mediterranean ecosystems are severely limited by summer
drought, particularly when they are carried out in open sites and comprise late-
successional species. Lower survival of a wide range of species in open versus canopy-
protected areas (Castro et al., 2004; Gómez-Aparicio et al., 2004) is mainly owing to the
buffering effects of shrub or tree nurse canopies from high radiation and
evapotranspiration. However complex interactions between nurse and target species
govern the outcome of forestations. Existing vegetation may compete for resources
rather than facilitate seedling establishment depending on climatic, edaphic and species-
specific factors (Michalet, 2006). For example, either poor light availability (Holmgren
Anexo V - 2
et al., 1997; Zavala et al., 2000) or low soil moisture due to water use by nurse trees
(Buckley et al., 1998) can limit seedling establishment in the forest understory. In
addition, there are interactive effects regarding light and water resources affecting plant
development on multiple directions that further complicate anticipation of results.
Water stress may undermine the capacity to tolerate shade, as it imposes a
stomatal limitation in the assimilation of CO2 that precludes the maintenance of a
positive carbon balance (Aranda et al., 2004). Conversely, some changes in plant form
and function associated to shading make plants more susceptible to soil water depletion
(Smith and Huston, 1989; Kubiske et al., 1996). Numerous works have referred a shade-
induced decrease in the development of the root system or in the root to shoot ratio
(Climent et al., 2006; Wang and Bauerle, 2006); since seedling establishment is largely
dependent on the root growth after planting, both effects would translate into a lower
ability for water uptake and a greater unbalance with transpirational losses, such that
one might expect a more limited ability to avoid water stress in a lower-light
environment, if differences in light and evapotranspiration are moderate (Crunkilton et
al., 1992; Valladares and Pearcy, 2002; Sack, 2004). Light plays also a role in avoiding
water stress by regulating both water losses and transport capacity. On the one hand,
higher sensitivity of stomata to decreasing soil water potential in sun plants allows for a
better control of water loss than in shaded ones (Mendes et al., 2001), at the same time
that increasing investment in components of the photosynthetic apparatus is reflected in
a more efficient water-use (Aranda et al., 2005). On the other hand, under similar xylem
tensions, plants growing in high light environments maintain superior hydraulic
conductance than shaded ones as an acclimatory response to greater transpirational
losses (Cochard et al., 1999; Barigah et al., 2006). Further, mechanisms of drought-
resistance based on carbohydrate availability, such as osmotic adjustment, are affected
Anexo V - 3
by the reduction in the net assimilation rate with shade (Mendes et al., 2001; Aranda et
al. 2005).
Partial shade may thus provide the optimal conditions for drought-sensitive
seedlings as it might contribute to maintain soil moisture with respect to open sites
without imposing a severe low-light stress that restricts plant responses to other
potential sources of stress. Thinned stands, gaps or forest edges are especially
recommended in the case of oak plantations in droughty sites (Johnson et al., 2002). But
this issue has not been thoroughly addressed in Mediterranean environments where
afforestations have traditionally focused on pioneer Pinus species more suitable to
successfully establishing in open sites (Pausas et al., 2004). In this study, we explored
the physiological (Experiment 1) and morphological (Experiment 2) responses to soil
moisture reduction occurring in mountains of Central Spain during summer in seedlings
of the temperate Quercus petraea and the sub-Mediterranean Quercus pyrenaica
outplanted in a dense Scots pine understory and in a nearby medium gap. The results
were discussed in relation to the possible differential suitability to sub-Mediterranean
mountains between the two oaks, which co-occur in some sub-Mediterranean montane
forests in spite of their differential resistance to drought (Aranda et al., 1996). We
hypothesized that drought would have a different impact on each site by modifying
either the capacity to avoid or tolerate water stress; particularly, the hypothesis in the
first experiment was that both species would show higher stress and less tolerance in the
pinewood understory than in the gap. The second experiment was carried out to test the
hypothesis that overall growth and relative allocation to roots would be lower in the
understory.
Anexo V - 4
2. Methods
2.1. Experiment 1
2.1.1. Study area and experimental design
The study area was located in Central Spain (41º7’N 3º30’W) at 1300 m.a.s.l.
Climate is continental sub-Mediterranean, with cold winters and a period of drought in
summer. Mean annual temperature is 8.7 ºC and average annual rainfall is 1124 mm.
Soils are predominantly loamy with high water-holding capacity and fertility, derived
from mica gneiss to mica schist bedrocks (Pardo, 2000).
In March 2003, one-year-old seedlings of Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica were pit-
planted in the understory of a 45-year-old Pinus sylvestris plantation (basal area: 65.8
m2 ha-1, tree density: 1067 trees ha-1) and in a nearby 10-m width gap-like site (ratio of
gap diameter to surrounding trees’ height: 0.46) resulting from cutting a stripe of pine
trees in 1992. Seedlings had been grown for the first year in the nursery in 15-cm-deep
plastic pots, at appropriate watering and fertilization. Care was taken not to bend the
root ball at the moment of transplanting. Three plots, approximately 5-m-separated
each, were distributed in each site along the slope (medium slope 15 %, orientation SE),
each one having ten seedlings per species ~1.5-m-spaced in five rows among lines of
Pine trees in the understory. The experimental layout was a split plot design with three
blocks along the slope, each one including the two sites (main plot factor) and the two
species (subplot factor). Vegetation was sparse in the understory, while shrubs
(Adenocarpus hispanicus [Lam.] DC., Adenocarpus complicatus [L.] Gay) and ferns
(Pteridium aquilinum L. [Kuhn]) were abundant in the gap.
Anexo V - 5
2.1.2. Environmental variables
Precipitation was measured throughout the study at 1-hour intervals by means of a
raingauge (AN1, Delta-T Devices Ltd., UK) installed in a 16-m-high research tower
close to the study area connected to a data logger; air temperature (RHA1, Delta-T
Devices Ltd., UK) was measured every minute and averaged in 10-min intervals. Air
temperature and relative humidity were also measured in the gap and the understory
placing one sensor in each site (HOBO H8 Pro, Onset). Records were taken
continuously at 10-min intervals, and were used to calculate the air vapour pressure
deficit (VPD). Volumetric soil moisture was periodically measured with a TDR at
different depths in three probes per site. The light environment was characterized using
hemispherical photography. In late summer of 2004 and 2005, photographs were made
over the tip of all seedlings sampled at least once over the course of the experiment,
with a Nikon FM camera supplied with a sigma 8-mm fisheye lens. Digitalized
photographs were analysed using Hemiview 2.1 canopy analysis software (Delta-T
Devices Ltd., UK). Global site factor (GSF) was employed as a surrogate of the
irradiance relative to an open place. We also estimated maximum duration of direct
sunlight reaching the seedlings, by reproducing the solar trajectory on a mid-summer
day (10 August) with Hemiview 2.1.
2.1.3. Physiological variables
Leaf water potential was measured before dawn (Ψpd) and at midday (Ψmd) on two
dates of 2004 (June 23 and August 28) and three dates of 2005 (June 23, July 27 and
Anexo V - 6
August 25) in five seedlings per species and site using a pressure chamber (PMS
Instrument Co. 7000, Corvallis Oregon, USA).
Gas exchange was also measured in five seedlings per species and site using a
portable infrared gas analyser (LC pro ADC BioScientific, Ltd. UK). Light response
curves were realized at the beginning (June 20-25) and end (August 21-26) of the
summer of 2005. All curves were made between 8:30 a.m. to 11:15 a.m. to avoid a
possible midday depression in photosynthesis. A red/blue light emitting diode provided
measuring light (Lc pro, ADC). Temperature inside the chamber was held at 23 ºC, so
that leaf temperature was at around 25 ºC during all curve acquisition. CO2
concentration in the supplied air was maintained at around 365 ppm. Measurements
began by submitting a leaf to 800 μmoles m-2 s-1 until steady readings of stomatal
conductance were observed (typically 10 - 20 min). At this point light was increased up
to 1600 μmoles m-2 s-1 in the gap plants in two steps, and up to 1150 μmoles m-2 s-1 in
the understory plants. Light was then returned to 800 μmoles m-2 s-1, and five additional
records were taken down to 40 μmoles m-2 s-1. Each curve typically involved 25 to 30
min. Three readings of photosynthesis (A), and stomatal conductance (gwv) were
recorded at each 7 (8) different light levels. A hyperbolic function was fitted to the
relationship of A and gwv with PPFD to estimate both parameters at saturating light (Asat
and gsat). In mid-summer 2005 (July 26-28), gas exchange was only measured at
saturating light (1150 and 1600 μmoles m-2 s-1 for understory and gap seedlings,
respectively), under the same conditions applied for the light response curves. Small
and deeply lobbed leaves of most Q. pyrenaica gap seedlings did not cover the entire
chamber window so that measurements were corrected by considering the actual area
enclosed.
Anexo V - 7
In 2005, the leaves used for gas exchange and water potential measurements were
further collected and carried to the laboratory. They were dried for 72 h at 60 ºC and
then grounded for determination of carbon isotopic composition (δ13C) using a
Micromass Isochrom mass spectrometer at the SIDI of the Autonomous University of
Madrid. The analytical method had a precision of ± 0.2 ‰. Hydraulic conductance (KL)
was also calculated for each seedling by dividing the maximum rate of transpiration
between the difference between daily maximum (~Ψpd) and minimum (~Ψmd) water
potential.
2.1.4. Statistical analysis
Differences between planting sites or species, and the interaction between these
factors, were examined on each sampling date with two-way analyses of variance
(ANOVA) using the General Linear Model procedure (GLM) on Statistica 6.1 (Statsoft,
Inc., Tulsa, USA). The variance model also included a term for effects of block, but not
for block interactions with site or species. Ψpd was typically treated as a covariate in
order to account for its influence on site and species comparison of leaf traits. We did
not use a repeated-measures approach because measurements could not be made on the
same individuals in all three dates. Only the effect of site on soil moisture was
examined on each year with a repeated measures analysis of variance, with sampling
date as a repeated measures factor. Before ANOVA, data were checked for normality
and homocedasticity, transforming data and excluding outside-range points when
necessary.
Anexo V - 8
2.2. Experiment 2
In March 2004, one-year-old seedlings of Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica were pit-
planted in the same abovementioned sites. As in Experiment 1, seedlings had been
grown for the first year in 15-cm-deep plastic pots, at the same watering and
fertilization dosage. Two plots per site were located along the hill slope above and
below the upper plots of the Experiment 1, each one having ten plants per species
alternately planted ~1.5-m-spaced. The experimental design was a split plot design with
two blocks including the site, as the main plot factor, and the species, as the subplot
factor. Plant development was assessed at the end of 2004 and 2005. The root systems
of six plants per species and site were manually excavated. An approximately 80-cm-
deep hole was dug out within a 30-cm radius around the seedling stem. Rooting depth
could not be estimated because roots fractured at depths greater than 80 cm. Roots
spreading from the root ball were carefully separated from the soil, brushing out soil
rests from fine roots in the field. Plants were bagged with the root ball and taken to the
laboratory where they were carefully washed and further oven-dried at 75 ºC for five to
seven days. Since fine root losses were likely to be important, fine and coarse root
masses were put together for calculations. Total plant dry mass (TDM) was measured.
Root mass fraction (RMF) was calculated by dividing root dry mass (RDM) between
TDM. The root to shoot (leaves plus stems dry mass) ratio (R/S) was also calculated. In
2005, the area of all leaves was measured for each seedling with a digital area meter to
compute the total leaf area (TLA) and the leaf area ratio (LAR = TLA / TDM).
A GLM approach to ANOVA was performed in each year to test for the fixed
effects of site and species factors on the morphological variables at each year. The
variance model for dependent variables also included a term for the block, and a term
Anexo V - 9
for the second-order interaction between site and species factors. Total seedling dry
mass was considered as a covariate when testing differences on LAR, RMF and R/S.
3. Results
3.1. Environmental conditions and climatic data
Mean temperature in the summer months was 17.4 ºC in 2004 and 17.7 ºC in
2005, that is, 0.5 and 0.8 degrees higher than the 8-year average taken from the nearby
meteorological tower, respectively (data from 1995 to 2005; data from 1999, 2001 and
2002 were missing). Rainfall from June to September was 95.2 mm in 2004 and 40.4
mm in 2005, 33.6 and 71.8 % lower than average, respectively.
The average of daily mean vapour pressure deficits (VPDmean) over the summer
months was similar between plantation sites in both years, but the average of the daily
maximum values (VPDmax), which were registered around midday, was higher in the
gap than in the understory in 2004 and 2005 (Table 1). Soil moisture decreased along
the growing season in both sites; differences between sites were not statistically
significant at any depth across all sampling dates (one-way RM ANOVA: P-value >
0.15) (Fig. 1). Light availability, estimated by the Global Site Factor index (GSF), was
higher in the gap than in the understory (Table 1; Fsite: 157***). Also seedlings in the gap
were exposed to direct light in sunflecks of longer mean (Fsite: 19.8***) and maximum
(Fsite: 63.18***) duration than in the understory (Table 1). Neither of these variables
differed significantly between species (P-values > 0.15).
Anexo V - 10
3.2. Experiment 1
3.2.1. Water relations
Leaf water potential did not differ significantly between species throughout the
study period either before dawn or at midday. But there was a marked effect of site on
the pre-dawn leaf water potential (Ψpd), such that for both species, Ψpd was much lower
in the understory in 2004 (Fsite: 64.15*** and 9.43** at the end of June and August,
respectively; Fig. 2) and in 2005 (Table 2; Fig. 2). Furthermore water stress appeared
earlier in the understory seedlings. For instance, in June 2005, Ψpd was already as low
as –0.56 ± 0.08 MPa and –0.51 ± 0.07 MPa in Q. pyrenaica and Q. petraea,
respectively, whereas no symptom of water stress was found in the gap seedlings (Ψpd >
–0.1 MPa). Differences were not so pronounced in Ψmd. In 2004, Ψmd was lower in the
gap than under the forest in the two measuring dates (Fsite: 20.19*** and 5.95* at the end
of June and August, respectively; Fig. 2), while in 2005, Ψmd was lower in the gap in
June, but slightly higher in August (Fsite: 3.6, P-value: 0.079; Table 2).
3.2.2. Gas exchange
In all dates, the rates of photosynthesis and stomatal conductance at saturating
light (Asat and gsat) were higher in the gap in the two oaks (Fig. 3). However, when Ψpd
was accounted for by ANCOVA, differences in Asat and gsat between sites were non-
significant (Table 3). Asat and gsat decreased in response to decreasing Ψpd in both
species, apparently less steeply in the understory, although the few data at none-to-mild
water stress (Ψpd > –0.5 MPa) precluded a thorough comparison (Fig. 4). Q. pyrenaica
Anexo V - 11
exhibited higher Asat and gsat than Q. petraea across all sampling dates irrespective of
the growth environment; these differences were more significant as summer progressed
(Table 3). Mean hydraulic conductance (KL) did not differ between sites (Table 2; Fig. 3
d), because higher transpiration rates in the gap (not shown) were accompanied by a
higher daily water potential gradient. It did differ though between species in July and
particularly in August.
3.2.3. Water use efficiency
No relationship was found between instantaneous leaf water use efficiency
(Asat/gsat) and δ13C for the whole growing season, although in contrast to Asat/gsat, the
carbon isotopic composition reflects the efficiency under non-optimal ambient
conditions. There were no consistent differences in either Asat/gsat or δ13C between sites.
Observed difference between the gap and the understory in Asat/gsat in June 2005 was
again ascribed to the covariation of Ψpd; the negative relationship between Ψpd and
Asat/gsat in this date was not found in the following date (not shown). At the end of
summer, both Asat/gsat and δ13C were higher in Q. petraea (Table 2; Figs. 3 and 5).
3.3. Experiment 2
TDM was higher in the gap for both species (Table 3; Fig. 6). Accordingly, RDM
was also higher than in the understory, even though between-site differences were likely
underestimated because of greater root losses in the gap. No taproot had developed on
any seedling after planting; rather a large number of sinkers were produced at the
bottom of the container-formed taproot, which spread at least further than 80-cm deep in
Anexo V - 12
most individuals. Meaningfully, long lateral horizontal roots were observed in most gap
seedlings that were absent in the understory ones. But mass partitioning to roots was not
affected by planting site. When accounting for the effect of total plant dry mass,
differences in RMF and R/S were not significant in any species (Table 3), and for a
given value of root dry mass, shoot dry mass was not significantly different between
sites (ANCOVA: P-value = 0.97 for the comparison of site elevations; P-value = 0.38
for homogeneity of slopes). On the contrary, Q. petraea had superior shoot biomass
than Q. pyrenaica at any given value of root biomass (ANCOVA: P-value < 0.01 for the
comparison of species elevations; P-value = 0.49 for homogeneity of slopes; Fig. 7),
and both RMF and R/S were consistently higher in the two years (Table 3; Fig. 6). In
2005, TLA was significantly higher in Q. petraea vs Q. pyrenaica (211 vs 139 cm2 in
the understory, and 559 vs 449 cm2 in the gap), as well as in the gap vs the understory
(Fspecies: 4.34*; Fsite: 46.7***). LAR was significantly higher in Q. petraea, especially in
the understory (39.0 vs 25.4 cm2 g-1 in the understory, and 33.8 vs 29.5 cm2 g-1 in the
gap), but it did not differ between sites (Fspecies: 14.72**; Fsite < 0.01; F: 4.05 for the
interaction between species and site, P-value: 0.061).
4. Discussion
The results of two contrasting, dry years showed that seedlings outplanted in the
understory of a Scots pine stand suffered higher water stress than those outplanted in a
medium canopy gap. Provided TDR measurements were representative of soil water
content near the roots of the seedlings, such difference might have arisen from
differences in moisture below 40 cm caused by competition with overstory trees. High
root density often results in a strong below-ground competition for water in more-
Anexo V - 13
compared to less-dense sites, such as clear-cuts, gaps or thinned stands (Abrams and
Mostoller, 1995; Buckley et al., 1998; Ricard et al., 2003). Besides, as deduced by the
more profuse root growth observed in the Experiment 2, higher pre-dawn leaf water
potential in the gap seedlings might evidence a deeper rooting after planting, which
would allow for access to more humid soil horizons. In this case, observed greater
unbalances between transpiration and water absorption by midday in the gap in some
dates would be ascribed to the higher evaporative demand, and the larger total leaf area
of the seedlings in this site. Although several other traits related to root development,
such as root length, fine root mass or root architecture, could more precisely account for
a differential access to soil water, estimates of coarse plus fine root dry mass give an
idea of the different root growth rate between sites after outplanting. Light could have
played an important role in it. Evidence exists that plants growing in low-light
conditions allocate less biomass to roots and more to leaves compared to seedlings
growing in high-light conditions (e.g. McConnaughay and Coleman, 1999). Our data
suggest, though, that low root biomass in the understory did not occur as a result of a
greater partitioning to shoots (Table 3; Fig. 7), but rather that poor light within the
canopy did cause a marked delay in growth and root development after outplanting,
which further enhanced plant susceptibility to summer drought. If differences in light
availability were the main factor directing seedling performance, these results would
provide new evidence that intense shading reduces the ability of plants to facing
drought. However, this study does not address possible differences in soil characteristics
between the gap and the understory (nutrient content, texture…), which require us to be
cautious when discussing the extent of light influence on root growth. Another
limitation of the study is to cover only a study case in a humid area. The observed
canopy-related differences in water stress could possibly differ in more arid sites or
Anexo V - 14
when larger gaps are compared due to more intense evapotranspiration. In any case, our
observations are in agreement with the often-cited poor performance of seedlings
underplanted within heavy-dense Mediterranean pinewoods (Maestre et al., 2003) and
support other investigations revealing a negative effect of pine canopy on the functional
response to soil drying in understory woody species (Bellot et al., 2004). Leaf gas
exchange rates were also higher in the gap seedlings. The underlying reasoning is that
superior light availability increases the leaf mass per unit area, the stomatal density, plus
the investment in photosynthetic machinery (Kozlowski and Pallardy, 1997). These
features would increase the rate of photosynthesis in spring; however, as shown by
analysis of covariance, differences in gas exchange during summer were mostly due to
the different degree of water stress between sites across dates, precluding any
comparison of the response of gas exchange rates to water stress. Hence combined low
light and water stress led to reduced biomass accumulation observed in the Experiment
2.
The negative effect associated to the understory was similarly observed in
seedlings of the two oaks, which had comparable water status at dawn and midday,
despite differences shown in growth and leaf water relations. In spite of the large, early
reduction in gsat in Q. pyrenaica, this species maintained significantly higher rates of
photosynthesis and stomatal conductance than Q. petraea at all levels of water stress, in
consonance with its higher values of hydraulic conductance. This significant capacity to
display high leaf gas exchange at high and low soil water potentials has been previously
addressed in other drought-tolerant species (Ngugi et al., 2004), as well as in seedlings
(Quero et al., 2006) and adult trees (Gallego et al., 1994) of Q. pyrenaica. But this
pattern cannot be only seen as a strategy aimed to tolerate drought. Rather, we postulate
that it is to be attributed to its more conservative growth strategy (Experiment 2) that
Anexo V - 15
maximizes root mass partitioning in lieu of shoot growth and foliage area, and allows
for a high instantaneous stomatal conductance per unit leaf area (Kramer and Boyer,
1995; Mediavilla and Escudero, 2003). Higher stomatal conductance with respect to Q.
petraea could account for the lower Asat/gsat and δ13C at the end of summer (DeLucia
and Schlesinger, 1991). However, it is worth noting that poor leaf water-use efficiency
at this time did not translate into a worse water status, even though RDM was not
significantly different to Q. petraea. Again, a possible explanation resides in the lower
total leaf area and higher within-plant self-shading already exhibited by Q. pyrenaica in
other comparative works (Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al., submitted), which would reduce
both water using up and carbon gain at the plant-level. Although Q. petraea is a
relatively drought-resistant species compared with other sympatric broad-leaf trees of
Central Europe (Backes and Leuschner, 2000; Ponton et al., 2001; 2002), the suite of
features shown by seedlings of Q. pyrenaica is consistent with an expected, better
suitability to regenerate in Mediterranean mountains. On the one hand, superior
belowground biomass points to a greater ability to withstand stress and aboveground
perturbations (Kozlowski and Pallardy, 1997). On the other hand, adaptation to late
spring frosts through delayed leaf flushing (10–15 days later in Q. pyrenaica than in Q.
petraea; García-Esteban, pers. comm.) imposes a short leaf life span during which
individuals have to face low soil water content; maintenance of gas exchange may be
important, as water-stress avoidance via strong stomatal closure, a successful strategy
for some Mediterranean evergreen oaks (Abril and Hanano, 1998; Mediavilla and
Escudero, 2003), would reduce carbon assimilation and would negatively impact
competitive ability at the establishment phase. This proposed plant form-leaf function
coordination might partly explain failures in afforestations with Q. pyrenaica in
drought-prone, mountainous Mediterranean open sites (Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al.,
Anexo V - 16
2007), as they traditionally use short pots that restrict its inherently large root to shoot
ratio and exacerbate the effects of a non-conservative leaf water use.
5. Conclusion
This study shows that seedlings of two ecologically distinct oak species had worse
transplanting performance (i.e. higher water stress and lower growth) in the understory
of a mature Scots Pine stand than in a nearby medium canopy gap. Although these
results can hardly be extrapolated to other circumstances (i.e. different areas, gap
sizes…), they support previous findings that dense shelterwoods are not appropriate for
under-plantations. We suggest that poor growth in the understory is partly responsible
for the greater susceptibility of the seedlings to summer drought.
Acknowledgements
We thank Jesús Alonso and Javier Cano for their patient work on root
excavations. We gratefully acknowledge two anonymous reviewers for their enriching
comments, and Rosa Ana López, Sven Mutke and Nikos Nanos, who helped us with
statistical analyses. Thanks are also due to Maria del Rey for measurement assistance.
This work was supported by the Consejería de Medio Ambiente y Desarrollo General de
la Comunidad Autónoma de Madrid. J. Rodríguez-Calcerrada was supported by a
scholarship from the Consejería de Educación de la Comunidad de Madrid (C.M.) and
the Fondo Social Europeo (F.S.E.).
Anexo V - 17
References
Abrams, M.D., Mostoller, S.A., 1995. Gas exchange, leaf structure and nitrogen in
contrasting successional tree species growing in open and understory sites during
a drought. Tree Physiol 15, 361-370.
Abril, M., Hanano, R., 1998. Ecophysiological responses of three evergreen woody
Mediterranean species to water stress. Acta Oecol. 19, 377-387.
Aranda, I., Gil, L., Pardos, J., 1996. Seasonal water relations of three broadleaved
species (Fagus sylvatica L, Quercus petraea (Mattuschka) Liebl and Quercus
pyrenaica Willd) in a mixed stand in the centre of the Iberian Peninsula. For. Ecol.
Manage. 84, 219-229.
Aranda, I., Gil, L., Pardos, J.A., 2004. Improvement of growth conditions and gas
exchange of Fagus sylvatica L. seedlings planted below a recently thinned Pinus
sylvestris L. stand. Trees 18, 211-220.
Aranda, I., Castro, L., Pardos, M., Gil, L., Pardos, J.A., 2005. Effects of the interaction
between drought and shade on water relations, gas exchange and morphological
traits in cork oak (Quercus suber L.) seedlings. For. Ecol. Manage. 210, 117-129.
Backes, K., Leuschner, C., 2000. Leaf water relations of competitive Fagus sylvatica
and Quercus petraea trees during 4 years differing in soil drought. Can. J. For.
Res. 30, 335-346.
Buckley, D.S., Sharik, T.L., Isebrands, J.G., 1998. Regeneration of northern red oak:
positive and negative effects of competitor removal. Ecology 79, 65-78.
Barigah, T.S., Ibrahim, T., Bogard, A., Faivre-Vuillin, B., Lagneau, L.A. Montpied, P.,
Dreyer, E., 2006. Irradiance-induced plasticity in the hydraulic properties of
Anexo V - 18
saplings of different temperate broad-leaved forest tree species. Tree Physiol. 26,
1505-1516.
Bellot, J., Maestre, F.T., Chirino, E., Hernández, N., Ortiz de Urbina, J.M., 2004.
Afforestation with Pinus halepensis reduces native shrub performance in a
Mediterranean semiarid area. Acta Oecol. 25, 7–15.
Castro, J., Zamora, R., Hódar, J.A., Gómez, J.M., Gómez-Aparicio L., 2004. Benefits of
using shrubs as nurse plants for reforestation in Mediterranean mountains: a 4-
year study. Rest. Ecol. 12, 352-358.
Climent, J.M., Aranda, I., Alonso, J., Pardos, J.A., Gil, L., 2006. Developmental
constraints limit the response of Canary Island pine seedlings to combined shade
and drought. For. Ecol. Manage. 231, 164-168.
Cochard, H., Lemoine, D., Dreyer, E., 1999. The effects of acclimation to sunlight on
the xylem vulnerability to embolism in Fagus sylvatica L. Plant Cell Environ. 22,
101-108.
Crunkilton, D.D., Pallardy, S.G., Garret H.E., 1992. Water relations and gas exchange
of northern red oak seedlings planted in a central Missouri clearcut and
shelterwood. For. Ecol. Manage. 53, 117-129.
DeLucia, E.H., Schlesinger, W.H., 1991. Resource-use efficiency and drought tolerance
in adjacent Great Basin and Sierran plants. Ecology 72, 51-58.
Gallego, H.A., Rico, M., Moreno, G., Santa-Regina, I., 1994. Leaf water potential and
stomatal conductance in Q. pyrenaica Willd. forests: vertical gradients and
response to environmental factors. Tree Physiol. 14, 1039-1047.
Gómez-Aparicio L., Zamora R., Gómez J.M., Hódar J.A., Castro J., Baraza E., 2004.
Applying plant facilitation to forest restoration: a meta-analysis of the use of
shrubs as nurse plants. Ecol. Appl. 14, 1128-1138.
Anexo V - 19
Holmgren, M., Scheffer, M., Huston, M.A., 1997. The interplay of facilitation and
competition in plant communities. Ecology 78, 1966-1975.
Johnson, P.S., Shifley, S.R., Rogers, R., 2002. The Ecology and Silviculture of Oaks.
CABI Publishing, New York, USA.
Kozlowski, T.T., Pallardy, S.G., 1997. Physiology of woody plants. Academic Press.
San Diego, California, USA.
Kramer, P.J., Boyer, J.S., 1995. Water relations of plants and soils. Academic Press.
San Diego, California, USA.
Kubiske, M.E., Abrams, M.D., Mostoller, S.A., 1996. Stomatal and nonstomatal
limitations of photosynthesis in relation to the drought and shade tolerance of tree
species in open and understory environments. Trees 11, 76-82.
Maestre, F.T., Cortina, J., Bautista, S., Bellot, J., 2003. Does Pinus halepensis facilitate
the establishment of shrubs in Mediterranean semi-arid afforestations? Forest
Ecol. Manage. 176, 147-160.
McConnaughay, K.D.M., Coleman, J.S., 1999. Biomass allocation in plants: ontogeny
or optimality? A test along three resource gradients. Ecology 80, 2581-2593.
Mediavilla, S., Escudero, A., 2003. Stomatal responses to drought at a Mediterranean
site: a comparative study of co-occurring woody species differing in leaf
longevity. Tree Physiol. 23, 987-996.
Mendes, M.M., Gazarini, L.C., Rodrigues, M.L., 2001. Acclimation of Myrtus
communis to contrasting Mediterranean light environments – effects on structure
and chemical composition of foliage and plant water relations. Env. Exp. Bot. 45,
165-178.
Michalet, R., 2006. Is facilitation in arid environments the result of direct or complex
interactions? New Phytol. 169, 3-6.
Anexo V - 20
Ngugi, M.R., Doley, D., Hunt, M.A., Ryan, P., Dart, P., 2004. Physiological responses
to water stress in Eucalyptus cloeziana and E. argophloia seedlings. Trees 18,
381-389.
Pardo, F., 2000. Caracterización de rodales arbolados del “Hayedo de Montejo”
(Madrid): estructura, composición e incorporación de la hojarasca al suelo. Ph D
Thesis.
Pausas, J.G., Bladé, C., Valdecantos, A., Seva, J.P., Fuentes, D., Alloza, J.A., Vilagrosa,
A., Bautista, S., Cortina, J., Vallejo, R., 2004. Pines and oaks in the restoration of
Mediterranean landscapes of Spain: New perspectives for an old practice – a
review. Plant Ecol. 171, 209-220.
Ponton, S., Dupouey, J.-L., Bréda, N., Feuillat, F., Bodénès, C., Dreyer, E., 2001.
Carbon isotope discrimination and wood anatomy variations in mixed stands of
Quercus robur and Quercus petraea. Plant Cell Environ. 24, 861-868.
Ponton, S., Dupouey, J.-L., Bréda, N., Dreyer, E., 2002. Comparisons of water-use
efficiency of seedlings from two sympatric oak species: genotype x environment
interactions. Tree Physiol. 22, 413-422.
Quero, J.L., Villar, R., Marañón, T., Zamora, R., 2006. Interactions of drought and
shade effects on seedlings of four Quercus species: physiological and structural
leaf responses. New Phytol. 170, 819-834.
Ricard, J.P., Messier, C., Delagrange, S., Beaudet, M., 2003. Do understory saplings
respond to both light and below-ground competition?: a field experiment in a north-
eastern American hardwood forest and a literature review. Ann. For. Sci. 60, 749-
756.
Rodríguez-Calcerrada, J., Pardos, J.A., Gil, L., Aranda, I., 2007. Summer field
performance of Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl and Quercus pyrenaica Willd
Anexo V - 21
seedlings, planted in three sites with contrasting canopy cover. New For. 33, 67-
80.
Sack, L., 2004. Responses of temperate woody seedlings to shade and drought: do
trade-offs limit potential niche differentiation. Oikos 107, 110-127.
Smith, T. M., Huston, M.A., 1989. A theory of the spatial and temporal dynamics of
plant communities. Vegetatio 83, 49-69.
Valladares, F., Pearcy, R.W., 2002. Drought can be more critical in the shade than in the
sun: a field study of carbon gain and photo-inhibition in a Californian shrub
during a dry El Niño year. Plant Cell Environ. 25, 749-759.
Wang, G.G., Bauerle, W.L., 2006. Effects of light intensity on the growth and energy
balance of photosystem II electron transport in Quercus alba seedlings. Ann. For.
Sci. 63, 111-118.
Zavala, M.A., Espelta, J.M., Retama, J., 2000. Constrains and trade-offs in
Mediterranean plant communities: the case of holm oak – Aleppo pine forests.
Bot. Rev. 66, 119-149.
Anexo V - 22
TABLES
Table 1. Comparative statistics of daily mean (VPDmean) and maximum (VPDmax) values
of air vapour pressure deficit averaged over the summer months of 2004 and 2005 (June
to September, both included), light availability (GSF), and mean and maximum duration
of sunflecks.
Footnotes:
1: Data of both years are pooled since slight differences between years are due to
different points of sampling rather than to canopy closure.
2: Values for a typical mid-summer day (10 August).
Variable Year
Mean (± SD) Min-Max Mean (± SD) Min-Max VPDmean (KPa) 2004 0.77 (0.28) 0.09-1.35 0.78 (0.30) 0.11-1.47
2005 0.97 (0.37) 0.20-1.95 0.94 (0.37) 0.15-1.87
VPDmax (KPa) 2004 1.90 (0.60) 0.35-3.13 1.59 (0.52) 0.40-2.932005 2.29 (0.77) 0.61-4.34 1.83 (0.61) 0.45-3.42
GSF (%) both1 45.1 (11.2) 30.1-63.0 20.3 (2.6) 15.7-25.1
Sunfleckmean (h) both2 0.42 (0.27) 0.12-0.98 0.13 (0.02) 0.12-0.17
Sunfleckmax (h) both 3.68 (1.95) 0.72-5.77 0.50 (0.08) 0.33-0.63
SiteGap Understory
Anexo V - 23
Table 2. F-statistics of analyses of variance for factors effects on leaf traits in 2004 and 2005. Ψpd was considered a covariate for analyses of all
variables except Ψpd and Ψmd.
Date FactorsΨpd Ψmd Asat gsat Asat/gsat KL δ13C
June 05 Site 67.7*** 12.66** 1.21 2.98 1.11 0.12 2.37Species 0.16 1.48 7.6* 6.47* 0.62 2.39 0.02Site x Sp. 0.24 < 0.01 0.49 2.7 0.07 < 0.01 0.88
July 05 Site 68.21*** 0.63 < 0.01 0.08 0.02 < 0.01 0.18Species 0.03 1.93 15.84** 16.72** 3.46 6.77* 1.68Site x Sp. 0.02 < 0.01 0.01 0.38 0.83 0.9 2.14
Aug. 05 Site 40.92*** 3.6 0.11 1.84 0.04 0.64 0.28Species 0.1 0.12 18.32** 39.3*** 7.71* 26.59*** 13.06**
Site x Sp. 0.3 < 0.01 1.17 2.33 3.73 0.18 2.34
Dependent variables
Anexo V - 24
Table 3. F-statistics of analyses of variance for factors effects on plant traits in 2004 and
2005. TDM was considered a covariate for analyses of LAR, R/S and RMF.
Date FactorsTDM RDM R/S RMF
2004 Site 3.33 4.26* 0.76 0.7Species 1.17 2.69 12.68** 13.58**
Site x Sp. 0.18 0.35 0.03 0.1
2005 Site 51.12*** 49.12*** 1.41 2.7Species 1.72 0.11 7.69* 10.87**
Site x Sp. 0.9 0.01 0.44 1.22
Dependent Variables
Anexo V - 25
FIGURE LEGENDS
Fig. 1. Seasonal variation of precipitation, and soil moisture at 10 cm (a), 20 cm (b) and
40 cm depth (c) in the pinewood understory (triangles, solid line) and the gap (squares,
dashed line) during the growing seasons of 2004 and 2005.
Fig. 2. Pre-dawn (Ψpd; a, b) and midday (Ψmd; c, d) leaf water potentials of Q. pyrenaica
(grey bars) and Q. petraea (white bars) in the pinewood understory (u.) and the gap (g.)
along the summer of 2004 and 2005. N = 4-5.
Fig. 3. Mean values (+1SE) of photosynthesis (Asat; a), stomatal conductance (gsat; b),
instantaneous water use efficiency (Asat/gsat; c), and hydraulic conductance (KL; d) along
the summer of 2005, for seedlings of Q. pyrenaica (grey bars) and Q. petraea (white
bars) planted in the pinewood understory (u.) and the gap (g.). N=3-5.
Fig. 4. Responses of Asat (a) and gsat (b) to Ψpd in understory seedlings of Q. pyrenaica
(filled squares) and Q. petraea (filled circles), and gap seedlings of Q. pyrenaica (open
tsquares) and Q. petraea (open circles).
Fig. 5. Mean values (+1SE) of leaf carbon isotope composition (δ13C) along the summer
of 2005, for seedlings of Q. pyrenaica (grey bars) and Q. petraea (white bars) planted in
the pinewood understory (u.) and the gap (g.). N=4-5
Fig. 6. Mean values (+1SE) of total plant dry mass (TDM; a), root dry mass (RDM; b),
root to shoot ratio (R/S; c), and root mass fraction (RMF; d) at the end of 2004 and 2005
Anexo V - 26
for seedlings of Q. pyrenaica (grey bars) and Q. petraea (white bars) planted in the
pinewood understory (u.) and the gap (g.). N=5-6.
Fig. 7. Variation in root mass vs shoot mass, on a logarithmic scale, for seedlings of Q.
petraea (circles) and Q. pyrenaica (squares) growing in the pinewood understory (filled
symbols) and the gap (open symbols). Data points are individual plants harvested in
2004 and 2005. A linear model was fitted for data points of Q. pyrenaica (slope = 1.12,
R2 = 83.8***) and Q. petraea (slope = 1.03, R2 = 77.0***) pooled across sites.
Anexo V - 27
Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al. FORECO 3010
5101520253035
(a) 10 cm
51015202530
1020304050
Soil
moi
stur
e(%
)Precipitation
(mm
)
5/04 6/04 7/04 8/04 9/04 5/05 6/05 7/05 8/05 9/05 10/0505
1015202530
(b) 20 cm
(c) 40 cm
0 0
0
5101520253035
(a) 10 cm
51015202530
1020304050
Soil
moi
stur
e(%
)Precipitation
(mm
)
5/04 6/04 7/04 8/04 9/04 5/05 6/05 7/05 8/05 9/05 10/0505
1015202530
(b) 20 cm
(c) 40 cm
0 0
0
Figure 1
Anexo V - 28
Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al. FORECO 3010
g. u.
Ψm
d(-
MPa
)
3.53.02.52.01.51.00.50.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g.
Ψpd
(-M
Pa)
u. g. u. g.
June 04 July 04 August 04
u. g. u. g. u. g.
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
3.53.02.52.01.51.00.50.0
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g. u. g. u. g.
June 04 July 04 August 04
u. g. u. g.
Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
g. u.
Ψm
d(-
MPa
)
3.53.02.52.01.51.00.50.0
3.53.02.52.01.51.00.50.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g.
Ψpd
(-M
Pa)
u. g. u. g.
June 04 July 04 August 04
u. g. u. g. u. g.
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
3.53.02.52.01.51.00.50.0
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g. u. g. u. g.
June 04 July 04 August 04
u. g. u. g.
Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraeaQ. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
Figure 2
Anexo V - 29
Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al. FORECO 3010
02468
1012141618
Asa
t(μm
olm
-2s-1
) a
0100200300400500600700
gsat (m
molm
-2s -1)
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g. u. g. u. g.
Asa
t/gsa
t(μm
olm
mol
)
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g. u. g. u. g.
d
KL
(mm
olm-2s -1 M
Pa-1)
Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
b
0
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10 c
02468
1012141618
Asa
t(μm
olm
-2s-1
) a
0100200300400500600700
gsat (m
molm
-2s -1)
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g. u. g. u. g.
Asa
t/gsa
t(μm
olm
mol
)
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g. u. g. u. g.
d
KL
(mm
olm-2s -1 M
Pa-1)
Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
b Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
b
0
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10 cc
Figure 3
Anexo V - 30
Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al. FORECO 3010
Asa
t(μ
mol
m-2
s-1)
Ψpd (-MPa)
g sat
(mm
olm
-2s-1
)
0
4
8
12
16
20a
0100200300400500600700
3.02.52.01.51.00.50
b
Q. pyrenaica – g.
Q. petraea – g.Q. petraea – u.
Q. pyrenaica – u.
Asa
t(μ
mol
m-2
s-1)
Ψpd (-MPa)
g sat
(mm
olm
-2s-1
)
0
4
8
12
16
20a
0100200300400500600700
3.02.52.01.51.00.50
b
Q. pyrenaica – g.
Q. petraea – g.Q. petraea – u.
Q. pyrenaica – u.Q. pyrenaica – g.
Q. petraea – g.Q. petraea – u.
Q. pyrenaica – u.
Figure 4
Anexo V - 31
Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al. FORECO 3010
-30.0-29.5-29.0-28.5-28.0-27.5-27.0-26.5
δ13C
(‰)
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g. u. g. u. g.
Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
-30.0-29.5-29.0-28.5-28.0-27.5-27.0-26.5
δ13C
(‰)
June 05 July 05 August 05
u. g. u. g. u. g.
Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraeaQ. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
Figure 5
Anexo V - 32
Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al. FORECO 3010
T
otal
pla
ntdr
ym
ass(
g) Rootdry
mass(g)
2004 2005
Roo
tto
shoo
trat
io (g
g-1
)
2004 2005
Rootm
assfraction(g g
-1)
0
5
10
15
20
25a
5
10
15
20
25
0
b Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
00.51.01.52.02.53.03.5
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8c d
u. g. u. g. u. g. u. g.
Tot
al p
lant
dry
mas
s(g) R
ootdrym
ass(g)
2004 2005
Roo
tto
shoo
trat
io (g
g-1
)
2004 2005
Rootm
assfraction(g g
-1)
0
5
10
15
20
25a
5
10
15
20
25
0
b Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraeaQ. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
00.51.01.52.02.53.03.5
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8c d
u. g. u. g. u. g. u. g.
Figure 6
Anexo V - 33
Rodríguez-Calcerrada et al. FORECO 3010
-1.0
0
1.0
2.0
3.0
-1.0 0 1.0 2.0 3.0ln (root dry mass)
ln (s
hoot
dry
mas
s) Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
-1.0
0
1.0
2.0
3.0
-1.0 0 1.0 2.0 3.0ln (root dry mass)
ln (s
hoot
dry
mas
s) Q. pyrenaicaQ. petraea
Figure 7
Anexo V - 34
ANEXO VI
Effects of Scots pine overstory density on pressure-volume curves and
survival of two underplanted oak species in a Mediterranean mountain
Manuscrito en revisión en la revista Annals of Forest Science
Autores: Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., Mutke S., Pardos J.A., Alonso J., Gil L., Aranda I.
Effects of Scots pine overstory density on pressure-volume curves and survival of
two underplanted oak species in a Mediterranean mountain
J. Rodríguez-Calcerrada1, S. Mutke2, J.A. Pardos1, J. Alonso1, L. Gil1 and I. Aranda2,*
1 Unidad de Anatomía, Fisiología y Genética Forestal. Escuela Técnica Superior de
Ingenieros de Montes, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Ciudad Universitaria s/n, E-
28040, Madrid, Spain.
2 Centro de Investigación Forestal (CIFOR). Instituto Nacional de Investigación Agraria
y Alimentaria (INIA). Carretera de La Coruña Km 7.5, 28040, Madrid, Spain.
* Corresponding author. Tel.: +34-1-3476857; fax: +34-1-3572293. E-mail address:
Running title: Dense shelterwood hampers oak regeneration
Anexo VI - 1
Abstract
Pressure-volume curves and survival were investigated in seedlings of Quercus
petraea and Quercus pyrenaica planted in a dense Scots pine area, a 25 % thinned area
and a gap at a Mediterranean mid-mountain field-site. Survival was also measured in a
nearby stand, which had been assigned to three density treatments: uncut, 33 and 50 %
thinned. Osmotic adjustment at the end of summer in Q. petraea was 0.27 and 0.33 MPa
lower in the denser area compared to 25 % thinned and gap sites, respectively, and did
not vary among treatments in Q. pyrenaica. Basal values of osmotic potential at full
turgor were lowest for Q. pyrenaica overall. Survival was lower in both oaks in the
denser area. In the second stand, both thinning intensities had a positive effect on the
survival of Q. pyrenaica, while Q. petraea showed similarly higher mortality rates in all
three overstory treatments. These results stress the necessity to reduce stand density
before underplanting.
Keywords: osmotic adjustment / elastic adjustment / thinning / Quercus petraea /
Quercus pyrenaica
Anexo VI - 2
Résumé – Effets de la densité de l’étage dominant du pin sylvestre sur les courbes
de pression-volume et sur la survie de deux espèces de chênes de sous-étage en
montagne Méditerranéenne. Les courbes de pression-volume et la survie ont été
examinées chez des plantules de Quercus petraea et Quercus pyrenaica plantées dans
trois parcelles soumises à différents traitements : une aire dense de pin sylvestre, une
aire éclaircie à 25%, et un site ouvert dans une région Méditerranéene de moyenne
montagne. La survie a également été mesurée dans des parcelles voisines, qui ont été
soumises à trois traitements de densité de l’étage dominant : non coupé, 33 et 50%
d’éclaircie. Dans le premier dispositif, l’ajustement osmotique à la fin de l´été pour Q.
petraea était de 0.27 MPa entre les parcelles les plus denses et celles éclaircies à 25%,
et de 0.33 MPa entre les parcelles les plus denses et celles à site ouvert ; il n’a pas varié
entre les traitements chez Q. pyrenaica. Globalement, les valeurs de potentiel osmotique
à pleine turgescence étaient plus faibles pour Q. pyrenaica. La survie était plus basse
dans l’aire la plus dense pour les deux espèces de chênes. Dans le second dispositif, les
deux traitements d’éclaircie ont eu un effet positif sur la survie de Q. pyrenaica, alors
que Q. petraea a montré des taux de mortalité similairement élevés dans les trois
traitements de l’étage dominant. Ces résultats montrent la nécessité de réduire la densité
des stands avant de planter en sous-étage.
Mots clefs: ajustement osmotique / ajustement élastique / éclaircie / Quercus petraea /
Quercus pyrenaica
Anexo VI - 3
INTRODUCTION
Broadleaved woodlands of the mid-mountain Mediterranean regions are
potentially sensitive to a future deterioration of the climate [42, 48]. The problem may
be particularly critical for marginal forest populations of temperate species [10], given
their susceptibility to higher temperatures and more erratic rainfall characterized in
recent climate scenarios [25]. Conservation policies should promote the expansion of
such endangered populations by artificial means. Enrichment planting under mature
conifer forests is successfully used to improve recruitment of broadleaved tree species
with respect to open sites with higher evapotranspiration rates or higher occurrence of
frost damage. The method has alternative benefits in terms of transformation of pure,
even–aged coniferous stands into mixed stands.
However, while shelterwood regeneration method is one of the most common
permanent-cover techniques used in temperate forests, few experiences have dealt with
nurse-tree canopy effects on understory plantations in Mediterranean ecosystems [1, 2,
9, 35] and appropriate recommendations are uncertain. When light is the main limiting
factor, a closed canopy often hinders establishment of seedlings of different shade-
tolerances [34, 38], requiring its gradual opening by means of thinnings or the creation
of gaps. But owing to recurrent and severe episodes of drought during summer in
Mediterranean forests, the question remains whether initial thinning might result in
excessive evaporation and mortality or rather enhance soil moisture by diminishing rain
interception and transpiration of the overstory [6]. To a large extent, the outcome of the
canopy-understory relation seems to be mediated by the effect that shade has on the
conservation of soil moisture and the ability of seedlings to respond to water stress. But
facilitation is an issue of active debate [33, 37], as it is likely depending on the
Anexo VI - 4
ecological features of the target species (e.g. differing tolerance to late frosts in
temperate forests or to drought or excessive light in Mediterranean areas) and/or the
environmental characteristics of the site (e.g. fertility or aridity).
Because seedlings will increasingly have to cope with situations where both light
and water availabilities are low under tree canopies [1, 22, 56], the examination of how
mechanisms of drought-tolerance are affected by light will provide a valuable indication
of the limits to successful establishment in dry, shady Mediterranean forests. The
lowering of osmotic potential through an active accumulation of solutes is a positive
response to water stress [1, 16, 28], which may be hindered in light-limited plants given
the central role of the accumulation of hexoses during drought in this process [11, 17].
Light availability also modifies drought-induced responsiveness in cell-wall elasticity
[41]. Although successful establishment is rarely elicited by a single environmental
factor [49, 50, 56], but rather is affected by multiple above- and below-ground
interactions with mature trees [8] and with other less predictable factors, water relations
play a role in growth and survival of forest tree species [14, 19, 53, 57].
In this context, two experiments were carried out at a Mediterranean mid-
mountain field-site to address the effects of overstory retention on performance of
underplanted seedlings of two oaks, namely Quercus petraea and Quercus pyrenaica.
The first one aimed to assess the relative capacity to set up mechanisms of drought-
tolerance (i.e. pressure-volume curve parameters) under different canopy covers and
their importance in survival. We hypothesized that such mechanisms would be limited
under the denser canopy, and thus would affect survival. Additionally, oak seedlings’
survival was assessed in another Scots pine stand subjected to three overstory treatments
(uncut, 33 % thinned, and 50 % thinned of the original density), under the hypothesis
Anexo VI - 5
that mortality would be higher in the un-thinned plots because of a multiple reduction in
resources.
2. MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.1. Study area and species
Experiments were developed in Scots pine plantations located in the Spanish
Central System (3º30’W, 41º07’N; 1300 – 1600 m.a.s.l.). Pines were originally planted
in degraded lands during the twentieth century for soil and watershed protection [40],
and currently there are several thousands hectares of pine forests in the first rotation
whose transformation would report environmental as well as social benefits. In general,
soils in the area are loamy and fertile, and have a high water-holding capacity. Average
rainfall is 1,124 mm and annual mean temperature is 8.7 ºC [39]. They are included into
the “Sierra del Rincón” Biosphere Reserve of the UNESCO’s Man and the Biosphere
(MAB) Network and represent a potential expansion area for temperate hardwood
species in the region, such as Fagus sylvatica and Quercus petraea. Here they reach one
of their southernmost populations of Europe, co-occurring with other trees whose
ecological requirements are plainly met, such as Quercus pyrenaica. Q. petraea and Q.
pyrenaica are sufficiently close-related that intermixing and genetic introgressions
occurs [55], although their distinct leaf to whole-plant structural and functional features
confirm their segregation into the nemoral (Q. petraea) and the transitional nemoro-
Mediterranean phytoclimatic groups (Q. pyrenaica) [3, 12].
All plant material used in the experiments derived from seeds collected in the
study area. Current precipitation and temperature were recorded by means of a rain
gauge (1-hour interval) and a temperature sensor (1-min interval), respectively, both
Anexo VI - 6
connected to a data-logger. The sensors are placed at the top of a nearby 16-m height
tower, topping the canopy. It is operating since 1995 although data from 1999 and 2001-
2002 were missing.
2.2. Experiment 1
This experiment was conducted in an even-aged, 45-year-old Scots pine
plantation at 1300 m.a.s.l., SE facing, and moderate, uniformly sloping (15 %). Three
complete blocks were distributed in a ≈ 0.5 ha area along the slope in a split-plot design,
with overstory treatment (uncut, 25 % thinned, gap) as the main plot factor, and the
species (Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica) as the subplot factor (table I). The thinning was
made in 1998 and the gap resulted from a 10-m-width firebreak made in 1992. The ratio
of gap width to surrounding trees’ height was 0.46. Here seedlings were growing under
a sparse shrub cover as no control of vegetation was made. Thirty one-year-old
seedlings per species and block were randomly distributed among treatments. Since
these treatments were contiguous to each other in a 150-m transect, seedlings were
planted far from the edges, in three rectangular experimental plots with 10 plants per
species 1.5-m-spaced. All seedlings had been cultivated in 300-cm3, 15-cm deep Forest
pots containing a mixture of peat and sand (3v/1v) plus slow release fertilizer (5 g l-1
[Osmocote Plus (8-9 months)]) for the first year; they were planted in early spring 2003.
Volumetric soil moisture was quantified on different dates of 2004 and 2005 (i.e.
seven to eight years after applying the thinning, and twelve to thirteen years after
making the firebreak) by Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR; Trase System I, Soil
Moisture Equipment Corp. USA). A sensor was moved inside buried PVC-tubes up to
40 cm depth; one tube per plot for a total of nine tubes. Light availability was assessed
by hemispherical photography in late summer 2004 and 2005. One photograph was
Anexo VI - 7
taken over each sampled seedling at the end of the day avoiding direct radiation
exposition (Nikon FM camera with a sigma 8-mm fisheye lens). Photographs were
scanned, and further analyzed with Hemiview 2.1 Canopy Analysis Software (Delta-T
Devices Ltd., UK) to estimate the percentage of global radiation received by the
seedling (Global Site Factor, GSF). Soil water potential was estimated by measuring the
leaf water potential before dawn (Ψpd), assuming there is little or no transpiration at
night. Completely expanded leaves from five plants per species and treatment were
measured with a pressure chamber (PMS Instrument Co. 7000, Corvallis Oregon).
Additionally, one fully expanded leaf per plant was excised from the same
seedling in which Ψpd was measured, its petiole immersed in distilled water, and
transported to the laboratory for the construction of P-V curves. Time for re-hydration
was no longer than 12 hours. We tested that no over-saturation took place by
determining the relationship between water potential and fresh weight during P-V
curves; no plateaus were observed among the first points of the curves [15, 30]. Curves
were only constructed where 10-or-more data points, typically 14, could be reliably
estimated. We followed the free transpiration method of Robichaux (1984). The osmotic
potentials at full turgor (Ψπ100) and zero turgor (Ψπ0) and the symplastic water volume
at full turgor (Vs) were derived from the P-V relationships [15]; Vs was related to the
total volume of leaf water within the leaf (Vt), as in Harayama et al. (2006). The
modulus of elasticity at maximum turgor (Emax) was also calculated following
Robichaux (1984). Curves were made in late June and late August of 2004 and 2005.
Survival was explored in late spring 2004 and 2007, i.e., after one and four years in the
field.
General Linear Models were run to test for the significance of block, date,
species and overstory effects on pressure-volume curve parameters. The variance model
Anexo VI - 8
also accounted for the second-order interactions between these factors, except those
with block. Pre-dawn water potential was treated as a covariate in the analyses of
variance. We further used the Tukey’s HSD test to separate means (at P < 0.05).
Bivariate relationships among variables were explored by Pearson’s correlation
coefficients, further comparing the slopes and intercepts of fitted regression lines
between treatments or species. Multiple regressions were used to analyze the response
of Ψπ100 and Emax to GSF and Ψpd as surrogates of water stress and light conditions. A
forward selection method was followed to enter predictor variables. Survival was
analyzed by a logistic regression model (Generalized Linear Model).
2.3. Experiment 2
This experiment was conducted in an even-aged, 42-year-old Scots pine
plantation, 1.5 Km apart from the previous stand, at 1600 m.a.s.l. It is E-NE facing and
moderately sloping (10-20 %). Four complete blocks were distributed in a 10 ha area
along an N-S gradient in a split-plot design, with overstory treatment (uncut, 33 %
thinned, 50 % thinned) as the main plot factor, and the species (Q. petraea and Q.
pyrenaica) as the subplot factor (table I). Thinnings were applied in twelve alternating
stripes in 2004, one year before planting (early spring 2005), and felled trees were
removed from the site. An experimental plot (≈ 0.053 ha) was established at the centre
of each replicate strip. Plots 1-3 in block I contained 80 individuals of Q. petraea and 40
individuals of Q. pyrenaica each, planted 1.5-m-separated in two rows among the pine
rows. Plots 4-12 (blocks II to IV) contained 84 individuals of Q. petraea and 42
individuals of Q. pyrenaica each, planted 1-m-separated in one row among the pine
rows. This different planting design was due to a different spacing of pine trees in Block
I (5 m between rows) vs the rest (3.5 m). No control of understory vegetation was made.
Anexo VI - 9
Seedlings were two-year-old when outplanted. For the first year, they were cultivated in
300-cm3 Forest pots containing a mixed peat/vermiculite substrate (3v/1v) enriched with
slow-release fertilizer at a dosage of 2.5 g l-1 [Osmocote Plus (8-9 months)] and in 3000-
cm3 Forest pots containing the same substrate type and fertilizer dosage for the second.
Plants were maintained in partial shade (30-40 % of full sunlight) in the second year.
Volumetric soil water content was measured in summer 2005 (i.e. one year after
applying the thinnings) with a TDR (Trase System I, Soil Moisture Equipment Corp.
USA) inside one PVC-tube buried in the center of each plot, for a total of 12 tubes.
Light availability was estimated with hemispherical photographs. Five digital
photographs (Nikon Coolpix 4500) were taken at seedling height in late summer 2005,
in the centre and corners of a c 10-m-side square located in the middle of each plot.
Photographs were analyzed with Hemiview 2.1 Canopy Analysis Software, quantifying
the Global Site Factor index. Survival was assessed at the end of the first growing
season in the field (October 2005), and in the beginning of the two following growing
seasons (June 2006 and June 2007).
The survival of each species under the three treatments was analyzed by a
logistic regression model, taking into account the four replicates (blocks) as categorical
predictor variable and the BA after thinning as covariable characterizing the thinning. In
an alternative approach, the correlated GSF was used in place of BA. The soil water
contents on different depths and dates were used as additional variables for exploratory
data analysis.
Anexo VI - 10
3. Results
Except the summer of 2003 in which seedlings of the first Experiment were
planted, summers 2004 to 2006 were drier and warmer than average (table II).
Especially dry was the summer of 2005, the year seedlings of Experiment 2 were
planted.
3.1. Experiment 1
Light availability (GSF) was highest in the gap, and slightly higher in the
thinned treatment than in the unthinned treatment (P < 0.001; table I). There were no
significant differences in GSF between species or years (not shown). There was a trend
for soil moisture within 40 cm depth to be higher in the thinned plots (P > 0.1; table I),
being more similar in the gap and the uncut plots. However, seedlings in the gap and
thinned plots exhibited higher values of Ψpd than those in the uncut plots (P < 0.001;
table III).
Seedlings of both species in the uncut and thinned plots had lower Ψπ0 and
Ψπ100 than in the gap (P < 0.001; table III). Both parameters decreased from June to
August in all treatments (P < 0.001; table III), more pronouncedly in the drier 2005
year. However, osmotic adjustment at the end of summer was lower in the seedlings of
Q. petraea in the uncut plots. Here they barely lowered Ψπ100 around 0.10 MPa in 2005
(table III), in contrast with large reductions in seedlings of Q. pyrenaica in the same
plots (0.53 MPa), or with seedlings of Q. petraea in the gap (0.43 MPa) and thinned
plots (0.37 MPa). Interspecific differences in Ψπ100 (P < 0.001) were most evident in
August (P date x species = 0.098; table III). At this time, Ψπ100 was lower in Q.
pyrenaica, more visibly under the pinewood canopy than in the gap (P site x species
Anexo VI - 11
excluding June values = 0.113; table III). Species effect on Ψπ0 was similar to the effect
on Ψπ100, but weaker (P < 0.05), such that turgor potential at dawn, calculated as the
difference between leaf water and osmotic potentials, did not differ significantly
between the species (not shown). Emax increased from June to August in Q. pyrenaica,
but remained unchanged in Q. petraea (P date x species < 0.05). Accordingly, Emax was
higher for Q. pyrenaica in August both years (P < 0.001), more visibly under the
pinewood cover than in the gap (P site x species excluding June values = 0.115; table
III).
Multiple regression analysis showed that GSF and Ψpd were significant
predictors of Ψπ100 for Q. pyrenaica (both coefficients P < 0.001; model R2 = 55.9 %)
and Q. petraea (both coefficients P < 0.001; model R2 = 40.3 %), while were marginally
significant predictors of Emax for Q. petraea (both coefficients P < 0.05; model R2 =
17.4 %). There was not a consistent relationship between Emax and Ψpd within
treatments, whereas Ψπ100 and Ψπ0 were positively correlated with Ψpd in both species
(figure 1), with differences among overstory treatments in the intercepts (all P < 0.001),
but not in the slopes (only P = 0.074 for Ψπ100 vs Ψpd in Q. petraea). In the uncut plots,
the slopes and intercepts of the Ψπ100 - Ψpd relationship differed significantly between
species (P < 0.01 and P < 0.05, respectively). Vs/Vt was positively correlated with Emax
in both species and all treatments, except in the gap in Q. pyrenaica (not shown).
Survival of both species was highest in the thinned plots, compared to the uncut
or gap plots, either at the end of the first or fourth year in the field (P < 0.05; figure 2).
Survival of Q. petraea and Q. pyrenaica was comparable in all treatments (P > 0.15).
Anexo VI - 12
3.2. Experiment 2
GSF differed significantly between the un-thinned and thinned plots, but hardly
at all between both thinning levels (table I). Soil moisture averaged over summer
months was lower in the uncut treatment than in the two thinning treatments (P < 0.01).
For all plots, GSF correlated negatively with the residual BA left after thinnings (figure
3). A negative correlation was also found between the residual BA and the soil moisture
at 10 cm depth (figure 3).
The survival of Q. petraea was poor in all plots (figure 2), though being
somewhat higher in the first block, with a wider between-row distance of the original
pine stand. At overall level, there was no significant effect of thinning, light
environment or soil-water content on the survival of Q. petraea. In Q. pyrenaica,
survival was significantly higher in the thinned plots (figure 2), though with strong
differences between blocks. Therefore, the logistic regression model for survival in all
three dates included as significant factors Block and Treatment, though since effects of
both thinning intensities did not differ significantly among each other, they can be
pooled into a common level of a new variable ‘thinned/unthinned’ that explains
practically the same proportion of deviation (D% 67.34 vs. 67.98% for the last date) with
a lower mean square error (MSE 0.167 vs. 0.186). The BA after thinning as
environmental proxy of each plot for fixed treatment effects matched plainly the
adjustment of the original model (D% 67.29%; MSE 0.152 in 2007) or even improved it
slightly (D% 69% vs. 67% in 2005, 63% vs. 61% in 2006) whereas the light
environment GSF performed worse (e.g. D% 54%; MSE 0,270 in 2007). As the ratios of
deviance, scaled deviance, Pearson Chi-Square and Scaled Pearson Chi-Square to the
respective degrees of freedom were in all cases close to 1.0, there was no evidence of
over-dispersion. The use of soil water content at any depth as covariable, either did not
Anexo VI - 13
improve the model or it did introduce correlations between estimations of model
coefficients that imply collinearity, therefore, they were discarded.
We observed symptoms of deer browsing on most seedlings already in the first
year (≈95 % of seedlings damaged); independently of the overstory density (P > 0.15),
but not of the species (91% in Q. pyrenaica vs 96% in Q. petraea; P < 0.001).
4. Discussion
4.1. Effects of the overstory on light and soil moisture
Our results confirmed that overstory density influences both light available in
the understory and soil moisture [6]. While light transmittance usually increases
exponentially with decreasing stand basal area [21, 32], the relationship of soil moisture
with basal area seems less straightforward, due to a stronger influence of climatic and
edaphic factors. Most experiences concerning tree or shrub effects on the
microenvironment in Mediterranean ecosystems lead us to hypothesize a non linear
relationship of moisture with density (figure 3), derived mainly from the changing
interplay among evaporation, water uptake by both canopy and understory vegetation,
and rainfall interception [10, 20, 24, 26, 36, 44, but see 9]. The negative, linear
correlation of moisture at 10-cm depth against the observed range of residual basal area
suggests that increases in relative irradiance did not cause too intense evapotranspiration
as to offset the reduction in living fine roots of Scots Pine in the upper soil layers and/or
the increased throughfall precipitation after thinning of the tree-canopy [29]; following
this reasoning, the 45 % available light in the gap could mark the beginning of a drop in
soil moisture, as it was similar to that in the more dense plots. Nonetheless, given the
trade-offs in plant acclimatory responses to light and soil moisture resources [see 50],
Anexo VI - 14
experiments should also aim to discern whether regeneration silvicultural practices
should target initial density levels at which soil moisture is maximized or rather at
which both light and soil moisture resources are optimized (figure 3).
4.2. Effects of the overstory on pressure-volume curves
The range of light created by the three sites played a role in modifying water
relations. Despite seedlings in the uncut plots showed consistently higher water stress
along dates when compared with the other two overstory treatments, low light in the
heavily dense uncut plots could preclude the ability of Q. petraea to osmotically adjust
in response to water stress, as previously observed in other species [1, 4, 5, 14], which
points to a species-specific threshold of light to maintain some drought-tolerance
mechanisms. Why Q. pyrenaica had superior ability to lower Ψπ100 at the end of
summer under the more dense pinewood is not clear. Given the importance of soluble
sugars as osmolytes [11, 17], interspecific differences in Ψπ100 under the pine cover
might be based on a differential ability to accumulate hexoses. Greater photosynthetic
capacity, and likely respiration and starch degradation, in the less shade tolerant Q.
pyrenaica [46] would help to produce a larger pool of hexoses, as shade-tolerance is
commonly associated with a more-conservative metabolic rate in shade.
However, more elastic cell walls of seedlings of Q. petraea contributed to
attenuate interspecific differences in Ψπ0 and maintain turgor at the end of summer in
the uncut plots despite their lower ability to decrease Ψπ100 in response to drought.
Increased cell-wall elasticity has previously been identified as a mechanism of
improved drought tolerance [51], which allows for the maintenance of turgor by
decreasing Ψπ0 rather than Ψπ100 [13, 27]. But the inconsistency of the relationship
between Emax and Ψpd suggests that the increase in Emax from June to August in Q.
Anexo VI - 15
pyrenaica responds not only to drought, but maybe to an ontogenetic process of leaf
maturation after full expansion. In any case, leaves of Q. petraea had less rigid cell-
walls at the end of summer (i.e. lower Emax) that could not accumulate as large amounts
of solutes as more sclerophyllous leaves of Q. pyreniaca [11]. Further, the positive
relationship between cell-wall elasticity and the symplastic water fraction may be
associated with water redistribution between the apoplast and the symplast [27, 43].
Combined increases in the concentration of solutes (i.e. lower Ψπ100) and cell-
wall rigidity in Q. pyrenaica enabled both cell turgor and volume at the time of
maximum drought to be maintained, as previously described in other drought-tolerant
trees [11, 52, 54], which should make it better able to withstand droughty conditions of
sub-Mediterranean understories.
4.3. Effects of the overstory on survival
Survival was only partially related with drought-tolerance features derived from
leaf pressure-volume curves, as seedling death is the complex interplay of multiple
factors upon the whole plant. Even though survival of Q. pyrenaica was higher than that
of Q. petraea in the Experiment 2, the exceptionality of meteorological conditions in the
year of planting plus the intense browsing complicate the interpretation of the results.
The clear light-related response to thinning in Q. pyrenaica in terms of survival
contrasted with the generalized outplanting failure of Q. petraea possibly owing to the
severe drought of 2005. This could also help to explain contrasting interspecific
differences in survival between experiments, as more similar survival rates between
species were found in milder years of planting (Experiment 1; [47]). Moreover, we
cannot rule out the influence of browsing on these aspects. Despite intensity was similar
among overstory treatments, light availability could have differentially influenced
Anexo VI - 16
resilience of seedlings of Q. pyrenaica to foliage removal [7]. Resprouting occurred in
all treatments after seedlings were browsed, however, higher light in the thinned plots
likely allowed for a higher leaf area re-development and carbon gain revenue with
respect to the uncut plots, which could help to rebuild-up non-structural carbohydrate
reserves in the root system and favour initial persistence, at least until reserves are
depleted in repeatedly producing new shoots to compensate for the continued lost of
foliage, if herbivory continues [7, 31]. In line with this reasoning, the greater root to
shoot ratio of seedlings of Q. pyrenaica, together with their higher resprouting ability
could have enhanced their survival over those of Q. petraea.
4.4. Conclusions and future directions
Despite the abovementioned uncertainties in explaining survival, the results of
both experiments conveyed a similar idea that leaving dense stands untouched before
underplanting is negative for seedling initial establishment. Overstory reduction by
means of thinnings and gaps might be advisable to foster artificial oak regeneration in
Mediterranean humid mountains, as seems to be a general pattern in other biomes [38],
given the observed increases in survival, light and soil moisture, and greater acclimation
potential to water stress, with respect to denser, uncut stands. If the severe conditions
encountered by seedlings over the study period are to be more common in the future
[25], regeneration of Q. petraea could be threatened in the study area, which urges to
develop further experiences to eventually draw clear statements about which density is
initially best, how this level varies across regions and conditions in the year of planting,
and how and when subsequent thinnings should be applied to enhance seedling
performance.
Anexo VI - 17
Acknowledgements: This work was supported by the Consejería de Medio
Ambiente y Desarrollo General de la Comunidad Autónoma de Madrid. J. Rodríguez-
Calcerrada was supported by a scholarship from the Consejería de Educación de la
Comunidad de Madrid (C. M.) and the European Social Fund. We thank Delphine
Grivet for the English-to-French translation and Matthew Robson for his review of the
manuscript and language.
REFERENCES
[1] Aranda I., Gil L., Pardos J.A., Effects of thinning in a Pinus sylvestris L. stand on
foliar water relations of Fagus sylvatica L. seedlings planted within the
pinewood, Trees 15 (2001) 358-364.
[2] Aranda I., Gil L., Pardos J.A., Improvement of growth conditions and gas exchange
of Fagus sylvatica L. seedlings planted below a recently thinned Pinus sylvestris
L. stand, Trees 18 (2004a) 211-220.
[3] Aranda I., Gil L., Pardos J.A., Osmotic adjustment in two temperate oak species
[Quercus pyrenaica Willd and Quercus petraea (Matt.) Lieb] of the Iberian
Peninsula in response to drought, Invest. Agrar. Sist. Recur. For. 13 (2004b)
339-345.
[4] Aranda I., Castro L., Pardos M., Gil L., Pardos J.A., Effects of the interaction
between drought and shade on water relations, gas exchange and morphological
traits in cork oak (Quercus suber L.) seedlings, For. Ecol. Manage. 210 (2005)
117-129.
Anexo VI - 18
[5] Augé R.M., Stodola A.J.W., Pennell B.D., Osmotic and turgor adjustment in Rosa
foliage drought-stressed under varying irradiance, J. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 115
(1990) 661-667.
[6] Aussenac G., Interactions between forest stands and microclimate: Ecophysiological
aspects and consequences for silviculture, Ann. For. Sci. 57 (2000) 287-301.
[7] Baraza E., Gómez J.M., Hódar H.A., Zamora R., Herbivory has a greater impact in
shade than in sun: response of Quercus pyrenaica seedlings to multifactorial
environmental variation, Can. J. Bot. 82 (2004) 357-364.
[8] Barberis I.M., Tanner E.V.J., Gaps and root trenching increase seedling growth in
Panamanian semi-evergreen forest, Ecology 86 (2005) 667-674.
[9] Bellot J., Maestre F.T., Chirino E., Hernández N., de Urbina J.O., Afforestation with
Pinus halepensis reduces native shrub performance in a Mediterranean semiarid
area, Acta Oecol. 25 (2004) 7-15.
[10] Castro J., Zamora R., Hódar J.A., Gómez J.M., Seedling establishment of a boreal
tree species (Pinus sylvestris) at its southernmost distribution limit:
consequences of being a marginal Mediterranean habitat, J. Ecol. 92 (2004) 266-
277.
[11] Clifford S.C., Arndt S.K., Corlett J.E., Joshi S., Sankhla N., Popp M., Jones H.G.,
The role of solute accumulation, osmotic adjustment and changes in cell wall
elasticity in drought tolerance in Ziziphus mauritiana (Lamk.), J. Exp. Bot. 49
(1998) 967-977.
[12] Corcuera L., Camarero J.J., Gil-Pelegrin E., Functional groups in Quercus species
derived from the analysis of pressure-volume curves, Trees 16 (2002) 465-472.
Anexo VI - 19
[13] Cheung Y.N.S., Tyree M.T., Dainty J. Water relations parameters on single leaves
obtained in a pressure bomb and some ecological interpretations, Can. J. Bot. 53
(1975) 1342-1346.
[14] Delpérée C., Kinet J.M., Lutts S., Low irradiance modifies the effect of water stress
on survival and growth-related parameters during the early developmental stages
of buckwheat (Fagopyrum esculentum), Physiol. Plant. 119 (2003) 211-220.
[15] Dreyer E., Bousquet F., Ducrey M., Use of pressure volume curves in water
relation analysis on woody shoots: influence of rehydration and comparison of
four European oak species, Ann. Sci. For. 47 (1990) 285-297.
[16] Ellsworth D.S., Reich P.B., Water relations and gas exchange Acer saccharum
seedlings in contrasting natural light and water regimes, Tree Physiol. 10 (1992)
1-20.
[17] Epron D., Dreyer E., Starch and soluble carbohydrates in leaves of water-stressed
oak saplings, Ann. Sci. For. 53 (1996) 263-268.
[18] Gandullo J.M., Sánchez-Palomares O., González-Alonso S., Contribución al
estudio ecológico de la sierra de Guadarrama – II clima. An. INIA Ser. Recursos
Naturales 2 (1976) 23-36.
[19] Gebre G.M., Tschaplinski T.J., Shirshac T.L., Water relations of several hardwood
species in response to throughfall manipulation in an upland oak forest during a
wet year, Tree Physiol. 18 (1998) 299-305.
[20] Gómez Aparicio L., Gómez J.M., Zamora R., Janis B., Canopy vs. soil effects of
shrubs facilitating tree seedlings in Mediterranean montane ecosystems, J. Veg.
Sci. 16 (2005) 191-198.
Anexo VI - 20
[21] Hale S.E., Levy P.E., Gardiner B.A., Trade-offs between seedling growth, thinning
and stand stability in Sitka spruce stands: a modelling analysis, For Ecol.
Manage. 187 (2004) 105–115.
[22] Hanson P.J., Todd D.E., Amthor J.S., A six-year study of sapling and large-tree
growth and mortality responses to natural and induced variability in precipitation
and throughfall, Tree Physiol. 21 (2001) 345-358.
[23] Harayama H., Ikeda T., Ishida A., Yamamoto S-I., Seasonal variation in water
relations in current-year leaves of evergreen trees with delayed greening, Tree
Physiol. 26 (2006) 1025-1033.
[24] Holmgren M., Scheffer M., Huston M.A., The interplay of facilitation and
competition in plant communities, Ecology 78 (1997) 1966-1975.
[25] IPCC, Climate change 2001: the scientific basis, A report of working group I of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, 2001.
[26] Joffre R., Rambal S., How tree cover influences the water balance of
Mediterranean rangelands, Ecology 74 (1993) 570-582.
[27] Joly R.J., Zaerr J.B., Alteration of cell-wall water content and elasticity in douglas-
fir during periods of water deficit, Plant Physiol. 83 (1987) 418-422.
[28] Kloeppel B.D., Kubiske M.E., Abrams M.D., Seasonal tissue water relations of
four successional pennsylvania barrens species in open and understory
environments, Int. J. Plant Sci. 155 (1994) 73-79.
[29] Kozlowski T.T., Kramer P.J., Pallardy S.G., The Physiological Ecology of Woody
Plants, Academic Press, San Diego, California, 1991.
Anexo VI - 21
[30] Kubiske M.E., Abrams M.D., Rehydration effects on pressure-volume relationships
in four temperate woody species: variability with site, time of season and
drought conditions, Oecologia 85 (1991) 537-542.
[31] Landhäusser S.M., Lieffers V.J., Leaf area renewal, root retention and carbohydrate
reserves in a clonal tree species following above-ground disturbance, J. Ecol. 90
(2002) 658-665.
[32] Lapointe B., Bradley R., Parsons W., Brais S., Nutrient and light availability to
white spruce seedlings in partial and clearcut harvested aspen stands, Silva Fenn.
40 (2006) 459–471.
[33] Lortie C.J., Callaway R.M., Re-analysis of meta-analysis: support for the stress-
gradient hypothesis, J. Ecol. 94 (2006) 7-16.
[34] Maas-Hebner K.G., Emmingham W.H., Larson D.J., Chan S.S., Establishment and
growth of native and conifer seedlings underplanted in thinned Douglas-fir
stands, For. Ecol. Manage. 208 (2005) 331-345.
[35] Maestre F.T., Cortina J., Bautista S., Bellot J., Does Pinus halepensis facilitate the
establishment of shrubs in Mediterranean semi-arid afforestations? For. Ecol.
Manage. 176 (2003) 147-160.
[36] Maestre F.T., Cortina J., Bautista S. Mechanisms underlying the interaction
between Pinus halepensis and the native late-succesional shrub Pistacia
lentiscus in a semi-arid plantation, Ecography 27 (2004) 776-786.
[37] Maestre F.T., Valladares F., Reynolds J.F., The stress-gradient hypothesis does not
fit all relationships between plant-plant interactions and abiotic stress: further
insights from arid environments, J. Ecol. 94 (2006) 17-22.
[38] Paquette A., Bouchard A., Cogliastro A., Survival and growth of under-planted
trees: a meta-analysis across four biomes, Ecol Appl 16 (2006) 1575-1589.
Anexo VI - 22
[39] Pardo F., Caracterización de rodales arbolados del “Hayedo de Montejo” (Madrid):
estructura, composición e incorporación de la hojarasca al suelo, Ph D Thesis,
2000.
[40] Pardo F., Gil L., The impact of traditional land use on woodlands: a case study in
the Spanish Central System, J. Hist. Geogr. 31 (2005) 390-408.
[41] Pardos M., Jiménez M.D., Aranda I., Puértolas J., Pardos J.A., Water relations of
cork oak (Quercus suber L.) seedlings in response to shading and moderate
drought, Ann. For. Sci. 62 (2005) 377-384.
[42] Pastor J., Post W.M., Response of northern forests to CO2-induced climate change,
Nature 334 (1988) 55-58.
[43] Patakas A., Noitsakis B., (1997) Cell wall elasticity as a mechanism to maintain
favorable water relations during leaf ontogeny in grapevine, Am. J. Enol. Vitic.
48 (1997) 352-356.
[44] Rey Benayas J.M., Navarro J., Espigares T., Nicolau J.M, Zavala M.A., Effects of
artificial shading and weed mowing in reforestation of Mediterranean abandoned
cropland with contrasting Quercus species, For. Ecol. Manage. 212 (2005) 302-
314.
[45] Robichaux B.S., Variation in the tissue water relations of two sympatric Hawaiian
Dubautia species and their natural hybrid, Oecologia 65 (1984) 75-81.
[46] Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., Pardos J.A., Gil L., Aranda I., Acclimation to light in
seedlings of Quercus petraea (Mattuschka) Liebl. and Quercus pyrenaica Willd.
planted along a forest-edge gradient, Trees 21 (2007a) 45-54.
[47] Rodríguez-Calcerrada J., Pardos J.A., Gil L., Aranda I., Summer field performance
of Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl and Quercus pyrenaica Willd. seedlings
Anexo VI - 23
planted in three sites with contrasting canopy cover, New Forests 33 (2007b) 67-
80.
[48] Sabaté S., Gracia C.A., Sánchez A., Likely effects of climate change on growht of
Quercus ilex, Pinus halepensis, Pinus pinaster, Pinus sylvestris and Fagus
sylvatica forests in the Mediterranean region, For. Ecol. Manage. 162 (2002) 23-
37.
[49] Sack L., Responses of temperate woody seedlings to shade and drought: do trade-
offs limit potential niche differentiation? Oikos 107 (2004) 110-127.
[50] Sack L., Grubb P.J., The combined impacts of deep shade and drought on the
growth and biomass allocation of shade-tolerant woody seedlings, Oecologia.
131 (2002) 175-185.
[51] Saito T., Terashima I., Reversible decreases in the bulk elastic modulus of mature
leaves of deciduous Quercus species subjected to two drought treatments, Plant
Cell Environ. 27 (2004) 863-875.
[52] Salleo S., Lo Gullo M.A., Sclerophylly and plant water relations in three
mediterranean Quercus species., Ann. Bot. 65 (1990) 259-270.
[53] Tschaplinski T.J., Gebre G.M., Shirshac T.L., Osmotic potential of several
hardwood species as affected by manipulation of throughfall precipitation in an
upland oak forest during a dry year, Tree Physiol. 18 (1998) 291-298.
[54] Tyree M.T., Jarvis P.J., Water in tissues and cells, in: Lange O.L., Nobel P.S.,
Osmond C.B., Ziegler H., (Eds.) Encyclopedia of Plant Physiology.
Physiological Plant Ecology II, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1982.
[55] Valbuena-Carabaña M., González-Martínez S.C., Sork V.L., Collada C., Soto A.,
Goicoechea P.G., Gil L., Gene flow and hybridisation in a mixed oak forest
Anexo VI - 24
(Quercus pyrenaica Willd. and Quercus petraea (Matts.) Liebl.) in central
Spain, Heredity 95 (2005) 457–465.
[56] Weltzin J.F., Allen P.B., Tree seedling recruitment in a temperate deciduous forest:
interactive effects of soil moisture, light, and slope position, in Hanson P.J.,
Wullschleger S.D., (Eds.) North American Temperate Deciduous forest
responses to changing precipitation regimes Springer-Verlag, New York, 2003.
[57] Woodruff D.R., Bond B.J., Meinzer F.C., Does turgor limit growth in tall trees?
Plant Cell Environ. 27 (2004) 229-236.
Anexo VI - 25
Figure legends
Figure 1. Osmotic potential at full turgor (Ψπ100) and at turgor loss point (Ψπ0), and
maximum modulus of elasticity (Emax) in relation to pre-dawn leaf water potential (Ψpd)
in seedlings of Q. pyrenaica and Q. petraea in the uncut (black symbols, continuous
lines), thinned (grey symbols, dashed lines) and gap (white symbols, dotted lines)
treatments.
Figure 2. Survival of Q. pyrenaica and Q. petraea. Notice that X-scales are different
between upper (experiment 1) and lower plots (experiment 2).
Figure 3. Variation of light (GSF; white squares, continuous line) and summer average
soil moisture at 10-cm depth (grey squares, dashed line) with the residual basal area in
plots of Experiment 2. Triangle symbols are mean data points from the thinned and
uncut plots of Experiment 1 (not included in the regression lines). The inset represents
the predicted evolution of light and soil moisture with basal area based on previous
research; the shady area indicates a possible range of basal area to be targeted (see text).
Anexo VI - 26
Tables
Table I. Mean values (± S.E.) of basal area (B.A), tree density, light availability (GSF)
and soil moisture (0-40 cm depth) averaged over the summer months of 2005 in
treatments of Experiments 1 and 2.
1: Data pooled for 2004 and 2005 years in Experiment 1.
Overstory n B.A. (m2 ha-1) Density (ha-1) n GSF1 n Soil MoistureUncut 1 65.8 1067 20 20.3 ± 0.7 3 10.7 ± 1.125 % thinned 1 53.6 800 16 22.5 ± 0.9 3 13.1 ± 0.6Gap 1 _ _ 15 45.1 ± 2.9 3 11.1 ± 1.6
Uncut 4 54.8 ± 1.4 947 ± 84 20 16.3 ± 0.6 4 14.0 ± 0.833 % thinned 4 40.1 ± 1.3 658 ± 16 20 25.8 ± 0.7 4 15.7 ± 1.450 % thinned 4 30.5 ± 0.5 446 ± 18 20 26.8 ± 0.9 4 17.0 ± 0.4
Exp.
1Ex
p.2
Anexo VI - 27
Table II. Precipitation and mean temperature in the study area over summer months
(June to September) from 2003 to 2006.
1: Averages from data of our meteorological tower between 1995 and 2006 (data of
1999, 2001 and 2002 were missing).
2: Averages estimated for the study area from precipitation- and temperature-altitude
regression lines constructed from data between 1955 and 1969 [18].
Year P (mm) T (ºC)2003 145.4 18.32004 95.2 17.42005 40.4 17.72006 112 17.3Average1 143.2 16.9Average2 168.2 16.6
Anexo VI - 28
Table III. Mean values (± S.E.) of pre-dawn leaf water potential (Ψpd; n = 4-5), osmotic
potential at full turgor (Ψπ100; n = 4-5) and at turgor loss point (Ψπ0; n = 4-5), and
modulus of elasticity at maximum turgor (Emax; n = 4-5) measured on four dates in each
treatment and species.
Treatment Species June August June AugustQ. pyr. -0.06±0.03 -0.52±0.06 -0.06±0.02 -1.24±0.24Q. pet. -0.07±0.01 -0.41±0.10 -0.07±0.02 -1.26±0.20Q. pyr. -0.24±0.04 -0.51±0.07 -0.25±0.04 -1.39±0.21Q. pet. -0.21±0.06 -0.42±0.04 -0.34±0.08 -1.47±0.17Q. pyr. -0.28±0.02 -0.95±0.25 -0.56±0.08 -2.05±0.15Q. pet. -0.33±0.05 -0.80±0.18 -0.51±0.07 -2.12±0.20
Q. pyr. -1.72±0.09 -2.07±0.04 -1.80±0.05 -2.18±0.05Q. pet. -1.73±0.07 -1.85±0.13 -1.72±0.04 -2.15±0.07Q. pyr. -1.61±0.06 -1.89±0.08 -1.46±0.07 -2.04±0.13Q. pet. -1.47± 0.08 -1.71±0.06 -1.47±0.08 -1.84±0.16Q. pyr. -1.50±0.07 -1.91±0.06 -1.64±0.11 -2.17±0.09Q. pet. -1.53±0.07 -1.63±0.04 -1.59±0.08 -1.69±0.06
Q. pyr. -2.23±0.10 -2.64±0.06 -2.27±0.06 -3.09±0.13Q. pet. -2.20±0.08 -2.42±0.14 -2.19±0.04 -2.98±0.11Q. pyr. -2.10±0.05 -2.33±0.13 -1.89±0.06 -2.67±0.10Q. pet. -1.94±0.08 -2.20±0.08 -1.89±0.07 -2.59±0.16Q. pyr. -1.87±0.09 -2.33±0.02 -2.16±0.08 -2.82±0.12Q. pet. -1.95±0.11 -2.19±0.06 -2.04±0.08 -2.62±0.18
Q. pyr. 10.4±0.9 12.9±1.0 11.3±1.3 10.0±1.0Q. pet. 10.6±0.9 10.1±1.9 10.1±1.2 9.5±0.7Q. pyr. 10.0 ± 1.2 12.4 ± 0.8 6.8 ± 1.3 12.2 ± 2.8Q. pet. 8.0 ± 1.4 8.8 ± 0.9 6.6 ± 1.0 7.1 ± 1.3Q. pyr. 8.9 ± 1.0 12.9 ± 1.6 7.3 ± 1.9 11.4 ± 1.2Q. pet. 10.5 ± 1.8 7.0 ± 0.9 7.9 ± 2.0 5.3 ± 0.8
E max
(MPa
) Gap
Thinned
Uncut
Ψπ 0
(MPa
) Gap
Thinned
Uncut
Ψπ 1
00 (M
Pa) Gap
Thinned
Uncut
2004 2005
Ψpd
(MPa
) Gap
Thinned
Uncut
Anexo VI - 29
Figures
-3.0
-2.5
-2.0
-1.5
-1.0
R2: 0.52; P < 0.001R2: 0.67; P < 0.001R2: 0.59; P < 0.001
-4.5-4.0-3.5-3.0-2.5-2.0-1.5-1.0
05
1015202530
-2.5-2.0-1.5-1.0-0.50.0 -2.5 -2.0-1.5-1.0-0.50.0
Ψpd (MPa) Ψpd (MPa)
Ψπ 1
00(M
Pa)
Ψπ 0
(MPa
)Ε m
ax(M
Pa)
R2: 0.18; P < 0.1R2: 0.20; P < 0.05R2: 0.53; P < 0.001
R2: 0.56; P < 0.001R2: 0.45; P < 0.01R2: 0.61; P < 0.001
R2: 0.66; P < 0.001R2: 0.72; P < 0.001R2: 0.77; P < 0.001
R2: 0.07; P > 0.15R2: 0.39; P < 0.01R2: 0.06; P > 0.15
R2: 0.16; P > 0.1R2: 0.09; P > 0.15R2: 0.04; P > 0.15
Q. pyrenaica Q. petraea
-3.0
-2.5
-2.0
-1.5
-1.0
R2: 0.52; P < 0.001R2: 0.67; P < 0.001R2: 0.59; P < 0.001
R2: 0.52; P < 0.001R2: 0.67; P < 0.001R2: 0.59; P < 0.001
-4.5-4.0-3.5-3.0-2.5-2.0-1.5-1.0
05
1015202530
-2.5-2.0-1.5-1.0-0.50.0 -2.5 -2.0-1.5-1.0-0.50.0
Ψpd (MPa) Ψpd (MPa)
Ψπ 1
00(M
Pa)
Ψπ 0
(MPa
)Ε m
ax(M
Pa)
R2: 0.18; P < 0.1R2: 0.20; P < 0.05R2: 0.53; P < 0.001
R2: 0.18; P < 0.1R2: 0.20; P < 0.05R2: 0.53; P < 0.001
R2: 0.56; P < 0.001R2: 0.45; P < 0.01R2: 0.61; P < 0.001
R2: 0.56; P < 0.001R2: 0.45; P < 0.01R2: 0.61; P < 0.001
R2: 0.66; P < 0.001R2: 0.72; P < 0.001R2: 0.77; P < 0.001
R2: 0.66; P < 0.001R2: 0.72; P < 0.001R2: 0.77; P < 0.001
R2: 0.07; P > 0.15R2: 0.39; P < 0.01R2: 0.06; P > 0.15
R2: 0.07; P > 0.15R2: 0.39; P < 0.01R2: 0.06; P > 0.15
R2: 0.16; P > 0.1R2: 0.09; P > 0.15R2: 0.04; P > 0.15
R2: 0.16; P > 0.1R2: 0.09; P > 0.15R2: 0.04; P > 0.15
Q. pyrenaica Q. petraea
Figure 1
Anexo VI - 30
0
20
40
60
80
100
Q. pyrenaica Q. petraea
Uncut25 % thinnedGap
0
20
40
60
80
100 Uncut33 % thinned50 % thinned
Months after planting
Surv
ival
(%)
Surv
ival
(%)
Exp. 1
Exp. 2
0 10 20 30 40 500 10 20 30 40 50
0 5 10 15 20 250 5 10 15 20 25Months after planting
Figure 2
Anexo VI - 31
R2: 0.75; P < 0.001
05
101520253035
0 20 40 60 800
4
8
12
16
20
Residual basal area (m-2 ha-1)
GSF
(%)
Soilmoisture
(%)R2: 0.47; P < 0.05
R2: 0.75; P < 0.001
05
101520253035
0 20 40 60 800
4
8
12
16
20
Residual basal area (m-2 ha-1)
GSF
(%)
Soilmoisture
(%)R2: 0.47; P < 0.05
Figure 3
Anexo VI - 32